Home

Fluke NetDAQ 2640A User's Manual

1. Universal Input Module Connection oofa i o aok CO o apam ees Or External Trigger Group Instrument Front Panel Procedures Figure 2 1 Instrument Preparation Preparing for Operation Instrument Preparation Unpacking and Inspecting the Instrument 2 3 Verify the contents of the shipping package against the checklist in the package If any items are missing or damaged report the problem immediately to your Fluke representative Carefully remove the instrument from its shipping container saving the packaging materials if possible Inspect the rear rubber feet of the instrument If they are flush with the bottom of the case then rotate them 180 degrees so that their support pads extend slightly below the bottom of the case Positioning and Rack Mounting 2 4 Position the instrument in any location that meets the environmental specifications Refer to Appendix A The Y2641 Rack Mounting Kit includes hardware and instructions to mount one or two instruments see Options and Accessories in Chapter 1 Connecting to a Power Source and Grounding 2 5 You can connect the instrument to an ac power source between 107 to 264V ac 45 to 65 Hz
2. The resistance accuracy in this table makes allowance for up to 0 1 Ohm of lead wire resistance You must add any additional lead wire resistance present in your setup to the resistance values given in this table 5 Close Spy Window 6 19 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 6 20 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2640A 6 19 Ensure that the Accuracy Tests above have been completed before performing this test on the 2640A 1 Connect the Resistance Source to Channels 1 and 11 Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect a cable from the Decade Resistance Source to the Universal Input Module terminals for channel 1 Sense and channel 11 Source as shown in Figure 6 4 Reinstall the Universal Input Module You may also use the 5700A resistance calibration output instead of the Decade Resistance Source Tables are provided for both connections Refer to Figure 6 5 for the 5700A 4 wire connections Configure Channel 1 for Resistance In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for Ohms 4W 300 range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select analog channel 01 Click OK to open the Spy window 4 Wire 4W Connection 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SOURCE HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL 4 WIRE i Input Module SENSE HL HLJHL HL HL HL JHL HL
3. Terminal J 10Base2 Coaxial Ethernet Ports NS Ece LLL Ground Wire I Host Instrument Only haan Computer 1 Pe 10Base2 Direct Connection id Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable WITH RX AND TX LINES REVERSED I 10BaseT RJ 45 Ethernet Ports TN RJ 45 10BaseT M Outlets Typical E Cord jee ee N Host Interface Instrument Computer 1 Typical L 10BaseT Direct Connection Figure 2 32 Host Computer Instrument Direct Connection 2 47 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 48 Interconnection Using 10Base2 Coaxial Wiring 2 41 Caution Connect the ground lug on the 50 Ohm terminator to the instrument ground terminal only when there is no other shield ground connected for the network 10Base2 interconnection uses 50 Ohm coaxial cables Belden 9907 or equal that loop between equipment items and connect at each station through a BNC T or Y connector Each network endpoint terminates into a 50 Ohm load The minimum distance between BNC T connections is 20 inches 0 5 meter and the total cable length without repeaters must not exceed 600 feet 185 meters Complete the following procedure to interconnect the instruments and host computer using 10Base2 coax Figure 2 31 1 Connect a BNC T or Y to the 10Base2 port on each instrument and on each host computer 2 Connect approved Ethernet cables for example Belden 990
4. Specifications 2640A 2645A Combined Specifications Table A 3 2640A 2645A DIGITAL I O Specification cont Specification Characteristic Output Voltage TTL Logical Zero 0 8V maximum for an out of 1 0 mA 1 LSTTL load Output Voltage TTL Logical One 3 8V minimum for an out of 0 05 mA 1 LSTTL load Output Voltage Non TTL Load Zero 1 8V maximum for an lout of 20 mA Output Voltage Non TTL Load One 3 25V maximum for an lout of 50 mA Trigger In A 7 Table A 4 provides a summary of the Trigger In specifications The Trigger In input is located on the ALARM TRIGGER I O connector terminals TI and GND Table A 4 2640A 2645A Trigger In TI Specification Specification Characteristic Logical High Trigger not set Minimum 2 0V Maximum 7 0V Logical Low Trigger set Minimum 0 6V Maximum 0 8V Compatibility TTL or Contact Closure Isolation None dc coupled Minimum Pulse Width 5 us Maximum Frequency Nominal 400 Hz Repeatability 3 ms 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Trigger Out A 8 Table A 5 provides a summary of the Trigger Out specifications The Trigger Out output is located on the ALARM TRIGGER I O connector terminals TO and GND Table A 5 2640A 2645A Trigger Out TO Specification Specification TTL Logical Zero Trigger Out Set TTL Logical One Trigger Out Not Set Non TTL Logical Zero
5. lt digit gt E lt digit gt lt digit gt lt function name gt lt equation gt ABS EXP INT LN LOG SQR Appendix F Data File Format Introduction F 1 The ASCII CSV data file is maintained in comma separated ASCII format The ASCII format is compatible with data analysis and management tools running simultaneously in other computers on a network A conversion utility Binary to ASCII Conversion Utilities menu is provided for converting data files recorded in Fast Binary BIN to ASCII CSV File Format F 2 The comma separated ASCII file format is as follows lt EOL gt means end of line a lt CR gt lt LF gt sequence File name string lt EOL gt Date and time file was created lt EOL gt File Comment lt 70 character string lt EOL gt Number of Columns including timestamp lt EOL gt Channel Units string comma separated strings lt EOL gt Scan Record 1 lt EOL gt Scan Record n lt EOL gt F 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Data files from an asynchronous instrument contain channel readings from one instrument only Data files from a group of instruments contain the time tag from the Master instrument and data from all the instruments in the group Each scan record consists of the instrument time tag and a comma separated list of channel readings including the DIO word totalizer alarm
6. 2 31 Reviewing and Setting the Line Frequency s 2 32 Reviewing and Setting the Network Type ssec 2 33 Reviewing and Setting the General Network Socket Port 2 34 Reviewing and Setting the General Network IP Address 2 35 Reviewing and Setting the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway 2 36 Viewing the Instrument Ethernet Address 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 37 Host Computer and Network Preparation eeeeeeeseeeseeereeeneeenees 2 38 Installing Host Computer Ethernet Adapter eee eee eeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Instrument and Host Computer Interconnection eee 2 40 Host Computer Instrument Direct Connection 0 0 0 0 cesses 2 41 Interconnection Using 10Base2 Coaxial Wiring eee 2 42 Interconnection Using 10BaseT Twisted Pair Ethernet Wiring 2 43 Installing Host Computer Networking Software 0 0 eee Contents continued 2 44 Setting Host Computer Networking Parameters 0 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeees 2 45 Installing NetDAQ Logger eee eeeeeseeneeeseeeseeceaecnaeenseceaeeeseeees 2 46 Installing NetDAQ Logger with Trumpet eee eeeeeeeees 2 47 Changing from an Isolated Network to a General Network 2 48 Installing Trend Link for Fluke Optional 0 0 eee eeeeeeseeeneees 2 49 Testing and Troubleshooting cece eeeceeeeeeneeeneeeneeeaecaeceaecsaeesseeees 2 50 Testing the Installation eee eeeeceseeceseceeecesaeceseceseeeaessaeeaaee 2 51 Troubleshooting Network Probl
7. 3V 01 3 mV 01 6 mV 013 38 mV 013 64 mV 042 78 mV 042 1 56 mv 30V 01 4 mV 02 8 mV 013 4 9 mV 026 9 5 mV 042 10 6 mv 084 20 3 mv 50V 01 30 mv 04 60 my 013 40 mV 052 64 mV 042 78 mV 168 156 mV A 18 Specifications A 2645A Specifications 2645A AC Voltage Measurement Specifications A 23 Tables A 27 to A 29 provide 2645A specifications for the ac voltage measurement function Table A 27 2645A AC Voltage General Specifications Specification Characteristic Input Impedance 1 MQ in parallel with 100 pF Maximum Crest Factor 3 0 Maximum 2 0 for rated accuracy Crest Factor Error For non sinusoidal input signals with crest factors between 2 and 3 and pulse widths 100 us add 0 2 to the accuracy specifications Common Mode Rejection 80dB minimum at dc 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 1 1 KQ imbalance Slow Rate Maximum Input Voltage The lesser voltage of 30V ac rms from any input terminal to earth 30V ac rms from any terminal input to any other input terminal Maximum Volt Hertz Product 2x10 Volt Hertz product on any range normal mode input 1x10 Volt Hertz product on any range common mode input Temperature Coefficient Linear interpolation between 2 applicable points for temperatures between 28 C and 60 C or 10 C and 18 C e g if the applicable specification at 28 C is 2 and the specification at 60 C is 3 then the specification
8. Analog Channels OK 0201 Label VDC W VDC 3 _Euncton _ Cancel DFF MxsB Help OFF a OFF OFF Alarms OFF OFF OFF OFF Channel Label 0212 Label Computed Channels OFF x label Apply Label 0221 Label OFF a 0222 Label OFF 0223 Label OFF 0224 Label OFF a Use lt Ctrl gt Click to select multiple channels ds020s bmp Figure 3 4 Channels Configuration Dialog Box Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Configuring Channels Configuring Analog Channel Functions 3 25 Analog channel functions include volts dc volts ac ohms temperature thermocouple and RTD frequency and dc current To configure analog channel functions complete the following procedure 1 Select an analog channel in the Channels Configuration dialog box 2 Click Function to open the Function Selection dialog box 3 Select the function and range If desired enter a custom nine character Units Label The default units are VDC VAC Ohms C or F Hz Amps 0 100 mA current range and Percent 4 20 mA current range If the function is Current you can enter the resistance of the current shunt The range is 10 to 250 Ohms and the default is 10 Ohms If the function is RTD 2W or RTD 4W you can enter RO the RTD Ice point The range is 10 to 1010 Ohms and the default is 100 Ohms If the range is Custom 385 you can enter the RTD probe constant Alpha The range is 0 00374 to 0 00393 and
9. Not Supplied Instrument 2 e008 opole Host Instrument 3 Computer 2 RJ 45 10BaseT Outlets Typical ecg oole Patch Cord Instrument 4 RJ 45 Twisted Pair Interface Patch Cord Typical Typical Figure 2 33 Interconnection Using 10BaseT Twisted Pair Wiring 2 49 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 50 Installing Host Computer Networking Software 2 43 To establish Ethernet communication in your host computer you must do the following e Install a driver for the adapter e Install a TCP IP protocol stack and Windows Socket Winsock software e Set host computer networking parameters This section discusses installing the adapter driver and the TCP IP protocol stack and Winsock software You should install the networking software that is most appropriate for your operating system Windows 95 and Windows NT provide drivers for many Ethernet adapters in addition to the protocol and Winsock software Users of Windows for Workgroups can get protocol and Winsock software from Microsoft For Windows 3 1 use the adapter driver supplied with your adapter You may also need to install Trumpet or Newt networking software The NetDAQ Logger installation program can automatically install Trumpet networking software and your adapter driver if you plan to use NetDAQ on an isolated network and your host computer does not already have
10. cece eeeeeseeeeeeees 4 14 Data Piles i cstecescecceetsicdveecebs covesdasguasviscgscedjacustewssiuanetsecensevaancuvensscanvensted 4 15 Configuring a Data File eee eee eeeeseeeseeeseecsseceaecnseseeesseeeeeeeees 4 16 Converting Data Piles isccc iciceccieeeenicehirastitiseeasdeneeessedeseaseaasvineess 4 17 Viewing and Printing a Data File eesceeeceeeceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 4 18 Optimizing Performance 0 0 eee eseeseecseecnseceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 4 19 Optimizing Performance for Speed eee eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 20 Increasing Scanning Rate 0 0 eee eeeeeseeseeceeceeeceseeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 4 21 Increasing Data Transmission and Storage Rate oo eee 4 22 Increasing Network Speedo ee eeeeeseeseeeseceeceeceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 4 23 Optimizing Performance for Precision eeesseceeeereeeeereereesrrrree 4 24 Using Online Help sisc ciscecsdclonciecioeesdeions nadieisdeionsiiidesteabeitteaueantonsses Chapter 4 Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows 4 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 4 2 Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows 4 Introduction Introduction 4 1 This chapter provides instructions for operating your system using NetDAQ Logger after you have set up communications and configured the instruments This includes starting and stopping logging viewing and storing your data and optimizing system performance Starting and Stopping Logging 4 2 You can start or stop logging for an individ
11. 1 32 DNS Domain Name Service A database and associated software packages that provides the means of establishing and accessing the relationship between the names and IP addresses of network hosts Domain A group of computers on the network may be assigned a domain name and referred to by that name Domain names can be used as part of the Internet name of a host For example my Internet name is dag tc fluke com My domain name is tc DOS An operating system used on the IBM PC and clones of this architecture There are three major variations of DOS and lots or minor ones MS DOS from Microsoft PC DOS from IBM and DR DOS from Novell Driver A software package that provides a specific and usually standardized interface between a hardware interface and application software There are three standard network driver types NDIS ODI and Packet Ethernet One type of physical network standardized by IEEE 802 3 The Ethernet standard supports several wiring types Ethernet Address An Ethernet address is a six part number It is usually expressed in hexadecimal format with each part separated by a colon This address must be unique and is usually assigned to a hardware interface device at the point of manufacture Frame A sequence of bits on a physical net that encompasses one block of communication between a transmitter and one or more receiver A frame usually contains a header source and destination physical addresses an error
12. Enter a Maximum Value that is less than 9 9999E 9 Invalid Maximum Value for Input Range You have entered an invalid Maximum Value for the Mx B Input Range calculation Enter a Maximum Value that is less than 9 9999E 9 J 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 20 Invalid Minimum Value for Scaled Range You have entered an invalid Minimum Value for the Mx B Input Range calculation Enter a Minimum Value that is less than 9 9999E 9 Invalid Minimum Value for Input Range You have entered an invalid Minimum Value for the Mx B Input Range calculation Enter a Minimum Value that is less than 9 9999E 9 Invalid Offset B Value You have entered an Offset B value for Mx B scaling that is excessively large Select a B value that is less than 9 9999E 9 Invalid Plot Maximum Value You have entered a Plot Maximum value that is excessively large Select a Plot Maximum value that is less than 9 9999E 9 Invalid Plot Minimum Value You have entered a Plot Minimum value that is excessively large Select a Plot Minimum value that is less than 9 9999E 9 Invalid Value You entered a value in a format that cannot be read by NetDAQ Logger Re enter the value according to the instructions for the dialog box which are available within Online Help use the Search feature in the Help menu IP Address segments must range from 0 to 255 You tried to enter an IP address segment that is over 255 An IP address
13. 1 Select Setup Communications Config to open the Communications Configuration File dialog box 2 Highlight the instrument you want to remove 3 Click Delete to remove a single instrument or click Delete All to remove all instruments A warning message appears asking you to confirm whether you wish to delete the instruments 4 Click Close to return to the Main Window Verifying Network Communications 3 9 Complete the following procedure to verify communications with any instrument on the Instruments on Network List 1 In the Communications Configuration File dialog box highlight the instrument you want to verify in the Instruments on Network List Click Verify NetDAQ Logger attempts to connect to the instrument and displays a message indicating success or failure Click Close to return to the Main Window 3 7 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 8 Configuring the Current Setup 3 10 NetDAQ Logger keeps track of all instrument configuration information e g reading rate and measurement functions for all the instruments represented on the icon bar This collection of information is called the current setup NetDAQ Logger allows you to save the current setup to a file and open previously saved setup files You can start up NetDAQ Logger by opening a setup file You can also set up NetDAQ Logger to automatically load a particular setup file and optionally start logging automatically When you first start N
14. 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 6 30 Trigger Input Test 6 31 This test checks the ability of the Trigger Input line to trigger measurement scanning 1 Configure Trigger Input In NetDAQ Logger configure the scan parameters for External Trigger with an Interval 2 of 1 second Be sure Interval Trigger and Alarm Trigger are not enabled See Trigger Input in Chapter 3 of this manual Verify Configuration Channel 1 for Volts DC In NetDAQ Logger verify channel 1 is configured for Volts dc 3V range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Start Instrument Scanning Click the Start Instrument button on the Button Bar to enable instrument scanning although no measurement scanning takes place because the external Trigger Input is not set Open Logging Status Window Select the Show Logging Status command from the Options menu to display the Logging Status window Verify Logging Status Note in the Logging Status window that the Retrieved Scans count is zero and not incrementing Set Trigger Input While monitoring the Logging Status window connect the TI Trigger Input test lead to the GND test lead Note in the Logging Status window the Retrieved Scans count increments at 1 second intervals Disconnect the TI and GND test lead connection Stop Scanning Click the Stop Instrument button on the Button Bar to stop instrument scanning Trigger Output Test 6 32 This test checks the Trigg
15. DEVICE C NETMANG PROTMAN DOS I C ANETMANAG DEVICE C NETMANG EPNDIS DOS DEVICE C NETMANAG NETMANAG DOS Four lines added to c windows win ini TCPIP ID m4py50snByrOsl_Srhf typical SLIP C NETMANAG SLIP INI FILE C NETMANAG TCPIP CFG Directory added c netmang Group added to the Program Manager NEWT Network Considerations Glossary Glossary l 24 10Base2 Network wiring scheme using 50 ohm coaxial cable 10 MHz Baseband 200 meter max length 10BaseT Also called UTP Network wiring scheme using unshielded twisted pair cable 10 MHz Baseband Twisted Pair API Application Programming Interface A documented interface that allows application software packages to access resources from a library For example WINSOCK is an API into the winsock d11 library which itself gives users access to functions in the TCP IP protocol stack software Other commonly used APIs are the Windows SDK OLE NetBIOS and DPMI ARP Address Resolution Protocol A low level portion of the TCP IP protocol that automatically determines the relationship between a host s IP address and its physical address For example on an Ethernet the ARP table contains the relationship between a host s IP address and Ethernet address BCN Base Channel Number Used by the NetDAQ instruments and software to identify the channel number range assigned to a specific instrument Set from the front panel controls on the instrument Also used in the
16. eee eee Playing Back a Fast Binary File in Trend Link eee Playing Back an ASCII CSV File in Trend Link wu eee Importing Trend Link Data Files eee eee eeseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Create a New Trend Link Data Set Directory eee Add the New Folder to the Trend Link infolink ini File Import the NetDAQ ASCII CSV File into Trend Link Display the Trend Link Chart for the Imported File Title the Trend Link Chart cece eeeeeseeeseeeneeensecsseenseeeseenes Save the Trend Link Chart ee ee eeseeeseeeneeeneeenseceaeceseenseeees Exporting Trend Link Data Files oe eee ec eseeseeneeenseenseeeaeeeeeees Deleting Old Trend Link Files eee eeseceseceneceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart eee Using the Trend Link Control Bato eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Using the Trend Link Menus eee eeseeseeseeeseecneeceaeceseseaeeeseeees Adjusting the Curve Time Scale X axis oo ee eeseeseeeeneeeneeeneee Adjusting the Curve Amplitude Scale Y axis cece eeeeeeeeee Configuring the Curve Status Display eee eeeeseeeeseeeneeeeeee Curve Preferences sinice unet oiie ui ii ig Background Preferences ssssseseseeseeseeressrreresrrsresresresreesesresseses Real Time Frequency Update 0 eee eeeesseeseeseeceseceseeeeeeseeees Adding or Changing the Chart Title 0 0 ees eseesreeeneeeneee Using the Note System oe ee eeeeeseeeseeeneecaeeaecsaeenaeseseeeseeees Printi
17. 198 178 246 z If you do this you should set z to a number that does not interfere with the instruments Because the BCN can range from 1 99 you should set z of the IP address of your PC in the range 101 254 The Subnet Mask assigned to the PC should be 255 255 255 0 If your network contains more than one subnet and you want to communicate with a NetDAQ instrument in another subnet you need to set the default gateway address in both the PC and NetDAQ to the address of the local router The TCI IP stack will detect that the destination address for a packet is in a different subnet via the subnet mask and send the packet to the default gateway address where the router will route it to the proper subnet For example if you have three NetDAQ instruments with bcn s 1 2 and 3 anda single PC you could set the following IP addresses NetDAQ 1 198 178 246 1 NetDAQ 2 198 178 246 2 NetDAQ 3 198 178 246 3 Host PC 198 178 246 101 This would place all three instruments and the PC in the same subnet net ID 198 178 246 During initial operation of the TCP IP software the IP section builds a table that contains the correspondence between the IP address and Ethernet address of each host This is done via the Address Resolution Protocol ARP To do this the IP Network Considerations Network Primer software sends out a broadcast frame that every TCP IP host and router receives This frame contains a request for the host with the unkn
18. A computed channel equation must contain at least one reference to another configured channel Amend the equation to refer to another channel Missing left parenthesis You neglected to use a complete set of parentheses to delimit the argument to a function This message will show the location of the error Amend the equation as necessary so a complete set of parentheses is used to delimit the argument J 21 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 22 Missing right parenthesis One of the sets of parentheses in your equation is not complete leaving a left parenthesis without a matching right one Check each set of parentheses in your equation to locate the one that is missing the right parenthesis Must Select Function for Monitor Channel You selected a Monitor Channel that has the function OFF Select a Monitor Channel that has a function e g volts dc thermocouple Ohms Mx B Load File is Invalid You attempted to load an Mx B File which cannot be read by NetDAQ Logger either because the file contains invalid input or because it is larger than 1 k byte If possible the line which caused the error will be displayed with this error message allowing you to locate the invalid line in the Mx B file Change the syntax of all invalid lines in the file in accordance with the instructions under Loading an Mx B File NetDAQ Logger software is not compatible with Setup File version xx You attempted to load a setup f
19. Ethernet Coaxial Cable 50 ohm Minimum cable length is 20 inches 0 5 m 50 ohm A Terminator Terminator Host Terminator Ground Wire Computer Figure 6 2 Performance Test Setup 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SOURCE HL HL HL HL HL JHL HL HL HL HL 4 WIRE INPUT MODULE SENSE HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL 4 WIRE 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5700A OUTPUT SENSE VQA VQ Cy WIDEBAND o om 1B B AUX GUARD GROUND CURRENT Figure 6 3 2 Wire Connections to 5700A Maintenance 6 Performance Test Initializing the Performance Test Setup 6 7 Complete the following procedure to initialize the performance test setup It is assumed you have configured the host computer and instrument as described in Configuring the Performance Test Setup above Testing begins with the instrument and host computer unpowered This assures that at power up self tests are completed successfully the correct host computer Ethernet port is activated the host computer configuration is accurately reflected and other background operations are completed This procedure clears the instrument of any existing BCN Line Frequency and Network settings 1 Apply Instrument Power with Configuration Reset Hold down the COMM key on the instrument front panel and apply power to the instrument After the instrument beeps and momentarily displays rESEt Reset release th
20. Load Mx B File See Configuring Mx B Scaling from a File for more information To configure Mx B scaling complete the following procedure 1 Select the desired channels and click the Mx B button to open the Mx B Configuration dialog box Enter the M and B values Mx B Configuration 01 xi Factor Mj 100 Offset B s0 Cancel Help Calculate M B from Range Values ds023s bmp 2 To have NetDAQ Logger calculate the Mx B values click Calculate M B from Range Values and enter the input and scaled range values Click OK 3 22 Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Configuring Channels Mx B Calculation 01 x r Input Range Maximum f 0 5 Cancel Minimum f 0 5 Help r Scaled Range Maximum fioo o Minimum fo 0 FEE ds024s bmp Configuring Alarms 3 30 Each channel has two alarms each of which may be set to HI LO or OFF An alarm condition occurs when a measurement falls below a low alarm value LO alarm or rises above a high alarm value HI alarm NetDAQ Logger records all alarm conditions in the data file If a channel is configured for Mx B scaling the instrument will scale the measurement values before comparing that to the alarm limits To configure alarms complete the following procedure 1 Select the desired channels and click the Alarms button to open the Alarms Configuration dialog box Alarms Configuration 01 x Alarm 1 Selection gt Alarm 2 Selec
21. Otherwise the totalizer value in the instrument will not be cleared Simulated Logging 4 6 If you check Logging Simulate Logging on Start NetDAQ Logger will simulate all data collection rather than connecting to the instrument s When NetDAQ Logger is simulating data collection for one or more instruments their icons will read SIM instead of LOG setup02 Fluke NetDAQ Logger ioj x Setup View Logging Plot Trend Utilities Options Help sja delim a EL 0i 02 03 04 05 INSTRUMENT CONFIGURATION 02 Master ds057s bmp 4 7 Selecting an Instrument s Scanning Duration Complete the following procedure to select a duration for instrument scanning NetDAQ Logger will automatically stop logging for the instrument after the specified interval of time has elapsed since the start of logging 1 Highlight the desired instrument icon 2 Select Setup Instrument Config to open the Instrument Configuration dialog box below 4 5 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Instrument Configuration 01 x Channels Cancel Data File Fa Help M Totalizer Debounce Temperature Units gt Celsius C Fahrenheit Monitor Channel None Scan Parameters IM Interval Trigger Beading Rate Interval 1 secs fi co0 Slow High Res d T External Trigger M Drift Gorection T Alarm Trigger lntenvallZ secs 0100 T Trigger Out m Duration V Stop Scanning after Interval
22. Subnet A portion of the network that is partially isolated from other sections of the net by a router device In IP networks the upper portion of the IP address defines the subnet and the lower portion is unique for each host computer Subnet Mask A 32 bit pattern that is used to separate the subnet portion from the host portion of an IP address This mask is used to determine whether an addressed host is on the local subnet or if the packet needs to be communicated to a different subnet through a router TCP Transmission Control Protocol The high level portion of the TCP IP protocol It is responsible for providing reliable securable end to end connection service between pairs of processes in hosts on the network It must provide facilities for Basic Data Transfer Reliability retry sequence numbering Flow Control ACK NACK Multiplexing socket ports Connections Sockets Precedence and Security TSR Terminate and Stay Resident A DOS program that when run leaves a portion of itself resident upon termination Token Bus One type of physical network standardized by IEEE 802 4 Token Ring One type of physical network standardized by IEEE 802 5 I 35 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual I 36 UDP User Datagram Protocol A portion of the TCP IP protocol It supports unreliable connectionless datagram services UDP has much lower overhead both time and space than TCP but is unreliable and should be used only when th
23. to a dc power source between 9 and 16V dc or to both Fluke guarantees equipment specifications only for 50 Hz and 60 Hz operation Refer to Figure 2 2 and the descriptions below for making power connections If you connect both ac power and dc power to the instrument the instrument uses ac power when it exceeds approximately 8 times the value of the dc voltage Automatic switchover occurs between ac and de power without interrupting instrument operation If you connect both ac and dc power to the instrument the ac and de ground connections must be to the same earth ground terminal 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 6 Line Cord AC Operation OVERVOLTAGE CATEGORY II PER IEC 1010 1 MODEL 2640A 41 aL 26450 46AL_ 107 264V 50 60 Hz 15VA ON OFF A WARNING to AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK DISCONNECT LINE CORD BEFORE REMOVING COVER SERIAL PORT XMT RCV LK 55 N TER ER PUBLIC TELEPHONE SYSTEMS ETHERNET ALARM TRIGGER I O MATOTI Y 0123 45672 Y4 30 A MEETS VFG 243 1991 ee Ground for 50 ohm External Battery DC Operation Termination Ground Lug WARNING IF VOLTAGES GREATER THAN 50V 2640A ONLY ARE TO BE MEASURED A SEPARATE EARTH GROUND MUST BE ATTACHED TO THIS REAR PANEL GROUND CONNECTOR WHEN THE INSTRUMENT IS OPERATED FROM BATTERY POWER Figure 2 2 Connecting the Instrument to a Power Source Warnin
24. 2 x 40 28 60 28 2 55 12 32 2 406 Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warm up For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly Table A 19 2640A 4 Wire RTD Specifications Accuracy 30 C Temperature Hesolution 90 Day 18 C to 28 C Slow Fast Fast 200 C Note1 0 003 C 0 007 C 0 06 C 0 16 C 009C 0 33 C 0 63 C orc Note 1 0 003 C 0 007 C 0 09 C 0 20 C 013 C 0 53 C 0 86 C 100 C 0 003 C 0 007 C 0 10 C 0 23 C 016 C 063 C 0 97 C 300 C 0 003 C 0 007 C 0 14 C 0 3 C o2tc 083 C 1 2 C 600 C 0 003 C 0 007 C 0 19 C 0 53 C 030 120 1 6 C E 1 The Custom 385 range is not recommended for use below 80 C See Appendix D 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2640A RTD s 2 Wire per ITS 1990 Measurement Specifications A 18 The 2640A specifications for the 2 wire Resistance Temperature Detector RTD measurement function is based on the 4 wire RTD measurement specification above except you add a nominal 5 Ohm roughly 13 C positive offset This value varies for each channel and temperature gradient nominal 0 4 C Also note that the resistance of the RTD wiring adds directly to the error After 100 million operations of a measurement channel the offset will increase at an indeterminate rate 2640A Thermocouple per ITS
25. 2645A 4 Wire RTD Specifications ceeeeseecessecseeeceeeeceeeeaeeeeceaeeaeeeneeaeenee A 35 2645A Thermocouple General Specifications cceeecesceseeeeeeeceeeneeeneeaes A 36 2645A Thermocouple Specifications 20 0 0 cee ceseceseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeneeeaaes A 37 2645A Frequency Accuracy Specifications ecesceeeseeeeceeeeeeeeceeeneeeneeaes A 38 2645A Frequency Sensitivity Specifications cc ceceseeseesecsceeeeceeeeaeceseeaeees B 1 2645A Crosstalk Specifications eceeesceeceesececeeseeeecesecaeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeaeeeees B 2 2640A Crosstalk Specifications eeeesecesecsseceseceseseseceeeeeeeeesseeeneeeseeeaaeenaes 1 1 Newt Ou kO Nek ece a E E ERE 1 2 Additions to Host Computer Files made by Newt Installation viii List of Figures Title 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Networked Data Acquisition Units eee 2640 A 2645A Front Panel iiss ccecucipctecsscssedenebustoested idevelaecthvsicaddeve E a Typical Front Panel Display During Scanning and Monitoring 2640A 2645A Rear Panel sceceeeecesecsceeecesecseeeeeeseceaeeaeesecaesaeeeeeeaeeaeeeneease Instrument Preparatt On scicsss igen cdsheccsuvsone cacecvscecepteageusisnecetveenueateensdecavenvennas tenet Connecting the Instrument to a Power Source cee ceecesseceseceseecnseenaeeeneee Universal Input Module Connections 0 cee ceeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeecaeceaeenaeenseeees 2 W ite and 4 W ire COMNECUONS cisisciasdsscansnsanseanurnnnnoanesdinruid
26. 4 18 Copying channels 3 26 Creating instrument icon Crosstalk considerations 2 11 B 2 Current setup saving the 3 11 Curve Preferences 5 18 Curve Status lt the 5 17 Custom 385 RTD D Data file format F 1 Data files g converting 4 18 converting from Binary to ASCII 4 18 trend link 4 14 viewing and printing 4 18 Data transmission and storage rate increasing DC power 2 7 DDE example using Excel G 2 DDE links reference G 1 Deadband values specifying 4 16 Defining a computed channel equation 3 20 Deleting an instrument from the Network 3 7 Deleting instrument icon Describing the instruments 3 25 Designating instruments asynchronous 3 9 Digital I O connections 2 11 Digital I O output test 6 26 Digital input test Digital input output tests 6 26 Dimmed configuration commands 3 15 Display variations in the 6 34 Displaying a monitor channel Index continued Displaying a Trend Link Chart During Logging 5 3 Displaying the totalizer status 2 26 Driver Ethernet adapter I 20 NDIS I 20 Drivers Dynamic data exchange DDE 4 12 G 1 E Effects of internal noise in ac measurements C 1 Equation syntax Error and status messages J 2 Error codes 6 3 Ethernet adapter installation 2 43 Ethernet Adapters host computer Ethernet address viewing of 2 41 Ethernet cabling Ethernet
27. 80dB minimum at dc 60 dB at 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 1 1kQ imbalance Medium and Fast Rates Channel to Channel Crosstalk 120dB minimum Slow Rate e g 30V dc on channel 1 may cause a 30 uV error on channel 2 80dB minimum Medium and Fast Rates e g 1V dc on channel 1 may cause a 10 uV error on channel 2 Temperature Coefficient For input Add 1 10th the 90 day specification per C above 28 C or below 18 C For floor error V add 1 20th the 90 day specification per C above 28 C or below 18 C Accuracy at 20 C Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warm up For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly Maximum Input Voltage The lesser voltage of 50V dc or 30V ac rms from any input terminal to earth Or 50V dc or 30V ac rms from any input terminal to any other input terminal 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Table A 25 2645A DC Voltage Resolution and Repeatability Specifications Resolution Range Slow Fast 3 uV 300 mV 10 pV 300V range applies to channels 1 and 11 only Range T 100 uV Table A 26 2645A DC Voltage Accuracy Specifications 90 Day Slow Fast Accuracy 30 input V 18 C to 28 C 10 C to 60 C 90 mV 01 20 uV 01 50 uV 0138 23 uV 0138 50 uV 042 52 uV 042 130 uV 300 mV 01 40 uV 01 90 uV 0138 49 uV 0138 93 uV 042 104 uV 042 234 uV
28. A TTL signal input triggers on the falling edge of the signal A contact closure input triggers on the close portion of the switch sequence open close open Scanning continues at the Interval 2 rate while TI is held low See Table A 4 in Appendix A for specifications 2 13 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual ALARM TRIGGER I O Instrument gt Function Instrument Connector DC Positive Input DC Negative Input Master Alarm Output MA 2 Trigger Out Output TO 3 Trigger In Input Tl TR Signal Ground y y Figure 2 6 ALARM TRIGGER I O Connector Trigger Output 2 17 Trigger Output uses terminals TO and GND and is a TTL signal that goes to a logic low for 125 us every time a scan begins Use the Trigger Output to trigger other instruments via their Trigger Input connection and to interface with external equipment To enable or disable the Trigger Output see Trigger Out in Chapter 3 of this manual The trigger output default is OFF See Table A 5 in Appendix A for complete specifications Master Alarm 2 18 Master Alarm uses terminals MA and GND It is a TTL signal that goes to a logic low when any channel is in alarm while the instrument is scanning This TTL signal output can interface with external equipment such as warning lights alarms paging systems etc See Table A 6 in Appendix A for complete specifications Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation External Trigger Wiring
29. Close Spy Window Volts DC Accuracy Test 2645A Complete the following procedure to test the accuracy of the volts dc function for the 2645A Measurement accuracy applies to all channels not just the channel used for the test 1 Configure Channel 1 for Volts DC In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for volts dc 90 mV range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Minimum Reading 0 000008V 0 089980V 0 090020V 0 000017V 0 299944V 0 300056V 0 00015V 2 99946V 3 00054V 0 0017V 29 9944V 30 0056V 0 017V 299 944V 300 056V 0 000008V 0 090020V 0 089980V 0 000017V 0 300056V 0 299944V 0 00015V 3 00054V 2 99946V 0 0017V 30 0056V 29 9944V 0 017V 300 056V 299 944V Maximum Reading 6 10 2 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select channel 0101 instrument 01 channel 01 from the Channel list Click OK to open the Spy window Maintenance 6 Performance Test 3 Verify Accuracy Configure the 5700A for the output values below and verify the Spy window measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Change the channel 1 range as required see Step 1 Volts DC Range 5700A Output Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 90 mV Short Circuit Zero 0 000023V 0 000023V 90 mV 90 mV 0 089965V 0 090035V 90 mV 90 mV 0 090035V 0 089965V 300 mV Short Circuit Zero 0 00005V 0 00005V 300 mV 300 mV 0 29991V 0 3000
30. Each channel reference contains the letter c followed by a one or two digit channel number All referenced channel numbers must be lower numbered than the channel being defined Examples of operands are shown below The decimal point character corresponds to your Windows International settings 1 5e5 c21 32 407 Cl 2 57E 3 c02 Operations are computations or functions performed on the operands Refer to the allowed operations below shown in order of increasing precedence Operators in the same row have the same precedence xK unary unary abs exp int In log sqr Delimiting the argument of a function requires parentheses Use them also to enforce override or clarify precedence You may nest up to three sets of parentheses The following examples demonstrate proper and improper use of nested parentheses 3 21 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Allowed Not Allowed 2 2 1 c2 2 c1 1 c2 1 c2 cl 1 2 abs c1 c2 c3 See Appendix E for syntax definition and more detailed information Configuring Mx B Scaling 3 29 Mx B scaling multiplies a measurement by a multiplier M and then applies an offset B For example Mx B scaling of 100x 50 applied to a measured value of 1 15 would result in a reading of 100 1 15 50 165 You can configure both analog and computed channels to use Mx B scaling You can save values for M and B in a separate file and load directly from the file using Setup
31. Figure 1 4 Use the Trigger Output to trigger other instruments by their Trigger Input connection and to interface with external equipment An internal pull up resistor holds the trigger output line at a logic high nominal 5 0V dc when there is no trigger output 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Master Alarm 1 13 Master Alarm is an instrument output line that is logic low nominal 0 8V dc for as long as any channel is in alarm while scanning is active The connection uses the ALARM TRIGGER I O terminals MA and GND Figure 1 4 This TTL output interfaces with external equipment such as warning lights alarms automatic shutdowns and paging systems When the alarm condition ends or scanning stops an internal pull up resistor sets the output at logic high nominal 5 0V dc Interval Trigger 1 14 Interval Trigger triggers scanning at regular time intervals using Interval 1 Interval 1 is in seconds with a minimum of 0 000 continuous scanning and a maximum of 86400 000 one scan every 24 hours The time resolution is to the millisecond for example 12 345 seconds External Trigger 1 15 External Trigger triggers scanning when an external logic low is applied to the instrument TI Trigger In line As long as the Trigger Input remains low scans are triggered at regular time intervals using Interval 2 Interval 2 is in seconds with a minimum of 0 000 continuous scanning and a maximum of 86400 000 one scan every 24 hours
32. The time resolution is to the millisecond for example 12 345 seconds When scanning starts if the External Trigger is logic low scanning begins at the Interval 2 rate If the External Trigger is logic high no scans are triggered until the trigger line is set to logic low You can combine External Trigger with Alarm Trigger and Interval Trigger For example if the Interval Trigger is set for 60 seconds Interval 1 and the External Trigger is set for 10 seconds Interval 2 scanning is at 60 second intervals except when External Trigger is low when scanning is at 10 second intervals If one or more external trigger events occur while a scan is in progress one scan triggers following the scan in progress Alarm Trigger 1 16 Alarm Trigger triggers scanning when a channel designated as an alarm trigger goes into alarm As long as any such channel is in alarm scans are triggered at regular time intervals using Interval 2 Interval 2 is in seconds with a minimum of 0 000 continuous scanning and a maximum of 86400 000 one scan every 24 hours The time resolution is to the millisecond for example 12 345 seconds The instrument performs background monitoring of channels designated as alarm triggers to check for alarm conditions using Interval 3 See Configuring the netdaq ini File in Chapter 3 of this manual Overview NetDAQ Logger Features and Capabilities You can combine Alarm Trigger with External Trigger and Interval
33. Use the following guidelines to minimize non synchronization errors e Wired Group To reliably synchronize a group instrument connect the TO Trigger Out line of the Master to the TI Trigger In of each Slave along with a common connection to the ground terminals Check the Group is Externally Wired check box in the Group Instruments dialog box See External Wiring for a Group Instruments in Chapter 2 of this manual 3 9 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual When a grouped instrument is externally wired you can select any combination of trigger types for the Master instrument Interval Trigger External Trigger or Alarm Trigger NetDAQ Logger configures the Slaves for External Trigger so they will respond to the trigger signal from the Master Unwired Group If you cannot wire the grouped instrument select only the Interval Trigger for the Master NetDAQ Logger automatically sets all Slaves to use the Interval Trigger with the same Interval 1 value as the Master If any additional trigger types are selected for the Master then additional scans might be triggered in the Master that are not triggered in the Slaves This could cause Slave scan data to be duplicated with more than one Master scan To use this method uncheck the Group is Externally Wired check box in the Group Instruments dialog box To designate a group instrument complete the following procedure 1 Select Setup Group Instruments to o
34. Windows hereafter known as NetDAQ Logger to form a data acquisition system The instruments measure dc volts ac volts Ohms temperature frequency and dc current Temperature measurements use thermocouples or resistance temperature detectors RTDs To measure other parameters use an appropriate transducer The instrument also includes ten computed channels for custom calculations based on measured values The NetDAQ instruments scan the 20 analog channels in sequence and calculate the values for the ten computed channels Interval timers alarm conditions and or an external signal input can trigger scans The NetDAQ Logger software configures and controls up to 20 instruments via an Ethernet connection The software provides the means to view scan data and log it into files The 2640A and 2645A instruments Figure 1 1 are identical in operation and appearance and vary only in emphasis The 2640A emphasizes precision and supports up to 100 measurements per second with 5 1 2 digits of resolution 02 accuracy and 150 volt common mode voltage 300 volts on channels 1 and 11 The 2645A emphasizes increased measurement speed supporting up to 1000 measurements per second with 4 1 2 digits of resolution 0 04 accuracy and 50 volt common mode voltage See Appendix A for instrument specifications REM SCAN MON po tat nr a OO Figure 1 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Networked Data Acquisition Units 264
35. and on a general network their IP addresses Network configuration data is not saved as part of the setup files but is its own separate file ccf cfg maintained by NetDAQ Logger This file is common to all setup files and any changes you make to the ccf cfg file affect all setup files Each PC on which you install NetDAQ Logger has a ccf cfg file Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Configuring Network Communications The Communications Configuration Dialog Box 3 6 Use the Communications Configuration dialog box Figure 3 2 to record your network configuration To open the Communications Configuration dialog box select Setup Communications Config or click the Communications Configuration toolbar button The dialog box lets you view the instruments currently on the network modify them and add or delete instruments Communications Configuration File xi Network Type General ess Socket Port Help Instruments on Network 01 26404 129 196 152 054 02 26454 129 196 152 055 Verify 03 26404 129 196 187 092 04 26454 132 156 176 111 05 26404 134 198 134 100 Add DG 26404 100 198 016 006 EN 68 26454 129 196 152 068 Delete All ds009s bmp Figure 3 2 Communications Configuration Dialog Box Adding an Instrument to the Network 3 7 Complete the following procedure to add an instrument to the Instruments on Network list 1 Select Setup Communications Conf
36. between symbols e White space and parentheses do contribute to the 100 character limit for the text string but do not contribute to the size of the stored binary equation all stored binary equations for an instrument cannot exceed 1000 bytes e Alphabetic characters may be in upper or lower case The symbols used in the syntax definition have the following meanings lt gt enclose an element which needs further definition enclose elements that may be present zero or more times enclose elements that may be present zero or one time separates alternative elements E 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual ww case enclose literal characters or strings which must appear as shown except for Q enclose groups of elements to clarify the scope of other symbols lt equation gt lt add term gt lt mul term gt lt exp term gt lt operand gt lt channel gt lt constant gt lt mantissa gt lt exponent gt lt function gt lt function name gt lt add term gt lt add term gt lt mul term lt mul term gt lt exp term gt lt exp term gt lt operand gt lt channel gt lt constant gt lt function gt lt equation gt C lt digit gt lt digit gt lt mantissa gt lt exponent gt lt digit gt lt digit gt lt digit gt lt digit gt lt digit gt
37. indicates an improperly configured network no 50 Ohm termination wrong type of coaxial cable etc Instrument 10BaseT Ethernet XMT red Transmit Normal indication blinks when the instrument is transmitting data on the network RCV red Receive Normal indication blinks when there is any network activity Steady off means there is no network activity LK amber Link Remains on when the instrument connects to a hub or host computer If off check the hub connection Ethernet Parallel to LAN Adapter Red Power Lit when power is applied to the adapter If not lit check the power connections This indicator must be on Green Activity Blinks when there is network activity transmitting and receiving No blinking when the network is active indicates no connection to the network Cycle the computer power to activate automatic port selection 2 60 Preparing for Operation Testing and Troubleshooting Table 2 6 Troubleshooting Problem The Ethernet Parallel to LAN Adapter is not responding or Mouse or Keyboard is not responding or software behaves abnormally Unable to verify communications with an instrument General Protection Faults Changed instruments on the network and the new instrument do not respond Discussion If you connect the Ethernet Parallel to LAN Adapter to the host computer while the host computer is powered on the adapter will not initialize correc
38. ini file for the NDIS driver or in the driver section of the net cfg file for the ODI driver This switch specifies which of the parallel ports that adapter is connected to If you leave this switch off the driver may attach to the wrong adapter If you re using two ISA bus Ethernet adapter cards make sure that the IRQ level and port addresses don t overlap Also make sure that you add the I O address to the end of the packet driver load line in the driver section of the protocol ini file for the NDIS driver or in the driver section of the net cfg file for the ODI driver Load the network operating system client software first then load the Trumpet or Newt software During installation of the Newt software be careful to enter the IRQ and port address that matches the network card attached to the NetDAQ instruments I 15 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Network drivers typically use PC soft interrupts to communicate with the protocol software If you re using two network cards and as a result two drivers you must select two different soft interrupt levels for the drivers For example Packet drivers used with Trumpet usually use soft interrupt level 60 hex If two packet drivers are resident one can use 60 but the other must use something else like 61 Usually this must be communicated to the driver via a command line switch or configuration file and to the level of protocol software that is communicating
39. instrument icons without the attendant network parameters If this condition J 25 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 26 occurs you must reconfigure communications to add the network parameters select the Communications Config command from the Setup menu ROM Failure Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message RTD Alpha value must range from 0 00374 to 0 00393 You entered an out of range RTD probe constant Alpha value Enter a value between 0 00374 and 0 00393 The default is 0 00385055 RTD RO value must range from 10 to 1010 Ohms You entered an out of range RTD RO ice point Enter an RO value between 10 and 1010 Ohms The default is 100 Ohms The RO or ice point refers to the resistance of the RTD at 0 degrees C Sampling interval must range from 1 to 3600 seconds You tried to select a Quick Plot X Axis Sampling Interval that was less than 1 second or more than 3600 seconds Reenter a Sampling Interval that is between 1 and 3600 seconds The Quick Plot displays 40 interval points on the plot
40. nominal 1 second intervals Close Spy Window Master Alarm Output Test 6 30 This test checks the Master Alarm output for a logic low when a channel is in alarm 1 Connect Test Leads to ALARM TRIGGER I O Connector Remove the 8 position ALARM TRIGGER I O connector from the instrument rear panel Connect a test lead to each line MA Master Alarm TO Trigger Output TI Trigger Input plus a test lead to the GND line See Figure 2 6 Reinstall the connector Measure MA Line Using a digital multimeter measure the output of the unset MA test lead referenced to the GND test lead for a voltage greater than 3 8V dc Verify Configuration Channel 1 for Volts DC In NetDAQ Logger verify channel 1 is configured for Volts dc 3V range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Verify Configuration Channel 1 for Alarms In NetDAQ Logger verify channel 1 is configured for an Alarm 1 with Alarm Sense LO Alarm Value 1 and Digital Output DOO0 See Configuring Alarms in Chapter 3 of this manual Start Instrument Scanning Click the Start Instrument button on the Button Bar to start instrument scanning Scanning is initiated to enable the Master Alarm output Measure MA Line Using a digital multimeter measure the output of the set MA test lead referenced to the GND test lead for a voltage less than 0 8V dc Stop Scanning Select Logging Stop Instrument to stop instrument scanning 6 29
41. readings table sy 46 Trend Link 4 7 Real Time Frequenc Update 5 23 Rear panel controls 2 20 Rear panel indicators Replacement parts Replacement fuse RS 232J1 13 RTD custom 385 fixed 385 using custom 385 with other platinum RTDs D 3 RTD linearization D D 1 RTD temperature accuracy test DIN IEC 751 RTD 6 25 RTD temperature accuracy test resistance 2640A 6 24 RTD temperature accuracy test resistance 2645A 6 25 S Saving an instrument configuration as a text file 3 28 Saving the current setu p 3 11 Scaling Mx B 1 7 is Scan queue overflows J Scanning and logging 1 13 Scanning duration mn selecting an instrument s Scanning rate increasing 4 20 Segmented networks IP addresses and E6 Self diagnostic tests Service 6 35 Setting host computer networking raks os Setup file starting NetDAQ Logger with 3 13 Setup files 3 11 opening 3 12 Shielded wiring 2 11 Shielding considerations B 1 2 Wire resistance measurement 2645A A 22 2 Wire resistance measurement 2640A A 13 4 Wire resistance measurement 2640A A 12 4 Wire resistance measurement 2645A A 21 4 Wire RTD per ITS 1990 measurement 2645A ac voltage measurement 2640 A 9 ac voltage measurement 2645A A 19 combined 2640A 2645A A 1 dc voltage measurement 2640A A 8 dc voltage measurement 2645A frequency m
42. select the Communications Config command from the Setup menu and click the Modify button Instrument not found You have a communications problem with the instrument or with the network The host computer Ethernet interface is operating correctly i e the problem is not with the host computer If the network connection has never worked check the installation procedures in Chapter 2 or Troubleshooting Network Problems If the network connection stopped working check the following Network Connections Verify all network connections For the isolated network using 10Base2 coaxial cable be sure the 50 Ohm terminations at the network endpoints are still in place especially if you have made a direct connection between the instrument and the host computer For a network using 10BaseT unshielded twisted pair cable be sure you have used a standard cable when connecting to a hub or a reverse signal cable reversing the transmit and receive wires when making a direct connection between the instrument and the host computer Instrument Preparation Verify the instrument is powered and prepared for operation The network parameters entered at the front panel of the instrument must agree with the network parameters at the host computer Communications Configuration File For the isolated network this includes the BCN and isolated network For the general network this includes the BCN general network socket port IP address and default gat
43. values below and verify the Spy window simulated temperature measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Simulated Temperature C Decade Resistance Source Value Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 0 C 0 31 C 0 31 C 266 34 C 265 94 C 266 74 C 557 70 C 556 07 C 558 33 C 5 Close Spy Window RTD Temperature Accuracy Test DIN IEC 751 RTD 6 23 The following RTD accuracy test applies to both the 2640A and 2645A and uses the 4 wire connection see Figure 6 4 1 Connect the RTD Source to Channels 1 and 11 Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect the RTD to the Universal Input Module terminals for channel 1 Sense and channel 11 Source as shown in Figure 6 4 2 Configure Channel 1 for RTD 4W In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for RTD 4W Fixed 385 range with RTD RO set to 100 Ohms assuming the reference RO 100 enter the correct value for RO See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual 3 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select analog channel 01 Click OK to open the Spy window 6 25 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 4 Verify Accuracy Insert the RTD and a mercury thermometer in a room temperature bath Allow 20 minutes for thermal stabilization The value displayed on the mercury thermometer should equal the value in the Spy Window 0 25 C 2640A or 0 80 C 2645A plus sensor inaccurac
44. 1400 Height 1650 results in the following printed chart 5 25 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Height 1650 Width 1 400 ds141f bmp Click OK to print the chart 5 26 Chapter 6 Maintenance Contents DAURON LELETO o osc accessceccseedsene Sannsecusexsdacedsavttvuetcostendanset esncens dodena toed shcevtens Self Test Diagnostics and Error Codes 00 eeeeeceeeceeeeeceeeceseeeeeeeeeeees Cleaning sotainen ea ai eane AEE E AE Ta AEE RAEE EEES Pus Replacement vc i csccssessdsvetsea secu ven cavet ia cgstevsscdsstapninscrvaepcateegscavvepeses Performance TeSt ircre nenies et ennei era Eies AEE EEE E Configuring the Performance Test Setup eee eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees Initializing the Performance Test Setup Accuracy Performance Tests 00 0 ccescesssecsseceeceeceeceeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeaee Volts DC Accuracy Test 2640A eescecsceceeeeessteceeneeeeeeeeeeaees Volts DC Accuracy Test 2645A ceeescceesceceeeeessteceenaeeeeeeeenaees Volts AC Accuracy Test ei ceeceeceeccsscessneeeseeeseeeseecsseceaeesseeeseeees Frequency Accuracy Test 0 eeeesessesseecseecsseceaeceeesseceseeeseeeees Analog Channel Integrity Test cece ceeeeseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Computed Channel Integrity Test eeseeeseeseeeeeeneeeneee Thermocouple Temperature Accuracy Test iesene Open Thermocouple Response Test oo eeeeeseesceesseceteceeceeeees 2 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2640A ccceeeeeeeesceeeneeeeees 2 Wire Resistance
45. 2 applicable points for temperatures between 28 C and 60 C or 10 C and 18 C e g if the applicable specification at 28 C is 2 and the specification at 60 C is 3 then the specification at 40 C is 3 2 x 40 28 60 28 2 2 375 Accuracy at 20 C Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warm up For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly DC Component Error The presence of a dc voltage will cause an indeterminate error in the reading of the ac voltage on the input Table A 13 2640A AC Voltage Range and Resolution Specifications Range Resolution Minimum Input for Slow Fast Rate Accuracy Full Scale 30 000 3 000 300 mV 10 uV 100 uV 20 mV 3V 100 pV 1 mV 200 mV 30V 1 mV 10 mV 2V 150 300V 10 mV 100 mV 20V Note 300V range applies to channels 1 and 11 only Specifications 2640A Specifications Table A 14 2640A AC Voltage Accuracy Specifications Range 300 mV 3V 30V 150 300V Frequency 20 to 50 Hz 50 to 150 Hz 150 Hz to 10 kHz 10 kHz to 20 kHz 20 kHz to 50 kHz 50 kHz to 100 kHz 20 to 50 Hz 50 to 150 Hz 150 Hz to 10 kHz 10 kHz to 20 kHz 20 kHz to 50 kHz 50 kHz to 100 kHz 20 to 50 Hz 50 to 150 Hz 150 Hz to 10 kHz 10 kHz to 20 kHz 20 kHz to 50 kHz 50 kHz to 100 kHz V lt 20V 20 to 50 Hz 50 to 150 Hz 150 Hz to 2 kHz V Hz gt 2 106 2 kHz to 20 kHz V lt 100V 20
46. 214 247 5642 Fluke Service Center 42711 Lawrence Place Fremont CA 94538 TEL 510 651 5112 FAX 510 651 4962 Illinois Fluke Service Center 1150 W Euclid Avenue Palatine IL 60067 TEL 708 705 0500 FAX 847 705 9989 New Jersey Fluke Service Center W 75 Century Rd Paramus N J 07652 0930 TEL 201 599 9500 599 0919 FAX 201 599 2093 Appendix K Fluke Service Centers Washington Fluke Service Center Fluke Corporation Building 4 1420 75TH St S W Everett WA 98203 TEL 206 356 5560 FAX 206 356 6390 INTERNATIONAL Australia Phillips Sci and Ind Pty L 745 Springvale Road Mulgrave Victoria 3170 TEL 61 3 881 3666 FAX 61 3 881 3636 Phil Sci amp Ind Blk F Centrecrt 34 Waterloo Road North Ryde N S W 2113 TEL 61 2 888 8222 FAX 61 2 888 0440 Austria Fluke Vertriebsges GMBH GM SudrandstraBe 7 P O Box 10 A 1232 Vienna TEL 43 1 614 100 FAX 43 1 614 1010 Bahrain Mohammed Fakhroo amp Bros P O Box 439 Bahrain TEL 973 253529 FAX 973 275996 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Belgium N V Fluke Belgium S A Sales amp Service Dept Langeveldpark Unit 5 amp 7 P Basteleusstraat 2 4 6 1600 St Pieters Leeuw TEL 218 2 331 2777 ext 218 FAX 32 2 331 1489 Bolivia Casilla 7295 Calle Ayacucho No 208 Edificio Flores 5to Piso La Paz Bolivia TEL 591 2 317531 or 317173 FAX 591 2 317545 Brazil Philips Medical Sy
47. 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 24 Displaying the Digital I O Status 2 28 Perform the procedure in Figure 2 14 to display an instrument Digital I O line status The instrument updates the DIO display once per second See Figure 2 15 for examples e Number Of DIO Lines There are eight DIO lines DIO 0 to DIO 7 You can assign DIO lines as alarm outputs or as digital inputs For example a switch closure can toggle a DIO line as an input e DIO Status Display DIO status display is in the form nnnn nnnn with five characters in view at a time 6 00 Press the DIO Digital I O key to view the Digital I O status You can display the Digital I O status whether the instrument is scanning or not scanning Press the left right arrow keys to display the desired DIO line DIO7 to DIOO A hyphen divides the display for example 1111 0000 Press the DIO key again to exit NetDAQ Logger for Windows can also display the Digital I O status Figure 2 14 Displaying the Digital I O Status Input example Toggling DIO7 between open circuit and ground results in I O status of 255 11111111 and 127 01111111 The changes from 255 to 127 in your scan data provide a direct correlation between the external condition at DIO7 and the analog and computed measurements Output example Associating I O line DIOO with an alarm results in I O status of 255 11111111 when the channel is not in alarm and 254 11111110 when the channel is in alar
48. 29 885V 298 85V Maximum Reading 0 0203V 0 0215V 0 30115V 0 3155V 3 0115V 30 115V 301 15V 6 12 Complete the following procedure to test the accuracy of the frequency function for the 2640A and 2645A Measurement accuracy applies to all channels not just the channel used for the test 1 Configure Channel 1 for Frequency In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for frequency There is no range selection for frequency as all frequency measurements use Autoranging See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual 2 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select channel 0101 instrument 01 channel 01 from the Channel list Click OK to open the Spy window 3 Verify Accuracy Configure the 5700A for the output values below and verify the Spy window measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Change the channel 1 range as required see Step 1 Frequency Range 5700A Output 4 Close Spy Window Minimum Reading Maximum Reading Autorange Only 1V 10 kHz 9 994 kHz 10 006 kHz Maintenance 6 Performance Test Analog Channel Integrity Test 6 13 Complete the following procedure to test the integrity of each analog channel 2 to 20 to verify each analog channel is capable of making measurements 1 Configure Channel for Ohms In NetDAQ Logger configure channels 2 then 3 then 4 etc as this step is repeated to 20 for Ohms 2W 300 range 2
49. A SPCCIICAtLOMS ainiaan a a a e i aiai B Noise Shielding and Crosstalk Considerations C True RMS Measurements 0cccccccsccesesessseseseseseseseseeeseseseseseeeeees D RID Lime ani Zation 6 0s s0s0s0sss0ecssesveeesvesovecssvsovecssvsovecssvsoorese sede EERE E Computed Channel Equations 00 ee ee eeeeeseeseeesceeseeesaeesaeenseseaeeeseeees F Data File Format ccccccccccsscssssssssssssessseseseseseseseseseseseseseseseseeesees F 1 G Dynamic Data Exchange DDE 0 ee ee ceeceseeeeneeeneeeeeenaecnaeenaeenaeens H Ethernet Cabling cs ji siccsce sed ncssavecssasavsanssaaosstvssaaseideseie ni a iE aona I Network Considerations ccccccccccccccccccccccccccesceescsescsescsesessessseeeeeseeses J Error Messages amp Exception Condition cee ceeeeseceseeseesneeeneeeseee J 1 K Fluke Service Centers iciscssscccccatiscescdsscacscesaeccsies coseesicessse essuevdecesuvcesce suede 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Appendix A Specifications Introduction A 1 Specifications are divided into three sections The first section contains the combined specifications that apply equally to both the 2640A and 2645A instruments The second section contains specifications that apply only to the 2640A instrument The third section contains specifications that apply only to the 2645A instrument 2640A 2645A Combined Specifications A 2 The following specifications apply equally to both the 2640A and 2645A ins
50. Accuracy Test 2645A eccceeeeseesseeeeeneeeeees 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2640A 0 eecceeeceesseeeeereeees 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2645A ceccceeeseessteeeeneeees RTD Temperature Accuracy Test Resistance 2640A RTD Temperature Accuracy Test Resistance 2645A RTD Temperature Accuracy Test DIN IEC 751 RTD Digital Input Output Tests ee eee csecsseceeeceseceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeaee Digital I O Output Test eee ceeeseeeeeseeeeeeneeenaecnaeenseesseeees Digital Input Test sisi cscees tsacessl eiievsi lenin sts inceensieheeerideresstacdeiedels Totalizer TOSI sec cscievencicastieese sehwene dseTeesudereucs cause sdedhaudeceesl vada deriuctes Totalizef Count Test scicc sccccescicescavsssccvesscazectessndaysisa caecdesanscsenancaa 6 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 6 29 Totalizer Sensitivity Test ccc eeseceseesecsneeeeecneeseseeeaeeeaeeeees 6 30 Master Alarm Output Test cece ceseceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeenaes 6 31 Trigger Input Vests icsnacontsiinnanch cane inicainmi atta 6 32 Trigger Output Lest scscsscscsess sserssssassiica sea sued vs riskni ss annesine 6 33 Calibration aooe nirera e Ee TE AEE aE E E Ea ESS 6 34 Adding Calibration to the Utilities Menu 6 35 Instrument Calibration Dialog BOX sseeeesesereerereererrerrrsrrerere 6 36 Calibration Steps Dialog BOX cece eeeeesceeseeeneeeneeenaeenseenaeenaeens 6 37 Variations in the
51. Check that the directory permission is not set to Read Only check the path for your data file to make sure the directory path allows access and verify you have sufficient disk space for the new directory Cannot create Trend Link Data Set dummy file File Name Trend Link is unable to create the Data Set set file for your Trend Link data file Verify that the Data Set directory permission is not set to Read Only check the path for your data file to make sure the directory path allows access and verify you have sufficient disk space for the new files Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Cannot write to Trend Link Data Set Check amount of free disk space available You are trying to write to a Trend Link data file on a disk drive that has little or no storage capacity To use this disk drive delete unneeded files to create space for the Trend Link data file with its associated data set To delete old Trend Link data files see Deleting Old Trend Link Files in Chapter 5 of this manual Cannot write to Trend Link infolink ini Check file permissions or location of file Trend Link is unable to write to your infolink ini file The Trend Link infolink ini file is either missing corrupted is from a previous version of Trend Link or is write protected Trend Link will look for the infolink ini file in one of three places The default location is in the c Program Files Fluke tl direct
52. Display 0 eee ceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaeeeneeenaees 238s SEVI CO hiss EEA SE E EEE N EEE N 6 39 Replacement Parts erorri tieresrerivies tiren E EE RR 6 2 Introduction Maintenance Introduction 6 1 Maintenance for the 2640A 2645A instruments is limited to self test error code explanations cleaning fuse replacement performance test calibration and a listing of replacement parts A Service Manual PN 942615 is available for purchase Self Test Diagnostics and Error Codes 6 2 Self test diagnostics are performed each time the instrument is powered up Any errors encountered during this initial 5 second period are reported on the front panel as shown below If you encounter an error code refer to Table 6 1 for a brief description of the error For all errors try cycling the instrument power If the error persists and you intend to repair the instrument yourself refer to the Service Manual PN 942615 Otherwise package the instrument securely using the original container if available and mail it to the nearest Fluke Service Center Include a description of the problem Fluke assumes no responsibility for damage in transit Table 6 1 Self Test Error Codes Boot ROM Checksum Error Instrument ROM Checksum Error Internal RAM Test Failed Display Power Up Test Failed Display Not Responding Calibration Constants Corrupted A D Not Responding A D Self Tes
53. Enclosure Overview Options and Accessories Instrument Connector Set 1 28 The 2620A 100 is a complete set of input connectors one Universal Input Module one ALARM TRIGGER I O connector and one DIGITAL I O connector A 2620A 100 Instrument Connector Set comes with each instrument You can wire additional connector sets to allow quick interfacing to multiple wiring setups Host Computer Ethernet Adapters 1 29 The 264XA 801 264XA 802 and 264XA 803 are the recommended Ethernet adapters The 264XA 801 is a plug in card the 264XA 802 is an external parallel to LAN adapter and the 264XA 803 is a PCMCIA card 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 1 2 2 2 25 2 26 2 27 2 28 Chapter 2 Preparing for Operation Contents Page Grounding and Common Mode Voltage Universal Input Module Connections 00 ee eeceeseceseceseeeseeeseeneaee Shielded Wir ge ssesaststsievsndedeeesd evievsi debeiasis Mhoowaeehetesiederesetedoniedens Crosstalk Considerations 0 ceeceeceeseeeseeeeneeeseeeeecaeceaeesseenseeees Digital VO Connections oe cece eeeesceesecsceceseceseceseceseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeees Digital IOn ea totes eee eE EEEN Ai Totalize nnnc a a Alarm Trigger I O Connections eseeseeeeeseereseereesreeresresrrsresserresss Trigger Input secs cusecvscs coves asouitekad oc seeigl casbeadiseabetasceesebalicuseagseaevandies Trigger Output sniene naanod iea TEETE EARO Vineri Master Alarms oionn i a External Trigger
54. Fast 15 Hz to 900 Hz 0 01 Hz 0 1 Hz 0 05 0 02 Hz 0 05 0 2Hz 000 He to 9 KH 00501 He O 05 e He 90 kHz to 900 kHz 100 Hz 0 05 10 Hz 0 05 100 Hz 1 MHz 100 Hz 0 05 100Hz 0 05 1 kHz Table A 23 2640A Frequency Sensitivity Specifications 9 KHZ 10 90 kHz 0 05 e1 He 0 05 110 He Frequency Measurement Sensitivity Sine Wave Frequency Range Minimum Signal Maximum Signal 15 Hz to 70 Hz 100 mV rms V lt 150 300V rms depends on channel used and V Hz lt 2 10 70 Hz to 100 kHz 100 mV rms 20V rms 100 kHz to 200 kHz 150 mV rms 10V rms 200 kHz to 300 kHz 150 mV rms 7V rms 300 kHz to 1 MHz Linearly increasing from 150V Linearly decreasing from 7V rms rms at 300 kHz to 2V rms at 1 at 300 kHz to 2V rms at 1 MHz MHz 300V range applies to channels 1 and 11 only A 16 Specifications A 2645A Specifications 2645A Specifications A 21 This section includes specifications specific to the 2644A instrument by measurement function 2645A DC Voltage Measurement Specifications A 22 Tables A 24 to A 26 provide 2645A specifications for the dc voltage measurement function Table A 24 2645A DC Voltage Measurement General Specifications Specification Characteristic Input Impedance 100MQ in parallel with 300 pF maximum for ranges lt 3V 10MQ in parallel with 100 pF maximum for ranges gt 3V Common Mode Rejection 120dB minimum at dc 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 1 1kQ imbalance Slow Rate
55. Fixed 385 measurements with a 385 RTD that matches the above coefficients are shown in Table A 34 in Appendix A D 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual D 2 Custom 385 RTD The Custom 385 RTD linearization solves the Callendar Van Dusen equation for positive temperatures and uses a polynomial approximation to the Callendar Van Dusen equation for negative temperatures In addition to R amp may also be specified via NetDAQ Logger 6 nd B are fixed These fixed coefficients are the modified DIN 43760 coefficients that conform to ITS90 1 49978574 B 0 10863383 Figure D 1 shows the accuracy envelope for a 385 RTD that has 6 and B that match the above coefficients Because of the error introduced by the linearization at low temperatures it is recommended that use of the Custom 385 RTD type be limited to temperatures between 100 and 600 C D 3 Accuracy Envelope Custom RTD 385 Probe 1 Year Slow 18 28 Degrees C Alpha 0 00385055 Delta 1 49978574 Beta 0 10863383 1 5 Error Degrees C gt o o1 1 ji 5 z 1 0 2645A 45 2640A T T 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Temperature Degrees C Figure D 1 385 RTD RTD Linearization Custom 385 RTD Using the Custom 385 RTD with Other Platinum RTDs D 4 Although the Custom 385 RTD linearization uses a B and 6 from a 385 RTD other RTD types can be used The Custom 385 lin
56. Hours Mins Secs e fo fo ds029s bmp 3 Check Stop Scanning after Interval Enter the hours minutes seconds for the duration The maximum entry is 999 hours 99 minutes 99 seconds 999 99 99 4 Click OK to return to the Main Window Real Time Displays 4 8 The Real Time displays let you monitor data as it is being collected The following displays are available Logging Status displays the status of data collection during real scanning or simulated scanning Readings Table displays the latest scan data collected from the currently selected instrument Spy triggers and collects its own measurements from up to eight channels from any combination of instruments These measurements are performed in the instrument independent of any scanning Quick Plot provides a quick visual trend of eight channels Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows 4 Real Time Displays Trend Link provides a wide range of features for trending real time data or previously collected data See Chapter 5 of this manual for more information on Trend Link Dynamic Data Exchange DDE links measurement data to other applications such as a spreadsheet with the measurements appearing in other applications as they are being collected The instrument front panel provides a display of channel readings digital I O status or totalizer status See Chapter 2 of this manual for more information The Logging Status Window 4 9 The Logging Status window w
57. NetDAQ Logger Contact your Fluke Service Center to have your instrument software upgraded Instruments with invalid BCNs Setup File Name not loaded Configure communications with desired BCNs You have tried to load instrument icons from a setup file for instruments that do not appear in the Communications Configuration File The Communications Configuration File dialog box select the Communication Config command from the Setup menu has an Instruments on Network list which is common to all setup files When a setup file is opened and contains icons for instruments that are no longer on the Instruments on Network list this message appears You must add the missing instruments to the Instruments on Network list that you removed in other operations and then reopen the setup file to place the instruments back on the Icon Bar Invalid Actual Calibration Value Choose a value closer to the suggested value You have selected a calibration input value that is invalid Calibration consists of entering specified values over the range of the instrument input You must select these or similar values for proper calibration If you select values too far from an acceptable input they will not be accepted as calibration values Invalid Alarm Value You have entered an alarm value that is excessively large Select an alarm value that is less than 9 9999E 9 J 18 Error Messages amp Exception Conditions Error and Status Messages Inva
58. Newt Networking Software Table l 1 Newt Quick Check Newt Error Messages Description of Problems and Problem Resolution Plug in Card Failed to get interface characteristics table Failed to initialize interface Failed to open driver Parallel to LAN Failed to get interface characteristics table Failed to initialize interface Failed to open driver 1 No Ethernet card is installed Complete Installing the Host Computer Ethernet Adapter in Chapter 2 of this manual 2 The installed Ethernet card does not match the Newt Custom Hardware selection Change hardware selection See Step 4 of the Newt installation procedure 3 Newt was installed but the computer was not rebooted to implement the changes to the autoexec bat and config sys files Reboot the computer 4 The Ethernet card I O Base Address given in step 5 is incorrect 1 No Ethernet adapter or the adapter is not powered Check that the Ethernet Adapter power LED red is on 2 The installed Ethernet Adapter does not match the Newt Custom Hardware selection See Step 4 of the Newt installation procedure 3 Newt was installed but the computer was not rebooted to implement the changes to the autoexec bat and config sys files Reboot the computer 4 There is an IRQ5 or IRQ7 Interrupt Request conflict with your parallel port For example you may be sharing the IRQ with a bus mouse a mouse not connected to a COM port
59. Preferences Using Trend Link for Fluke Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart BBS M ds133s bmp Configuring the Curve Status Display 5 20 Complete the following procedure to select the elements of the Curve Status display The Curve Status display is the window at the bottom of the chart containing the parameter information of the curves Toggle Curve Status on and off with the Curve Status Window button on the Control Bar See Using the Trend Link Control Bar 1 Select Edit Curve Status Info to open the Curve Status Information dialog box below 5 17 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 5 18 a M M M M M M E M ds134s bmp 2 Select the desired features of the Curve Status display by checking or unchecking each of the Sections Displayed listings Click OK Curve Preferences 5 21 Complete the following procedure to select the curve preferences You can customize various attributes of each curve on the chart For example you can change the color add a fixed range and position one curve on top of another 1 Select Curve Curve Information to open the Curve Information dialog box Using Trend Link for Fluke Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart Curve Information data set 0101 data set 0101 data set 0102 data set 0103 ds135s bmp 2 Click on the desired curve listed in the Tags box which will
60. Select at least one group average channel You selected the Average Computed Channel or the Difference from Average function but did not specify any channels to average Select at least one channel from the Group Average list box for the Average Computed Channel function Select at least one spy channel You selected the Spy window but did not specify any channels to spy on Select at least one channel from the Channel list box for the Spy window feature Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Select at least one trigger type Your scan parameters do not include a type of trigger Configure your scan parameters to include at least one of the triggers Interval Trigger External Trigger or Alarm Trigger Selected Trend Link Data Set already contains data for instrument BCN Delete the Data Set or create a new Data Set The name you selected for your Trend Link data file is already being used by another instrument Select another data file name for this Trend Link file or delete the old Trend Link data set and try again To delete old Trend Link data files see Deleting Old Trend Link Files in Chapter 5 of this manual Setup File Is Invalid Your setup file is corrupted Delete the setup file and recreate a new setup file with the same name Setup has changed Save the changes You tried to exit the application or select another setup file without saving the changes to the current setup f
61. TCP IP vs Windows for Workgroups I 23 1 24 Noise and shielding B 2 Noise considerations Note System Using the 5 24 Novell NetWare I 21 1 7 Numbering channel O Online help using 4 21 Open thermocouple response test 6 16 Operation preparing for 2 3 Optimizing performance 4 20 Optimizing performance for precision 4 21 Optimizing performance for speed Options and accessories 1 14 Options power on 2 21 Output trigger Overview 1 3 P Performance optimizing 4 20 optimizing for precision 4 21 optimizing for speed 4 20 Performance rest 6 Physical layer wiring schemes I 4 Playing Back a Fast Binary BIN File in Trend Link 5 5 Playing Back a Trend Link SET File in Trend Link 5 4 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Playing Back an ASCII CSV File in Trend Link Positioning and rack mounting 2 5 Power ac dc Power source connecting to and instrument grounding 2 5 Power on options 2 21 Precision optimizing performance for Preferences Background 5 21 Preferences Curve 5 18 Preparation instrument 2 3 Preparing for operation 2 3 Printing a Chart 5 24 Printing and viewing data files Q Quick plot 4 11 R Rack mounting Reading Rate Selecting the 3 17 Real time clock and calendar A 7 Real time displays dynamic data exchange DDE 4 7 instrument front panel logging status quick plot
62. Thermocouple Temperature Accuracy Test Open Thermocouple Response Test 2 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test RTD Temperature Accuracy Test Resistance Source RTD Temperature Accuracy Test DIN IEC 751 RTD Source Specific tests for current dc are not included since these functions are derived from volts de Volts DC Accuracy Test 2640A 6 9 Complete the following procedure to test the accuracy of the volts dc function for the 2640A Measurement accuracy applies to all channels not just the channel used for the test 1 Configure Channel 1 for Volts DC In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for volts dc 90 mV range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select channel 0101 instrument 01 channel 01 from the Channel list Click OK to open the Spy window 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 Verify Accuracy Configure the 5700A for the output values below and verify the Spy window measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Change the channel 1 range as required see Step 1 Volts DC Range 90 mV 90 mV 90 mV 300 mV 300 mV 300 mV 3V 3V 3V 30V 30V 30V 300V 300V 300V 5700A Output Short Circuit Zero 90 mV 90 mV Short Circuit Zero 300 mV 300 mV Short Circuit Zero 3V 3V Short Circuit Zero 30V 30V Short Circuit Zero 300V 300V 4
63. This is a tutorial on commonly used Network communication technology and how to get started using the NetDAQ instruments It s not necessary to know the details of Network communication methods in order to use NetDAQ effectively However there are such a wide variety of Network techniques and technology in use that you can become lost in the jargon used by Network Professionals This tutorial will attempt to take some of the mystery out of Networking After all Networking is just a way of communicating digital information from one point to another Computer Networks are very similar to a postal service Just like in postal services in networks you can e Write a message e Assign a destination address e Add a return address on the message in case of delivery problems e Specify a delivery method overnight two day etc e Drop the message into the network e Expect the message to arrive at its destination some time later The software hardware and wiring of a network ensures that a message with proper addressing and type gets to its destination and that errors are detected NetDAQ and Network Communication Techniques l 2 In the past Fluke data acquisition instruments depended on RS 232 and IEEE 488 communication methods This was OK with limited channel measurement rates 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual low system data throughput because of the processing rate of host computers and disk systems and instruments that
64. Trigger For example set the Interval Trigger for 60 seconds Interval 1 and the Alarm Trigger for 10 seconds Interval 2 Scanning is at 60 second intervals except when a channel designated as an alarm trigger is in alarm when scanning is at 10 second intervals NetDAQ Logger Features and Capabilities 1 17 NetDAQ Logger is the operating software for NetDAQ instruments It lets you configure and operate your system through a Windows based environment The package installs either a 32 bit version for Windows 95 and Windows NT or a 16 bit version for Windows 3 1 Chapters 3 and 4 of this manual provide an overview of operating NetDAQ Logger Online help provides more details Some major features of NetDAQ Logger include e Multiple Instruments NetDAQ Logger lets you configure and control up to 20 instruments either as Asynchronous instruments or a Group Instrument e Data File Recording NetDAQ Logger logs scan data into a choice of several file types for each instrument or instrument group e Online Help Online help describes the controls and operations e Real time Data Display The Readings Table displays the latest scan data from the currently selected instrument Quick Plot graphs scan data from any eight channels The Spy utility gets current readings from any eight channels whether or not scanning is active e Real Time Trend Plotting Trend Link for Fluke optional lets you view real time or historical trends in your col
65. Trigger Out Set Non TTL Logical One Trigger Out Not Set Pulse Duration Logic Low Isolation Master Alarm Characteristic 0 8V maximum for an lout of 1 0 mA 1 LSTTL load 3 8V minimum for an lout of 0 05 mA 1 LSTTL load 1 8V maximum for an lout of 20 mA 3 25V maximum for an lout of 50 mA 125 us None A 9 Table A 6 provides a summary of the Master Alarm specifications The Master Alarm output is located on the ALARM TRIGGER I O connector terminals MA and GND Table A 6 2640A 2645A Master Alarm MA Specification Specification TTL Logical Zero Master Alarm Set Characteristic 0 8V maximum for an lout of 1 0 mA 1 LSTTL load TTL Logical One Master Alarm Not Set 3 8V minimum for an lout of 0 05 mA 1 LSTTL load Non TTL Logical Zero Master Alarm Set 1 8V maximum for an lout of 20 mA 3 25V maximum for an lout of 50 mA Non TTL Logical One Master Alarm Not Set Isolation None 2640A 2645A Totalizer Specifications 2640A Specifications A 10 Table A 7 provides a summary of the Totalizer specifications The Totalizer input is located on the DIGITAL I O connector terminals and GND Table A 7 2640A 2645A Totalizer Specification Specification Maximum Input Voltage Minimum Input Voltage Minimum Peak Voltage Isolation Threshold Hysteresis Input Debouncing Maximum Transition Rate Maximum Count Characteristic 30V
66. Wiring for a Group Instrument eseeeeeeeeeeeseee Controls and Indicators ssrisiieissusiisiisceiiviriiissesroiviisriiriatiiiis Front Panel Controls ecceesescceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeaecaeceaeenaeenaeee Front Panel Indicators 0 0 eee eeceeeeeeneeeneeeeeeeeeaecsaeeeaeenaeenaeees Rear Panel Controls 0 cee eeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeaeceaeesseseaeenseeeeeeees Rear Panel Indicators 0 0 eee eee eseeseessecsseceseceseceseeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeees Front Panel Operating Procedures 00 0 cee eseeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees Power On Options c csccseicseeeatehaeeeis ig hiessicdaceassiussiesticascenscenyeeste Displaying a Monitor Channel cece eeeceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Displaying the Digital F O Status 2 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 29 Displaying the Totalizer Status 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 2 30 Reviewing and Setting the Base Channel Number 2 31 Reviewing and Setting the Line Frequency ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 32 Reviewing and Setting the Network Type eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 33 Reviewing and Setting the General Network Socket Port 2 34 Reviewing and Setting the General Network IP Address 2 35 Reviewing and Setting the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway 2 36 Viewing the Instrument Ethernet Address 00 0 0 eee ceeeeeeeeeeseeees 2 37 Host Computer and Network Preparation ceeeeeeeeseeeseeeneeeneeenees 2 38 Installing H
67. above 2 Save the changes to infolink ini and exit Notepad 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for each Trend Link Data Set being deleted Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart 5 15 When you display a Trend Link chart you can modify the chart appearance to suit your application Use the Control Bar or various menu selections as described below Using the Trend Link Control Bar 5 16 The Control Bar in the Trend Link window below allows you to quickly modify the chart display eis See the Trend Link for Fluke Reference Manual for more information on menu items and other Trend Link capabilities ds131s bmp Using Trend Link for Fluke Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart Control Bar Historical Mode Click to freeze the chart during the Real Time Mode allowing you to use the scroll bar at the bottom of the chart to back up to any portion on the recorded chart If you are collecting measurement data using the Real Time Mode you do not lose data while you are in the Historical Mode Real Time Mode Click again to view measurement data collection in real time Open an Existing Chart Click the Open Chart button to display the Chart Open dialog box Double click on the desired existing file to i B open an existing chart A prompt asking to save the current chart appears Adding a Curve Click to open the Add Curve dialog box Double click the desired
68. already been established with the instrument This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Close NetDAQ Logger and restart the application Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Computed channel Channel Instrument equation buffer size limits will be exceeded The instrument s buffer space for storing equation tokens 1000 bytes has been exceeded Delete or modify the equations until they occupy no more than 1000 bytes If this message continues to appear when you click OK continue to modify or delete equations as necessary See Equation Syntax for instructions on entering equation for computed channels Computed channels must be calculated from lower numbered channels You tried to create a computed channel that has a lower channel number than the channels used for the computed function Use channels that are lower when creating a computed channel function For example if creating computed channel 24 for channel averaging then the channels used for channel averaging must be lower e g channel 23 18 6 and so forth Configuration will be lost Delete anyway You are deleting an icon from the Icon Bar which will clear the instrument of configuration data Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel the operation To save configuration data for all the instruments save the setup as a new setup file Select the Save Setup As command from the Setup menu Connection is D
69. an instrument icon select the Create Instrument Icon command from the Setup menu by selecting the instrument from the Available Instruments list When an instrument is placed on the Icon Bar it is removed from the Available Instruments list When an instrument is removed from the Icon Bar it is returned to the Available Instruments list No timers available Close another application and try again Windows timer resources have been exceeded Close other applications to free Windows timers and continue operations Not responding to command Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Only Number bytes free disk space remain on Drive for Trend Link data You are logging to a Trend Link file and the minimum Low Disk Space amount has been reached When you are logging to a Trend Link data file NetDAQ Logger periodically checks for available disk space When this space reaches the value set in the Auto Rollover dialog box this warning is displayed and a rollover of the Data Set file automatically takes place To change the disk sp
70. at 40 C is 38 2 x 40 28 60 28 2 2 375 Accuracy at 20 C Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warm up For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly DC Component Error The presence of a dc voltage will cause an indeterminate error in the reading of the ac voltage on the input 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Table A 28 2645A AC Voltage Range and Resolution Specifications Range Resolution Minimum Input for Slow Fast Rate Accuracy Full Scale 30 000 3 000 300 mV 10 uV 100 uV 20 mV 3V 100 uV 1 mV 200 mV 30V 1 mV 10 mV 2V Table A 29 2645A AC Voltage Accuracy Specifications 1 Year Accuracy input V 150 Hz to 10 kHz 0 4 25 mV 0 6 50 mV 1 2 25 mV 1 3 40 mv 10 kHz to 20 kHz 0 4 25 mV 0 8 50 mV 1 2 25 mV 1 3 40 mV 20 kHz to 50 kHz 1 30 mV 1 5 60 mV 1 2 30 mV 1 2 50 mV 2 50 mV Range Frequency 18 C to 28 C 10 C to 60 C Sow Fast sow 300mV 20 to 50 Hz 3 25mV 6 5mv 3 5 25 mV 7 5 mV 50t0150Hz 0 4 25mV 0 8 5mV 0 5 25 mV 1 5 mV 150 Hz to 10 kHz 0 3 25 mV 0 8 5mV 0 4 25 mV 1 5 mV 10 KHz to 20 KHz 0 4 25 mV 1 5mV 0 7 25 mV 1 5 5 mV 20 kHz to 50 kHz 2 3mV 3 5mV 3 3mV_ 4 5 mV 50 kHz to 100 kHz 5 5mV 5
71. can modify the command line of NetDAQ Logger so that it will always open a particular setup file when started from Program Manger or File Manager see NetDAQ Logger Command Line for the command lines To modify the command line highlight the NetDAQ Logger icon in Program Manager select File Properties and change the command line Starting Logging Automatically 3 18 In addition to naming a setup file for NetDAQ Logger to open automatically you can set a flag telling NetDAQ Logger to start logging automatically for all instruments in the setup Use the methods described above to modify the command line and add the g flag as shown below NetDAQ Logger Command Line 3 19 The command line for activating NetDAQ Logger has the following format For the 16 bit version the executable name is net daq as opposed to net daq32 On Windows 3 1 the executable name and setup file do not have quotation marks pathname netdag32 setupfilename g c Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Configuring an Instrument To activate NetDAQ Logger with the default setup pathname netdag32 To activate NetDAQ Logger with a specific setup file for example mysetup stp pathname netdag32 mysetup stp To activate NetDAQ Logger with a specific setup file and start logging automatically pathname netdag32 mysetup stp g To add calibration to the Utilities menu of NetDAQ Logger pathname netda
72. device used to physically isolate and extend the length of a network wiring segment RFC Request For Comment RFC documents describe all aspects and issues associated with the International Internet and the TCP IP protocol Whenever a Network Considerations Glossary change to TCP IP is contemplated an RFC is issued over the Internet and everyone is invited to comment on the change before its implementation Router A router provides a communication path between two or more sections of a network It directs packets between sections subnets of the network so that only those packets addressed to hosts or other routers within the subnet are communicated to that subnet Server A computer that provides services such as file print and database services to other computers on a network Shim A driver like TSR that translates the interface of a driver of one type to communicate with protocol stacks that expect to communicate with a driver of a different type In most cases this is a TSR that allows stacks that can operate only over NDIS or ODI drivers to use another type of driver such as a packet driver Socket A two way pipe like connection between an application port in one host and an application port in another host Once a socket is established between two hosts everything that is placed in the output socket of one host will appear in the input socket of the other host An API to the socket functions of TCP is provided by WINSOCK
73. disk has not been removed from the drive If you are writing to a Trend Link data file and there is still free disk space remaining on your disk drive data logging may have been stopped due to settings Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages in the Auto Rollover dialog box You can change the minimum amount of free disk space that can exist while logging to a Trend Link file by changing the settings in the Low Disk Space for Trend Link section of the Auto Rollover dialog box Unable to Write to Setup File Your setup file properties do not allow writing to the file or the directory path no longer exists Use File Manager to check the properties of your setup file i e be sure the file is not configured for Read Only and check the setup file directory path Uncalibrated or Calibration Incomplete Continue Your instrument detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or click No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle the instrument s power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of this error message Unknown Communication Error You have experienced an unknown communications error Make sure the socket port number in NetDAQ Logger and i
74. for a Group Instrument 2 19 External Trigger Wiring for a group instrument refers to the triggering configuration in which you connect the Master TO Trigger Out line to each Slave TI Trigger In line and provide a common connection to the GND line for each instrument This configuration provides improved synchronization of the group instrument when the scanning intervals are 1 second or less Figure 2 7 shows a typical wiring connection for a group instrument Use NetDAQ Logger to configure a group instrument as described in Chapter 3 of this manual Controls and Indicators 2 20 The front panel provides a display and a set of control keys the rear panel provides the power switch and Ethernet status indicators See Figures 1 2 through 1 4 for an overall view of front and rear panels and Front Panel Operating Procedures later in this chapter for procedures that use the front and rear panel controls and indicators 2 15 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 107 264V OVERVOLTAGE CATEGORY II PER IEC 1010 1 moner 26408 41AL_ 2645a a6al_ 50 60 Hz 15VA A WARNING TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK DISCONNECT LINE CORD BEFORE REMOVING COVER SERIAL PORT f XMT RCV LK OJ LE PUBLIC TELEPHONE SYSTEMS ETHERNET DIGITAL I O MEETS VFG 243 1991 External Master Instrument trigger if used OVERVOLTAGE CATEGORY II PER IEC 1010 1 MODE
75. for isolated networks When you install NetDAQ Logger for an isolated network it automatically handles instrument IP addressing You must configure your host computer networking software to use a host computer IP address of 198 178 246 1xx and subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 See Setting Host Computer Network Parameters in Chapter 2 of this manual General Networks 1 20 A general network consists of host computers NetDAQ instruments and servers routers gateways or other network devices Refer connectivity issues to your network administrator and review Appendix I Network Considerations for more information When you install the NetDAQ software for a general network you must enter the instrument IP addresses manually Ethernet Port Selection 1 21 Each instrument has two network ports 10Base2 coaxial and 10BaseT twisted pair Ethernet The instrument automatically monitors and selects the active Ethernet port You may change ports at any time and the instrument will detect the change and automatically connect to the active port Asynchronous Instrument Operations 1 22 Using NetDAQ Logger you denote instruments as asynchronous or grouped An asynchronous independent instrument controls its own scanning operations including scan interval and method of triggering scans NetDAQ Logger records measurement data from each asynchronous instrument in an individual data file Group Instrument Operations 1 23 Using NetDAQ Log
76. isin the directory _testdat set Trigger Interval must range from 0 to 24 hours 86400 seconds You tried to enter a Trigger Interval greater than 86400 or tried to enter extraneous characters Enter numbers only between 00000 000 and 86400 000 for the Primary Interval J 29 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 30 Unable to communicate with instrument You have not made RS 232 connection with the instrument for calibration procedures Check that the host computer and instrument have the same baud rate and are properly interconnected See the Service Manual for more information Unable to Create Configuration Text File The name you selected for the text file already exists or is write protected or you have run out of disk space Unable to create Trend Link Data Set chart file File Name Trend Link is unable to create the Data Set cht file for your Trend Link data file Check that the directory permission is not set to Read Only check the path for your data file to make sure the directory path allows access and verify you have sufficient disk space for the new chart file Unable to get a Trend Link DLL function address Your Trend Link installation is missing the required c Program Files Fluke tl tbase d11 file Check that your Trend Link installation is complete You may also be trying to operate with portions of an older version of Trend Link Reinstall Trend Link following the procedures in Chapt
77. isolated network mode to set the lowest order portion of the IP address assigned to the instrument 198 178 246 BCN Bind The process of initializing the interface between the physical interface driver device driver and the bottom of the TCP IP stack software During the bind process the information in the protocol ini NDIS Driver or net cfg ODI Driver is communicated to the driver and the protocol software Bridge A device used to isolate two portions of a network on the Frame level Used to minimize collisions on an Ethernet Also acts as a repeater Brouter A device that combines bridge and router functions in the same box Client A computer system that uses resources made available by other computers on a network Default Gateway Address The address of the router or gateway that routes packets from the local subnet to other subnets in the network If a host determines that the destination address for a packet has a different subnet number than its own subnet via use of the subnet mask it sends the packet to the default gateway to be routed to the correct subnet Dialog Box A standard MS Windows user interface mechanism that consists of a window containing various controls input fields check boxes radio buttons etc DLL Dynamic Link Library A library loaded automatically by MS Windows when required by an application software package and unloaded when it is no longer needed I 31 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual
78. kHz to 50 kHz V lt 40V 1 Year Accuracy input V 18 C to 28 C 10 C to 60 C Slow Fast Slow Fast 3 25mV 6 5mV 3 5 25 mV 7 5 mV 0 4 25 mV 1 5mV 0 5 25 mV 1 5 5 mV 0 3 25 mV 1 5mV 0 4 25 mV 1 5 5 mV 0 4 25 mV 1 5mV 0 7 25 mV 1 5 5 mV 2 3mV 3 5mV 3 3 mV 4 4 5 mV 5 5mV 5 1 mV 7 5mV 8 1 mV 3 412 5mV 6 5mV 3 5 42 5 mV 7 45 mV 0 4 2 5 mV 1 5 mV 0 5 2 5 mV 1 2 5 mV 0 3 2 5 mV 1 5 mV 0 4 2 5 mV 1 2 5 mV 0 4 2 5 mV 1 5 mV 0 5 2 5 mV 1 2 5 mV 1 3 mV 1 5 6 mV 1 5 3 mV 2 6 mV 2 45mV 3 10mV 3 5mV 4 10 mV 3 25 mV 6 50mV 3 5 25 mV 7 50 mV 0 4 25 mV 1 50mV 0 5 25 mV 1 2 40 mV 0 3 25 mV 1 50mV 0 5 25 mV 1 2 40 mV 0 4 25 mV 1 50mV_ 0 5 25 mV 1 2 40 mV 1 30 mV 2 50 mV 3 25V 0 4 25V 0 3 25V 0 4 25V 1 30V 1 5 60 mV 3 100 mV 6 50V 1 5V 1 2 5V 1 6 5V 2 6V 1 30 mV 2 5 50 mV 3 5 25V 0 5 25V 0 5 25V 0 5 25V 1 2 30V Sine wave inputs gt 6 of scale Accuracy for signals with crest factors lt 2 2 50 mV 4 100 mV 7 50V 1 2 40V 1 4 40V 1 8 40V 2 5 50V 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2640A 4 Wire Resistance Measurement Specifications A 15 Tables A 15 to A 17 provide 2640A specifications for the 4 wire resistance measurement function The 4 wire measureme
79. little or no storage space To use this disk drive delete unneeded files to create space for the new Trend Link data file with its associated data set To delete old Trend Link data files see Deleting Old Trend Link Files in Chapter 5 of this manual This Base Channel Number is already in use You tried to add an instrument to the Communications Configuration File with a BCN that is already in use Select a BCN number that is unique that is not used by any other instrument on the network The range of BCNs is 01 to 99 Time Interval must be between 1 and 99 You entered an invalid Time Interval into the Auto Rollover dialog box Enter the number of hours as a whole number between 1 and 99 Do not enter minutes Time Interval must range from 1 minute to 999 hours and 99 minutes This will occur in the Batch Options dialog box when the user selects Periodic Interval with an interval value outside the stated range Time of Day must be entered as 0 to 23 hours and 0 and 59 minutes This will occur in the Batch Options dialog box when the user selects Periodic Interval and checks Begin first interval at specified time and enters a time outside the stated range Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Token String is too Large This equation exceeds the limit of 1000 bytes after it s been converted into binary format Once equations are converted into binary format so they can be
80. o Bits 2029 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 209s zhelish 3s 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CHANNEL EXAMPLES ojojojojojofojojojofojojojojojojojojojojojofojojojofojojo o 0 Se lt TRH Uta Tata t tft tt tt ft ff fs 9 9 9 73747823 fototofofotototofofotototoforetotofofotototoforrtetirirtoy a ojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojijijifojojojojojojiji 1796 ololojojijilojlojlojilojlojololi liji lololojojolilojojlololi i o 51409030 Alarm value 0 indicates no channels were in alarm for this scan Alarm Value 1 indicates channel 1 was in alarm for this scan Alarm value 1073741823 indicates all channels were in alarm for this scan Alarm value 46 indicates channels 6 4 3 and 2 were in alarm for this scan Alarm value 1795 indicates channels 11 10 9 2 and 1 were in alarm for this scan Alarm value 51409030 indicates channels 26 25 21 16 15 14 8 3 and 2 were in alarm for this scan ds072c bmp G 5 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 7 Continue with other Excel functions to show charts and features See your Excel documentation For example select cells A1 A2 and A3 click on each cell while holding down the lt Cntl gt key then select the New command from the File menu Click on Chart and then OK A chart is displayed for the three channels which updates with each new measurement at a maximum rate of once per second see the example below G 6 Appendix H Ethernet Cabling Introduction H 1 This appendix details
81. of twisted wires It is also referred to as Unshielded Twisted Pair UTP wiring This wiring method supports only two connections to any one run of wire To support more than two connections an active device called a hub must be used A hub is an active device that supports multiple 10BaseT connections The network host attached to each connection of the hub may communicate with every other host attached to the hub Hubs also typically allow other types of cable connections such as 10Base2 and 10Base5 fat coax This is done to allow a hub to communicate with other network hosts such as other hubs routers bridges etc If you want to use 10BaseT wiring without a hub to connect one NetDAQ and one PC you must use a special 10BaseT cable This is necessary because both hosts transmit and receive on the same pair of wires within the cable To operate correctly in a direct wiring situation these pairs must be crossed in the cable so that the transmitter on one end is connected to the receiver on the other The 10BaseT wiring method is becoming very popular because the wire is inexpensive to purchase and install the use of a hub allows some protection from malfunctioning network hosts and this type of wiring is easier for network administrators to manage and control Network Interconnection Devices l 6 The following five basic devices are used in networks to extend partition and interconnect networks Network Considerations Netw
82. over TCP IP or other protocols You can also run Newt TCP IP and the Microsoft Network Protocol at the same time on a PC because Windows for Workgroups normally uses NDIS drivers that are capable of supporting more than one protocol If you already have the TCP IP for Windows for Workgroups optional software package from Microsoft you do not need to install Newt Just install NetDAQ Logger It will use the winsock d11 included in your TCP IP package We recommend that you upgrade to Windows for Workgroups Version 3 11 before attempting to install Newt and NetDAQ Logger You should also have Windows for Workgroups configured and operating with networking enabled before starting Newt installation After ensuring that the proper version of Windows for Workgroups is installed and working properly install Newt Select None when asked for a hardware Vendor Aside from that install Newt in the same way as described above Newt will modify the following files 1 23 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual e autoexec bat Netmanage directory added to the path e system ini netmanage dos added to the transport line under the Network Drivers section LoadRMDrivers will be changed to Yes e protocol ini NETMANAGE section added that should have a BINDINGS line that links to the adapter driver that is to be used for the interface to the NetDAQ instruments Once Newt is properly installed search the Windows directory for
83. port selection 1 12 Excel DDE example G 2 Exception condition Exporting Trend Link Data Files 5 9 External trigger 1 10 External trigger wiring group instrument 2 15 F Features instrument 1 4 File format F 1 Files data 4 13 setup 3 11 Files data configuring 4 14 converting from Binary to ASCII 4 18 converting from Binary to Trend Link 4 18 Fixed 385 RTD D 1 Frequency accuracy test 6 14 Frequency Update Real Time 5 23 Front panel controls 2 17 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Front panel indicators 2 18 Full disk J 1 Fuse replacement 6 4 G General network IP address reviewing and setting the 2 37 General network operation 1 12 General network socket port reviewing and setting the 2 36 Glossary 1 31 Grounding and common mode voltage 2 7 Group instrument operations Group instrument external trigger wiring for 2 15 H Help Online 4 21 Host computer Ethernet adapter installation 2 43 Host computer Ethernet adapters 1 15 Host computer networking parameters setting of 2 51 Host computer networking software installing of 2 50 Host computer requirements 1 14 Host computer instrument direct connection I O Digital 1 8 Importing Trend Link Data Files 5 6 Increasing data transmission and storage rate 4 20 Increasing network speed 4 21 Increasing scanning rate Indicators fro
84. s internal memory NetDAQ Logger retrieves the scan data over the network and records it into a data file Data files are recorded in one of three formats Fast Binary ASCII or Trend Link A summary of each data file type is as follows Fast Binary The Fast Binary data file format provides the fastest way of getting data to disk and uses the least amount of disk space Fast Binary is the only data file format that you can convert directly to the other two data file formats ASCII CSV and Trend Link The NetDAQ Logger Utilities menu lists the conversion utilities for Fast Binary files ASCII The ASCII CSV data file format stores the data in ASCII characters and is directly compatible with analysis applications like Excel and Lotus 1 2 3 If you use a spreadsheet for data analysis then the ASCII CSV data file format may be the best choice You can covert an ASCII file to text The text data file format is the same as the ASCII format except that the timestamps have been converted into date time strings using the Converting Data File ASCII Timestamps procedure Utilities menu The default file extension for text data files is txt 4 13 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Trend Link The Trend Link data file format requires using the real time trending capability offered by the Trend Link trending package You can record data into Fast Binary and then convert it into the Trend Link format When using the Trend Link form
85. save these changes to a setup file If you want to retain the old configuration you can save the current setup under a new name thereby creating a new file leaving the old one intact e To save the current setup to the setup file of the same name select Setup Save Setup or click the Save Setup toolbar button If the file does not exist a standard Windows Save Setup As dialog box appears permitting you to enter the file name e To save the current setup to a new file select Setup Save Setup As Enter the desired setup name in the File Name box and modify the directory path as required For example set up04 stp as shown below Click Save 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Save Setup As Save in ja Netdaq c El File name setup04 Save as type Setup Files STP Cancel ds039s bmp Opening a Setup File 3 16 If NetDAQ Logger is already active you can load a saved setup into the current setup by opening a setup file Before you open a setup file you must stop logging on all instruments Use any of the following methods to open a setup file e Select Setup Open Setup to open the Open Setup dialog box Highlight the desired setup file from the list of file names or enter the file name in the File Name box and click on Open e If the desired setup file has been opened recently you can simply select its name in the Setup menu s list of recently used files e On Windows 95 if you have cre
86. should construct your equations when you use nested parentheses Allowed Not Allowed 2 c2 1 c2 2 c14 1 c21 c2 c1 1 2 abs cl c2 c3 Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Existing data file is not compatible for appending You tried to log data to a data file in the Append mode but have added or subtracted instrument channels from the configuration since the previous logging session Change the instrument channels back to their original settings log to a new data file or rename the original file You cannot append a data file after adding or subtracting channels You can however append a data file if you change channel functions or ranges File Size must be between 200 and 100000 You entered an invalid File Size into the Auto Rollover dialog box Enter a value between 200 and 100000 k bytes Front Panel Display Failure Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Front Panel Display Not Responding Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal per
87. than a plug in card If your host computer is already on a network it probably has an Ethernet adapter already installed To install an Ethernet adapter use the following procedure 1 Close all applications Exit Windows and turn the host computer off This step is necessary for installing a parallel to LAN adapter as well as for installing a plug in card 2 Follow the installation instructions in the manual supplied with your Ethernet adapter to install the hardware Do not install driver software at this point 2 43 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Install Ethernet Adapter PCMCIA Card gt Interconnect Host Computers and Instruments Instrument 3 Windows 95 NT or Install Trumpet Networking or Software NetManage Newt D Install S S Logging Software Fluke NetDAQ Logger for Windows KS SX Trending SY Software Trend Link Optional for Fluke Figure 2 30 Preparing for Network Operation 2 44 Preparing for Operation 2 Host Computer and Network Preparation Instrument and Host Computer Interconnection 2 39 You may interconnect NetDAQ instruments and host computer s with either 10Base2 coaxial or 10BaseT twisted pair wiring If your site is already wired you will probably use the wire in place If your site is not wired and you are connecting your instrument directl
88. the default is 0 00385055 See Appendix D for more information If the function is TC you can check Open Thermocouple Detect If selected the instrument monitors thermocouple continuity If continuity is lost otc appears on the instrument front panel during monitor for the thermocouple Open TC appears in the Spy and Quick Plot windows and the data file records the value 9 0E 9 If not selected an open thermocouple may result in OL on the instrument front panel during monitor Overload appears in the Spy and Quick Plot windows and the data file records the value 1 0E 9 4 Click OK Function Selection 01 xi Function VBC Cancel Range Help E e E open hemocoupe Detect Units Label voc ds018s bmp 3 19 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Configuring Computed Channel Functions 3 26 Computed channel functions include average difference difference from average and equation To select computed channel functions complete the following procedure 1 Select a computed channel in the Channels Configuration dialog box 2 Click Function to open the Computed Function dialog box 3 Select the function the channels and if desired a custom Units Label For example averaging analog channels 1 and 2 is as shown below 4 Click OK Computed Function 02 Master x Computed Function Average ps Units Label Ava Help hen ey Group Average ozor Bhange ozor Use lt Ctr
89. the resistance function for the 2640A using 2 terminals Measurement accuracy applies to all channels not just the channel used for the test The 4 wire resistance accuracy test is more rigorous and you may wish to skip this step and continue to 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 1 Connect the Resistance Source to Channel 1 Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect a cable from the Decade Resistance Source to the Universal Input Module terminals for channel 1 Reinstall the Universal Input Module You may also use the 5700A resistance calibration output instead of the Decade Resistance Source Tables are provided for both connections 2 Configure Channel 1 for Ohms In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for Ohms 2W 300 range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual 3 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select channel 0101 instrument 01 channel 01 from the Channel list Click OK to open the Spy window 4 Verify Accuracy Configure the Decade Resistance Source for the output values below and verify the Spy window measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Change the channel 1 range as required see Step 2 Resistance Range Decade Resistor Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 3002 Short Circuit Zero 0Q 10Q 3002 2902 289 860 300 142 3 kQ Short Circuit Zero 02 10 50 3 kQ 2 9 KQ 2 8986 kQ 2 9114 KQ 30 kQ 29 kQ 28 983 KQ 29 027 KQ 300
90. the unshielded twisted pair UTP cables used for 10BaseT Ethernet interconnection UTP cable configurations are summarized in Figure H 1 UTP Cables H 2 There are two types of UTP cables patch cord cables and direct connection cables Patch cord cables connect an instrument or host computer to an existing 10BaseT hub usually via a network outlet A patch cord cable is characterized by pin to pin conformity see Figure H 1 Direct connection cables are used to make a direct connection between an instrument and a host computer A direct connection cable is characterized by crossing the receive RX and transmit TX signals lines This allows the RX line input to become a TX output and vice versa see Figure H 1 This signal reversal is a requirement when making a direct connection between an instrument and host computer Be sure you use twisted pairs for the RX and TX lines 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 8 Pin RJ 45 Pinout Connections Receptacle Key Function Pin Pin TX 10 lt gt 0 1 TX 20 lt _ 0 2 RX 3 O lt 0 3 40 O4 50 o5 RX 6 O lt 0 6 70 O7 80 o8 Receptacle 8 Pin RJ 45 Pinout Connections Reversed TX RX Receptacle Key Function Pin Pin TX 10 01 TX 20 o2 RX 30 o3 40 O4 50 0 5 RX 60 o6 70 O7 80 08 H 2 Figure H 1 10BaseT Ethernet Cables Appendix Network Considerations Introduction l 1
91. thermometer in a room temperature bath Allow 20 minutes for thermal stabilization The value displayed on the mercury thermometer should equal the value in the Spy Window 0 5 C 2640A or 0 95 C 2645A plus any sensor inaccuracies Close Spy Window Open Thermocouple Response Test 6 16 This test checks the Open Thermocouple response 1 Connect an 820 Ohm Test Resistor Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect an 820 ohm resistor to the channel 1 terminals Reinstall the Universal Input Module Configure Channel 1 for Thermocouples In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for Thermocouples with Range thermocouple type K See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select analog channel 1 Click OK to open the Spy window The value displayed should approximate the ambient temperature Connect a 10k Ohm Test Resistor Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect a 10k ohm resistor to the channel 1 terminals to simulate an open thermocouple condition Reinstall the Universal Input Module Verify Open Thermocouple The Spy window indicates an open thermocouple detect condition by displaying Open TC in place of a temperature reading Close Spy Window Maintenance 6 Performance Test 2 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2640A 6 17 Complete the following procedure to test the accuracy of
92. use two terminals one channel or four terminals two channels The 4 wire connection provides increased accuracy over the 2 wire connection Refer to Figure 2 5 for examples of 2 wire and 4 wire connections The 2645A does not allow two wire RTD measurements Preparing for Operation Instrument Preparation Ling i Vig Seip ce UTN T i r ea SZ ill a Sai ZZ S i A STRAIN RELIEF 3 14 15 16 17 10 19 20 LTS Ul ee eae Figure 2 3 Universal Input Module Connections 2 2 9 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 WIRE 2W CONNECTION 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SOURCE HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL 4 WiRE C SENSE 4 WIRE Use H and L terminals for any channel e Channels 1 through 20 on rear panel input module Channel 8 shown here 4 WIRE 4W CONNECTION 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SOURCE HL HL HL HL 4 WIRE SENSE 4 WIRE Resistance or RTD Source Use H and L terminals for two channels on rear panel input module Connections for Channel 8 are shown here with Channel 18 providing the additional two connections For each 4 wire connection one Sense Channel 1 through 10 and one Source Channel Sense Channel number 10 11 through 20 are us
93. with the driver winpkt in the case of Trumpet So you usually have to include a command line switch on both the driver load line and on some other load line like the winpkt line to identify the soft interrupt and these much match each other Packet drivers may use soft interrupts in the range 60 7F hex Troubleshooting Information I 15 l 16 This section presents some information about what to do if you cannot successfully communicate between your PC and NetDAQ instruments 1 Mouse stops working when using a Parallel to LAN adapter PLA This is usually due to a bus mouse using the same IRQ as the PLA s parallel port Move the bus mouse to a different IRQ 2 Bind fails during PC boot Check that the information in the driver section of the protocol ini file associated with the NDIS driver matches the setup of the Ethernet adapter Check for misspelled words in the protocol ini file NDIS driver Make sure that the BINDINGS line in the NETMANAGE section contains the name of the correct driver section Check that the soft interrupt specified for use by the network interface driver is the same as specified for use by the protocol software Make sure that this interrupt is not being used by another software package i e another hardware driver 3 Network software loads and binds properly but NetDAQ Logger cannot communicate with the instrument Use the communication configuration dialog a
94. 0 channels is summarized as a 30 bit binary number expressed in decimal ELDateTime The scan timestamp in Excel format System Topics System BCN01 BCNO2 etc Sysltems Topics Sysltems Formats Formats TEXT DDE Example Using Excel G 3 Complete the following procedure to make a DDE connection between NetDAQ Logger and an Excel spreadsheet This is presented as an example where instrument BCN 25 is logging data from three configured channels 13 14 and 15 into Excel cells A1 A2 and A3 respectively 1 In NetDAQ Logger click the Start Instrument button to begin data collection You do not have to be recording to a data file to use DDE 2 Open Excel from the Applications group in Program Manager or from Start Programs Dynamic Data Exchange DDE DDE Example Using Excel 3 Select cell A1 on the spreadsheet move the cursor to the Formula Bar and enter the remote reference formula to link cell A1 to instrument 25 channel 13 then lt Enter gt See below Select cell A1 Type the formula and then lt Enter gt E Microsoft Exel Fie File Edit Formuly Format Data Optio fs Macro Window Help Elsa hya iz AEn e Be Ad NETDAQ32 bcn25 c13 Sheet1 E E ESN E IEC at a oe RT cls Equal cn Tes Item channel number Service Name Exclamation Point Pipe Character Topic instrument BCN If the instrument is scanning measurement data is displayed in cell A1 4 Inthe same manner select
95. 00V 01 15 mV 04 30 mV 0138 17 mV 052 35 mV 042 39 mV 168 78 mV Note 300V range applies to channels 1 and 11 only 2640A AC Voltage Measurement Specifications A 14 Tables A 12 to A 14 provide 2640A specifications for the ac voltage measurement function Table A 12 2640A AC Voltage General Specifications Specification Characteristic Input Impedance 1 MQ in parallel with 100 pF 3 0 Maximum 2 0 for rated accuracy Maximum Crest Factor between 2 and 3 and pulse widths 2100 us add 0 2 to the accuracy specifications Common Mode Rejection 80 dB minimum at dc 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 1 1 kQ Crest Factor Error For non sinusoidal input signals with crest factors imbalance Slow Rate 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Table A 12 2640A AC Voltage General Specifications cont Specification Characteristic Maximum Input Voltage The lesser voltage of 300V ac rms from any terminal on channels 1 and 11 to earth 150V ac rms from any terminal on channels 2 through 10 and 12 through 20 to earth 300V ac rms from any terminal on channels 1 and 11 to any other terminal 150V ac rms from any terminal on channels 2 through 10 and 12 through 20 to any other input terminal 2x10 Volt Hertz product on any range normal mode input Maximum Volt Hertz Product 1x10 Volt Hertz product on any range common mode input Temperature Coefficient Linear interpolation between
96. 0A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Instrument Features and Capabilities 1 2 The following describes the front and rear panels of the instrument and its capabilities Figures 1 2 to 1 4 Primary Secondary and Annunciator Displays Indicators and annunciators for operating mode configuration display and data measurements FLUKE NetDAQ NETWORKED DATA ACQUISITION UNIT RERI MAX REM SCAN SET FUNC MON Ma8 eMo m ot oe ot CDC LIMIT HI OFF PRN CH HB Lo CAL EXT TR Function Keys User keys for configuring operating parameters such as Base Channel Number and front panel displays such as channel monitoring digital I O status and totalizer count REVIEW MAX REM SCAN SET FUNC aa mM a a a LAST MIN AUTO MON Mx4B ALARM m e C oF R eI ZA ZA OZU coc LMT Hi OFF PRN CH VN WG ON ON WZI monz EE Lo CAL EXT TR Display Detail Figure 1 2 2640A 2645A Front Panel 1 4 Overview Instrument Features and Capabilities REM Remote Annunciator Indicates the Host Computer and the Instrument are communicating on the network i e the instrument is being operated remotely MON Monitor Annunciator Indicates the 1208 Global Channel Number Indicates the channel being monitored is 1208 This number consists of the instrument Base Channel Number 12 and the selected instrument is channel 08 monitoring a channel SCAN Scanning in this exam
97. 1 000 sec Drift Correction Yes Interval 2 NA Duration NA Temp Units Celsius Data File c program fileslukei netdagimat Monitor Chan None File Mode A Total Debounce Yes File Format Trend Link ih ds121c bmp 2 Select Logging Start Instrument or click the Start Instrument button on the toolbar to begin logging data from the instrument to the Trend Link data file 3 To display the Trend Link chart select Plot Trend Show Trend Link 5 3 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Note If this is the first use of the Trend Link data file allow a few seconds for Trend Link to create the folder and files used for the chart 4 To change the look of the chart see Getting the Right Look for your Trend Link Chart later in this chapter 5 Click the Stop Instrument button on the toolbar when you wish to terminate scanning operations 6 To save changes to the chart select File Save in Trend Link By saving the chart you can play it back at a later time with the same settings 7 Close Trend Link by selecting File Exit Playing Back a Trend Link File in Trend Link 5 3 Complete the following procedure to play back a NetDAQ Trend Link data file using Trend Link 1 Open Trend Link from Start Programs or select Plot Trend Show Trend Link in NetDAQ Logger The figure below shows a typical Trend Link opening screen i Trend Link for Fluke Untitled 1 _ 5 xj D Eile Edit Curve Preferences Utilities Wind
98. 1 20 Banyan Vines versions 4 10 4 11 and 5 5 or higher can use the NDIS driver for network card support You must configure Vines to use the NDIS driver in order to install the Newt software This is done via the Banyan PCCONFIG utility supplied with Vines Network Considerations Newt Networking Software After configuring Vines for NDIS driver support install Newt Select None when asked for a hardware Vendor Once Newt is installed edit the protocol ini file in the Vines directory to add the following section NETMANAGE DRIVERNAME NETMNGS BINDINGS hardware driver name The hardware driver name should be the same as that used in the drivers section of the protocol ini file section that identifies the hardware used Add a line to the config sys just after the line where the NDIS network driver is loaded as follows device c netmanag netmanag dos Delete the following line from your autoexec bat file the Newt Setup program placed it there c netmanag netbind At present the Banyan TCP IP software package doesn t support winsock dll Since this is needed to run NetDAQ Logger you must replace the Banyan TCP IP package with Newt Newt TCP IP vs Windows for Workgroups l 21 Microsoft Windows for Workgroups contains built in peer to peer networking capability This capability normally uses the Microsoft Network Protocol combination of NetBIOS and NetBEUD but can operate
99. 1 and alarm2 The time tag format Excel Lotus is For example 14453 652384270 indicates 04 29 94 15 39 26 001 Strings in the data file are quoted to allow direct importation into Microsoft Excel and other data analysis and presentation packages F 2 Appendix G Dynamic Data Exchange DDE Introduction G 1 Dynamic Data Exchange DDE provides NetDAQ Logger data to other Windows applications in real time For example with a DDE connection data collected by NetDAQ Logger can be displayed in a spreadsheet as it is being collected from the instruments This appendix includes a reference section for DDE and an example using the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet application DDE Links Reference G 2 DDE reference includes the Service Name Topics and Items NETDAQ for 16 bit BCNnn Cnn nn is the instrument BCN nn is the channel number NETDAQ32 for 32 bit between 01 and 99 between 01 and 30 DIO The status of the eight Digital I O lines are summarized in a decimal number between 0 and 255 Totalizer The status of the Totalizer is a number between 0 and 4294967294 G 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual DDE reference includes the Service Name Topics and Items cont Service Name Topics Items NETDAQ for 16 bit Alarm1 The status of Alarm 1 for all NE emo Oraa bit 30 channels is summarized as a 30 bit binary number expressed in decimal Alarm2 The status of Alarm 2 for all 3
100. 1990 Measurement Specifications A 19 Tables A 20 to A 21 provide 2640A specifications for the thermocouple measurement function per ITS 1990 Table A 20 2640A Thermocouple General Specifications Specification Characteristic Input Impedance 100 MQ minimum in parallel with 300 pF Open Thermocouple Detect Operates by injecting a small ac signal into the input after each measurement A thermocouple resistance greater than 1kQ to 10kQ is detected as an open input Temperature Coefficient To calculate thermocouple accuracy for temperatures between 28 C and 60 C or 10 C and 18 C use a linear interpolation between the two applicable points e g if the applicable spec at 28 C is 6 and the spec at 60 C is 1 1 then the spec at 40 C 1 1 6 40 28 60 28 6 5 12 32 6 7875 Accuracy at 20 C Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warm up For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly Specifications 2640A Specifications Table A 21 2640A Thermocouple Specifications Accuracy C Thermocouple Resolution 18 C to 28 C 10 C to 60 C 90 Day 1 Year 1 Year Temperature C Slow Slow Slow Fast Slow Fast 100 to 80 03 0 45 0 50 0 80 0 60 0 80 80 to 230 02 0 35 0 50 0 70 0 60 0 80 230 to 760 02 0 40 0 50 0 70 0 80 0 90 100 to 25 04 0 55 0 60 0 90 0 70 1 00 25 to 120 03 0 40 0 50 0 80 0 60 0 90 120 to 800 03 0
101. 2 Short Circuit Zero 0Q 0 0302 3002 190Q 189 912Q 190 0880 3 kQ Short Circuit Zero oQ 0 30 3 kQ 1 9 KQ 1 89912 KQ 1 90088 kQ 30 kQ 19 kQ 18 9893 kQ 19 0107 kQ 300 kQ 190 KQ 189 750 kQ 190 250 kQ 3 MQ 1 9 MQ 1 89425 MQ 1 90575 MQ 5 Close Spy Window 6 22 Maintenance 6 Performance Test 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2645A 6 20 Ensure that the Accuracy Tests above have been completed before performing this test on the 2645A 1 Connect the Resistance Source to Channels 1 and 11 Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect a cable from the Decade Resistance Source to the Universal Input Module terminals for channel 1 Sense and channel 11 Source as shown in Figure 6 4 Reinstall the Universal Input Module You may also use the 5700A resistance calibration output instead of the Decade Resistance Source Tables are provided for both connections Refer to Figure 6 5 for the 5700A 4 wire connections 2 Configure Channel 1 for Resistance In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for Ohms 4W 300 range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual 3 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select analog channel 01 Click OK to open the Spy window 4 Verify Accuracy Configure the Decade Resistance Source for the output values below and verify the Spy window measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Change the channel 1 range as requ
102. 2 kHz 60 001 V A V MQ 001 V 5 kHz 01 mv V 005 V Not recomm 001 V 10 kHz 01 mv V 005 V Not recomm 01 V 20 kHz 05 mv V 01 V Not recomm 01 V 50 kHz 1 mV V 01 V Not recomm 01 V 100 kHz Amv 01 V Not recomm 01 V gt 500 kHz 1 mV V 1 V Not recomm 01 V For frequencies below 5 kHz the 2640A is roughly 10 times more susceptible to crosstalk at frequencies that are exact multiples of 300 Hz than it is at the frequencies shown above e g the sensitivity at 3 kHz will be about 10 times worse than at 2 kHz or 5 kHz The above table indicates the amount of crosstalk interference caused by applying VAC to one other channel If VAC or frequency inputs are applied to multiple channels multiply the value in the table by the number of channels with VAC or frequency applied Appendix C True RMS Measurements Introduction C 1 The instrument measures the true rms value of ac voltages In physical terms the rms root mean square value of an waveform is the equivalent dc value that causes the same amount of heat to be dissipated in a resistor True rms measurement greatly implies the analysis of complex ac signals Since the rms value is the dc equivalent of the original waveform it provides a reliable basis for comparing dissimilar waveforms Effects of Internal Noise in AC Measurements C 2 With the input shorted and the instrument set for ac volts VAC measurement internal amplifier no
103. 28 Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Configuring the netdaq ini File The configuration file is now saved as an ASCII text file You can open the text file for viewing or printing from an application such as Notepad Refer to Figure 3 5 for a typical text file INSTRUMENT CONFIGURATION 02 Description None Model 2640A Trigger Type Interval Interval 1 1 000 sec Interval 2 NA Reading Rate Slow High Res Drift Correction Yes Duration NA Temp Units Celsius Monitor Chan None Total Debounce Yes Data File None File Mode NA File Format NA Chan Function Range Alarm 1 Alarm 2 Trg Mx B Units Label 0101 VDC 3V OFF OFF NA OFF VDC Label 0102 VDC 3V OFF OFF NA OFF VDC Label 0103 VDC 3V OFF OFF NA OFF VDC Label Figure 3 5 Configuration Text File Configuring the netdaq ini File 3 38 You can modify the netdaq ini file in the same manner as any text file Exit and restart NetDAQ Logger to put the changes into effect Refer to the default netdaq ini file shown below Defaults MemoryWrapAround True AlarmCheckingIntvl_2640A 1 000 AlarmCheckingIntvl_2645A 0 100 AutoScanDisable True CommTimeout 10 TL Defaults TLDir c Program Files Fluke tl TLFile t132 exe TLTitle Trend Link for Fluke 3 29 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 30 The following describes the parameters in the net daq ini file If you alter any of the settings save the old file under a different n
104. 40A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual A 26 Appendix B Noise Shielding and Crosstalk Considerations Introduction B 1 This appendix supplies information on how you can setup your instruments to minimize measurement errors The topics include static versus dynamic measurement noise and shielding and how to minimize crosstalk effects Static Versus Dynamic Measurements B 2 Some signals change value slowly Other change rapidly At some point things change quickly enough that we call the signals dynamic rather than static Frequently one wishes to analyze dynamic signals in the frequency domain However if you wish to do that you must use an anti aliasing filter a low pass filter with a sharp cutoff above the highest frequency of interest ahead of every input that is to be digitized and you must sample at a frequency at least two times that of the transition band of the filter The 2640A 2645A instruments do not have an anti aliasing filter built in They are not suitable for digitizing dynamic signals unless you put a suitable anti aliasing filter in series with each input Note that a suitable anti aliasing filter is a low pass filter with at least 3 poles and a fairly sharp cutoff characteristic Good anti aliasing filters have as many as 8 poles Noise and Shielding B 3 An additional manifestation of aliasing can appear even in static readings If there is noise coupled into the signal wiring from power mains wiring it usua
105. 40A 2645A totalizer A 7 2645A 2 Wire resistance measurement specifications A 22 2645A 4 Wire resistance measurement specifications 2645A 4 Wire RTD per ITS 1990 measurement specific ations A 22 2645A ac voltage measurement specifications 2645A dc voltage measurement specifications 2645A frequency measurement specifications 2645A specifications A 17 2645A thermocouple per ITS 1990 measurement specific ations A 23 2 Wire resistance accuracy test 2640A 6 17 2 Wire resistance accuracy test 2645A 6 18 4 4 Wire resistance accuracy test 2640A 6 20 4 Wire resistance accuracy test 2645A 6 23 A AC power 2 6 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Accessing NetDAQ Logger commands 3 3 Accessories options and 1 14 Accuracy performance tests 6 11 Adding an Instrument to the network 3 5 Adding or Changing the Chart Title 5 23 Adjusting the Curve Amplitude Scale Y axis 5 16 Adjusting the Curve Time Scale X axis 5 15 Alarm master 1 10 trigger 1 10 Alarm specifications master A 6 Alarm trigger I O connections 2 12 Alarms 1 8 3 23 Analog channel integrity test 6 15 Analog channels capabilities 1 7 Assigning channel labels 3 24 Asynchronous instrument operations 1 12 Auto rollover 4 14 B Background Preferences Base channel number reviewing and setting the 2 27 Basic network packet and frame cont
106. 40A 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Specifications A 18 2640A 4 Wire RTD Temperature Coefficient 0 cece ceeeeseceseeeeeeeeeeeeneeees A 19 2640A 4 Wire RTD Specifications cee eseeseeseecsecseceeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees A 20 2640A Thermocouple General Specifications 00 0 eee eseeseesecneceeceeeeseeees vii 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual A 21 2640A Thermocouple Specifications 0 0 ce eseeseeseceseceeceeceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeees A 22 2640A Frequency Accuracy Specifications eeeeeeeesecsseceseceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeees A 23 2640A Frequency Sensitivity Specifications eee eee eesecesceeeeeceseeeseeeneees A 24 2645A DC Voltage Measurement General Specifications 0 0 0 0 teeceeeeeeeee A 25 2645A DC Voltage Resolution and Repeatability Specifications A 26 2645A DC Voltage Accuracy Specifications cee eceeceseeseeeeceeeneeeneeaeenee A 27 2645A AC Voltage General Specifications eceeesceeseeeeceeeeeeeeceaeeneeeneeaes A 28 2645A AC Voltage Range and Resolution Specifications 0 0 00 eee eeeeeeeeeee A 29 2645A AC Voltage Accuracy Specifications 0 c ce eceeceseereeeeceeeneeeneeseenee A 30 2645A 4 Wire Resistance Temperature Coefficient cceceeeeseeneeteeneees A 31 2645A 4 Wire Resistance Range and Resolution Specifications A 32 2645A 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Specifications ee eeeeeseceseceseeeeeees A 33 2645A 4 Wire RTD Temperature Coefficient eceecceseeseeeeceteeneeeeeeseenee A 34
107. 4V 2V None dc coupled 1 4V 500 mV None or 1 75 ms selectable 5 kHz Debounce disabled 500 Hz Debounce enabled 4 294 967 295 2640A 2645A Real Time Clock and Calendar A 11 Table A 8 provides a summary of the battery powered real time clock and calendar Table A 8 2640A 2645A Real Time Clock and Calendar Specification Characteristic Accuracy 1 minute per month for 0 C to 50 C range Battery Life gt 15 unpowered instrument years for 20 C to 28 C 32 F to 82 4 F gt 6 unpowered instrument years for 20 C to 50 C 32 F to 122 F gt 4 unpowered instrument years for 50 C to 70 C 122 F to 158 F 2640A Specifications A 12 This section includes specifications specific to the 2640A instrument by measurement function 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2640A DC Voltage Measurement Specifications A 13 Tables A 9 to A 11 provide 2640A specifications for the dc voltage measurement function Table A 9 2640A DC Voltage Measurement General Specifications Specification Characteristic Input Impedance 100 MQ in parallel with 150 pF maximum for ranges lt 3V 10 MQ in parallel with 100 pF maximum for ranges gt 3V Normal Mode Rejection 50dB minimum at 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 1 Slow Rate Common Mode Rejection 120dB minimum at dc 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 1 1 KQ imbalance Slow Rate 80dB minimum at dc 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 1 1 kQ imbalance Medium and Fast Rates Channel to Ch
108. 50 0 65 0 90 1 00 1 20 800 to 1372 03 0 70 1 00 1 30 1 60 1 90 100 to 25 05 0 65 0 75 1 20 0 80 1 30 25 to 120 05 0 55 0 60 1 00 0 70 1 10 120 to 1000 04 0 45 0 60 0 90 1 00 1 20 1000 to 1300 03 0 55 0 75 1 00 1 20 1 50 100 to 25 03 0 45 0 50 0 80 0 60 0 80 25 to 20 02 0 35 0 40 0 60 0 50 0 70 20 to 600 02 0 30 0 40 0 60 0 50 0 80 600 to 1000 02 0 40 0 50 0 70 0 90 1 00 100 to 0 04 0 60 0 65 1 00 0 70 1 10 0 to 150 03 0 40 0 50 0 80 0 60 0 90 150 to 400 02 0 30 0 40 0 60 0 60 0 80 250 to 600 0 1 0 90 1 00 2 10 1 20 2 20 600 to 1500 0 1 0 80 0 90 1 80 1 30 2 00 1500 to 1767 0 1 0 85 0 85 1 90 1 70 2 50 250 to 1000 0 1 0 95 1 10 2 30 1 30 2 40 1000 to 1400 0 1 0 80 1 00 1 90 1 40 2 30 1400 to 1767 0 1 1 00 1 30 2 20 1 80 2 80 600 to 900 0 2 1 20 1 40 3 10 1 50 3 20 900 to 1200 0 2 0 90 1 00 2 20 1 20 2 40 1200 to 1820 0 1 0 75 1 00 1 90 1 30 2 20 0 to 150 0 2 0 80 0 90 1 60 1 00 1 70 150 to 650 0 1 0 65 0 75 1 40 1 00 1 50 650 to 1000 05 0 65 0 85 1 40 1 20 1 80 1000 to 1800 05 1 00 1 30 2 10 2 10 2 80 1800 to 2316 05 1 60 2 10 3 20 3 40 4 60 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2640A Frequency Measurement Specifications A 20 Tables A 22 to A 23 provide 2640A specifications for the frequency measurement function Table A 22 2640A Frequency Accuracy Specifications Frequency Measurement Accuracy 1 Year 10 C to 60 C Range Resolution Accuracy input Hz Slow Fast Slow
109. 640A or 30K range 2645A See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual 2 Connect Test Leads Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument disconnect the test leads and connect them to the channel under test starting with channel 2 Reinstall the Universal Input Module in the instrument 3 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select the analog channel under test Click OK to open the Spy window 4 Verify Reading Alternately open and short the test leads observing the measurement for the analog channel under test in the Spy window shows Overload for opened leads and very low resistance for shorted leads less than 10 ohms for the 2640A or less than 1k ohms for the 2645A 5 Repeat Test for each Channel Repeat steps 2 to 4 for each channel 3 4 5 and so forth to channel 20 Computed Channel Integrity Test 6 14 Complete the following procedure to test the integrity of each computed channel 21 to 30 to verify each computed channel is capable of making measurements 1 Configure Channels 1 and 2 for Ohms In NetDAQ Logger configure channels 1 and 2 for Ohms 2W 30k range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual 2 Configure Channel for Average In NetDAQ Logger configure channels 21 to 30 for ChanA ChanB Difference with the difference channels being analog channel 1 and analog channel 2 See Configuring Computed Channel F
110. 7 with BNC connectors to each BNC T or Y Be sure you are using 50 Ohm cable 3 Connect 50 Ohm terminators to the BNC T and Y end points Be sure you have installed 50 Ohm terminations even if there is a direct connection between the host computer and a single instrument The instrument 50 Ohm terminator at the network endpoint has a ground wire that is connected to the instrument ground terminal adjacent to the BNC connector only when there is no other shield ground connected for the network See Figure 2 32 Interconnection Using 10BaseT Twisted Pair Ethernet Wiring 2 42 The instruments support connection via twisted pair Ethernet usually in conjunction with a hub for multiple instruments See Figure 2 33 Take care that you use twisted pair wires designed for 10BaseT network use phone cables will not work Refer interconnection issues to your network administrator See Appendix I Network Considerations Direct connection between a single host computer and a single instrument with 10BaseT is possible but you must use a special cable that has its transmit and receive lines crossed See Figure 2 32 Preparing for Operation 2 Host Computer and Network Preparation The typical general network configuration uses 10BaseT Twisted Pair Ethernet for interconnection shown Connect to RJ 45 a MRR a OP Instrument 1 e008 opole Host Computer 1 10BaseT a Twisted Pair
111. 805 1192 Fluke Service Centers K Spain Fluke Iberica S L Centro Empresarial Euronora c Ronda de Poniente 8 28760 Tres Cantos Madrid Spain TEL 34 1 804 2301 FAX 34 1 804 2496 Sweden Fluke Sverige AB CSS P O Box 61 S 164 94 Kista TEL 46 8 751 0235 or 0230 FAX 46 8 751 0480 Switzerland Fluke Switzerland AG CSS Rutistrasse 28 CH 8952 Schlieren Switzerland TEL 41 1 730 3310 or 730 3932 FAX 41 1 730 3932 Taiwan Schmidt Scientific Taiwan Ltd 6th Floor No 109 Tung Hsing Street Taipei Taiwan R O C TEL 886 2 767 8890 or 746 2720 FAX 886 2 767 8820 Thailand Measuretronix Ltd 2102 31 Ramkamhang Road Bangkok 10240 TEL 66 2 375 2733 or 2734 FAX 66 2 374 9965 Turkey Pestas Prof Elektr Sist Tic V Selcuklar Caddesi Meydan Apt No 49 Daire 23 Akatlar 80630 Istanbul TEL 90 212 282 7838 FAX 90 212 282 7839 U A E Haris Al Afaq Ltd P O Box 8141 Dubai TEL 971 4 283623 or 283624 FAX 971 4 281285 United Kingdom Fluke U K LTD CSS Colonial Way Watford Hertfordshire WD2 4TT TEL 44 923 240511 FAX 44 923 225067 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Uruguay Coasin Instromontos S A Casilla de Correo 1400 Libertad 2529 Montevideo TEL 598 2 492 436 659 FAX 598 2 492 659 Venezuela Coasin C A Calle 9 Con Calle 4 Edif Edinurbi Piso 3 La Urbina Caracas 1070 A Venezuela TEL 58 2 241 6214 FAX 58 2 241 1939 Vietnam Schmidt Vie
112. 98206 9090 Eindhoven USA The Netherlands 6 35 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 6 3 Fluke offers a 1 year warranty for the 264XA 801 Ethernet plug in card and 264XA 802 Ethernet Parallel to LAN adapter and 264XA 803 PCMCIA Adapter options Defective units may be returned to either Fluke or to the option manufacturer for repair or replacement The original equipment manufacturer may offer warranties beyond the warranty supplied by Fluke Replacement Parts Replacement parts are listed in Table 6 3 To order replacement parts in the USA call 1 800 526 4731 To order parts from outside the USA contact the nearest Fluke Service Center See Appendix K Fluke Service Centers Other instrument models options and accessories are listed in Table 1 1 Table 6 3 Replacement Parts 6 39 Part Number 343723 851712 875877 875880 926126 926134 942615 942813 942834 943600 944538 944629 O Description Power Cable RS 232 Cable for calibration 9 pin socket to 25 pin socket ALARM TRIGGER I O Connector DIGITAL I O Connector Replacement Fuse 15 100A 250V Time Delay lot of 5 pieces Replacement Fuse 15 100A 250V Time Delay lot of 25 pieces NetDAQ Service Manual BNC Y Connector BNC 50 Ohm Termination without Ground Wire for 10Base2 4 meter 10Base2 Coaxial Ethernet Cable BNC 50 Ohm Termination with Ground Wire for 10Base2 Replacement Fuse 15 100A 250V Time Delay Appendices Appendix Title
113. 9V 300 mV 300 mV 0 30009V 0 29991V 3V Short Circuit Zero 0 0004V 0 0004V 3V 3V 2 9992V 3 0008V 3V 3V 3 0008V 2 9992 V 30V Short Circuit Zero 0 005V 0 005V 30V 30V 29 991V 30 009V 30V 30V 30 009V 29 991V 50V Short Circuit Zero 0 04V 0 04V 50V 50V 49 95V 50 05V 50V 50V 50 05V 49 95V 4 Close Spy Window Volts AC Accuracy Test Complete the following procedure to test the accuracy of the volts ac function for both the 2640A and 2645A Measurement accuracy applies to all channels not just the channel used for the test 1 Configure Channel 1 for Volts AC In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for volts ac 300 mV range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual 2 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select channel 0101 instrument 01 channel 01 from the Channel list Click OK to open the Spy window 6 11 6 13 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 Verify Accuracy Configure the 5700A for the output values below and verify the Spy window measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Change the channel 1 range as required see Step 1 Volts AC Range 5700A Output 300 mV 20 mV 1 kHz 300 mV 20 mV 100 kHZ 300 mV 300 mV 1 kHz 300 mV 300 mV 100 kHz 3V 3V 1 kHz 30V 30V 1 kHz 300V 2640A only 300V 1 kHz 4 Close Spy Window Frequency Accuracy Test Minimum Reading 0 0197V 0 0185V 0 29885V 0 2845V 2 9885V
114. Constants Corrupted Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click OK If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message RAM Failure Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Reading Remaining Scans This message appears when you stop scanning and there are still scans in the instrument scan queue When all the scans are read the message clears or you can click Abort and terminate the reading process Reconfigure Communications to include this instrument You have an error in your Communications Configuration File The Communications Configuration File resides in the c Program Files Fluke netdag directory as ccf cfg If somehow this file has been deleted modified or copied to this directory from another source you may have
115. FLUKE 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Networked Data Acquisition Unit Users Manual PN 942623 May 1994 Rev 2 11 96 1994 1995 1996 Fluke Corporation All rights reserved Printed in U S A All product names are trademarks of their respective companies LIMITED WARRANTY amp LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Each Fluke product is warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service The warranty period is one year and begins on the date of shipment Parts product repairs and services are warranted for 90 days This warranty extends only to the original buyer or end user customer of a Fluke authorized reseller and does not apply to fuses disposable batteries or to any product which in Fluke s opinion has been misused altered neglected or damaged by accident or abnormal conditions of operation or handling Fluke warrants that software will operate substantially in accordance with its functional specifications for 90 days and that it has been properly recorded on non defective media Fluke does not warrant that software will be error free or operate without interruption Fluke authorized resellers shall extend this warranty on new and unused products to end user customers only but have no authority to extend a greater or different warranty on behalf of Fluke Warranty support is available if product is purchased through a Fluke authorized sales outlet or Buyer has paid the applicable international price Fluk
116. Gives the status of file conversion activities in percent complete for Binary to ASCII Conversion ASCII Timestamp Conversion and Binary to Trend Link Conversion Utilities menu During file conversion you can click the Abort button to terminate the conversion process Copying to different model Some channel definitions may differ Continue You are trying to copy channel configurations between different models Channel functions and ranges are different for each instrument For example the maximum volts dc range is 50V for the 2645A and 300V for the 2640A channels 1 and 11 and there is no 2 wire RTD function for the 2645A Click Yes to copy the channels configuration as closely as possible between instrument models or No to cancel the operation Current Master instrument will become a Slave Continue You are changing a Slave instrument into a Master instrument A group instrument consists of a Master and one or more Slaves If you redefine a Slave as a Master the old Master becomes a Slave Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel the operation Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Current Master instrument will become Async Continue You are changing an Asynchronous instrument into a Master instrument A group instrument consists of a Master and one or more Slaves If you redefine an Asynchronous instrument as a Master the old Master becomes an Asynchronous instrument Click Yes to proceed o
117. HI and low LO Using the maximum count of 4 294 967 295 as an example the HI five digit segment would display 42949 and the LO five digit segment 67295 Press the DIO Digital I O key to view the Totalizer status You can view the Totalizer status whether the instrument is scanning or not scanning Press an up down arrow key to advance to the Totalizer display The 10 digits display in a five digit tot HI count and five digit tot LO count Press the DIO key again to exit NetDAQ Logger also provides a display of the Totalizer status 6 6 Figure 2 16 Displaying the Totalizer Status 2 26 Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation Reviewing and Setting the Base Channel Number 2 30 Perform the procedure in Figure 2 17 to review or set the Base Channel Number BCN The BCN identifies the instrument The BCN is also the first two digits of the Global Channel Number GCN which uniquely identifies each instrument channel For example a GCN of 2716 indicates instrument 27 and analog channel 16 See Figure 2 18 for examples e BCN Range The BCN can be any number from 01 to 99 If you plan to install NetDAQ Logger for isolated network operation each instrument on the network must have a unique BCN e BCN Review or Set identifier The REVIEW annunciator displays when reviewing the BCN the SET annunciator displays when setting the BCN COMM Press the COMM key to review the Base Channel Number BCN or
118. I PER IEC 010 1 MYDEL 2640A 41A 2645A 46A 1 6 ALARM TRIGGER I O ON OFF no vO MATOTI Y 0 1 2 3 aT s30v MEETS VFG 243 1991 A WARNING To avoin ELECTIMBAL SHOCK DISCONNECT LINE CORD BEFORE REMOVINGLOVER SERIAL PORT 0000 00000 Wat ETHERNE PUN Ic TELEPHONE SY Ems 00 E G ih J OR CONNECTION O ALARM TRIGGER I O Connector MA Master Alarm output is logic low when any channel is in alarm TO Trigger Output output is logic low for nominal 125 us at the start of any scan TI Trigger Input input logic low triggers scanning DC PWR dc volts input input is 9 to 16V dc to power the instrument DIGITAL I O Connector Alarm outputs logic low for a channel in alarm and general purpose I O terminals 0 to 7 totalizer input and GND Ground Terminal Use for 50 ohm termination ground lug Ethernet 10Base2 Connector A BNC type connector that interfaces the instrument with a 10Base2 coax network The instrument automatically selects the active 10Base2 or 10BaseT connector Figure 1 4 2640A 2645A Rear Panel Ethernet Indicators XMT transmit blinks red for instrument Ethernet transmissions RCV receive blinks red for any Ethernet activity on the network LK link lights amber when the Ethernet interface is active for the Twisted Pair connection and blinks for a data
119. IRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES INCLUDING LOSS OF DATA WHETHER ARISING FROM BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BASED ON CONTRACT TORT RELIANCE OR ANY OTHER THEORY Since some countries or states do not allow limitation of the term of an implied warranty or exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages the limitations and exclusions of this warranty may not apply to every buyer If any provision of this Warranty is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction such holding will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision Fluke Corporation Fluke Europe B V P O Box 9090 P O Box 1186 Everett WA 5602 B D 98206 9090 Eindhoven The Netherlands 5 94 Caution This is an IEC safety Class 1 product Before using the ground wire in the line cord or rear panel binding post must be connect to an earth ground for safety Interference Information This equipment generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer s instructions may cause interference to radio and television reception It has been type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B computing device in accordance with the specifications of Part 15 of FCC Rules which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a residential installation Operation is subject to the following two conditions e This de
120. If this message continues to appear check your PC s clock batteries and replace if necessary Attempt to start Trend Link failed Trend Link could not start Make sure Trend Link is installed Note the directory used for the installation and try again If prompted for the directory location enter the path to the location of the Trend Link installation If Trend Link is not installed see the procedures in Chapter 2 Bad calibration input value Check your source Your calibrator did not input a valid calibration value to the instrument Check your calibrator output particularly for 4 wire connections Ohms for example as the calibrator must be configured for both Sense and Source Base Channel Number must range from 1 to 99 You tried to enter the number 00 or other characters Select a number in the range 01 to 99 Batch information in data set has been corrupted This will occur when NetDAQ Logger starts logging into an existing Trend Link data file for which the batch information has been corrupted The best workaround is to start logging into a new Trend Link data file Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Boot ROM Failure Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop op
121. In DOS use the MSD utility supplied with Windows to examine your computer setup and make corrections as required or use a different parallel port 5 Errors in autoexec bat config sys or win ini See Table l 2 for the correct listings Use the Notepad accessory to check each file and make corrections I 29 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 1 30 Table l 2 Additions to Host Computer Files made by Newt Installation Newt Installation Newt for a typical plug in Ethernet card Newt for a typical Parallel to LAN Ethernet Adapter Host Computer Files Addition or Modification Five lines added to c autoexec bat REM The following line was added by Chameleon date CANETMANAG NETBIND C NETMANAG to the PATH command REM The following line was added by Chameleon date SHARE Six lines added to c config sys REM The following line was added by Chameleon date DEVICE C NETMANAG PROTMAN DOS I C NETMANAG REM The following line was added by Chameleon date DEVICE C NETMANAG ELNK3 DOS REM The following line was added by Chameleon date DEVICE C NETMANAG NETMANAG DOS Four lines added to c windows win ini TCPIP ID M4py50snByrOsl_Srhf typical SLIP C NETMANAGI SLIP INI FILE C NETMANAG TCPIP EFG Directory added C NETMANAG Group added to Program Manager NEWT Two lines added to c autoexec bat C NETMANAG to the PATH command C NETMANAG NETBIND Three lines added toc config sys
122. Instrument Configuration dialog box Check Totalizer Debounce if it is not already checked and click OK 2 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select O1TOTAL Click OK to open the Spy window 3 Increase Totalizer Count Connect the Totalizer test lead to the GND line and disconnect again Each time this is done the Totalizer count should increase one 4 Verify Totalizer Count The Spy window displays the new Totalizer count which is equal to the number of contacts between totalizer and ground 5 Close Spy Window Totalizer Sensitivity Test 6 29 This test checks the ability of the Totalizer feature to count voltage transition at a particular sensitivity level 1 Disable Totalizer Debounce In NetDAQ Logger select Setup Instrument Configuration to open the Instrument Configuration dialog box Uncheck Totalizer Debounce if it is currently checked and click OK 6 28 2 5 Maintenance 6 Performance Test Connect Test Leads At the DIGITAL I O connector connect the Totalizer test lead and GND test lead to a signal generator s output terminals Adjust the signal generator for an output of 1 5V rms sine wave at 10 Hz Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select O1TOTAL Click OK to open the Spy window Verify Totalizer Count The Spy window displays the Totalizer count Verify the totalizer count is advancing at approximately 10 counts per spy window update
123. Internet must obtain an official network ID from the Network Information Center 800 444 4345 or nic nic ddn mil to preserve the unique network ID s within the Internet However if you never intend to connect to the Internet youre free to select your own network IDs The IP address consists of four numbers Each of these four numbers can have a value in the range 1 to 254 An IP address is written in the form w x y z For example 198 178 246 10 or C6 B2 F6 0A in hexadecimal is a valid IP address There are three commonly used classes of IP address assignment as follows Class w Value Net ID Host ID ee a arias toig w Suz il 126 16777214 128 to 191 w x y z 16384 65534 192t0223 wxy z 2097151 254 The following are reserved addresses and may not be assigned to hosts 127 0 0 0 128 0 0 0 191 255 0 0 192 0 0 0 223 255 255 0 w 224 through 255 with x y and z equal to any value Most IP subnets have Class B or C Net IDs because there are quite a few of these available You may be able to get a Class A Net ID but there are so few of these available only 126 world wide that they are rarely issued and most are already assigned Most companies get one or more Class C assignments which means that there is a limit of 254 hosts per network subnet The TCP IP software separates the Net ID portion of the IP address from the Host ID portion using the user assigned Subnet Mask This mask looks like an IP ad
124. JHL 4 WIRE 5700A Decade Resistance Box or DIN IEC75 RTD Figure 6 4 4 Wire Connections to the Universal Input Module Resistor Maintenance Performance Test 6 SOURCE 4 WIRE SENSE 4 WIRE 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL HL INPUT MODULE HL 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5700A OUTPUT SENSE VQ WIDEBAND Tt UARD GROUND 5700A 2 WIRE COMP E EX SNS nN EX GRD SOFE OFF Sense l r Source l l l l UUT A f l l l l Source l l Sense Figure 6 5 4 Wire Connections to the Universal Input Module 5700A 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 4 Verify Accuracy Configure the Decade Resistance Source for the output values below and verify the Spy window measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Change the channel 1 range as required see Step 2 Resistance Range Decade Resistor Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 3002 Short Circuit Zero 0Q 0 052 3002 2902 289 8610 290 1390 3 kQ Short Circuit Zero oQ 0 5Q 3 kQ 2 9 KQ 2 89849 KQ 2 90137 kQ 30 kQ 29 kQ 28 9834 kQ 29 0166 kQ 300 kQ 290 kQ 289 621 KQ 290 379 kQ 3 MQ 2 9 MQ 2 89146 MQ 2 90854 MQ The resistance accuracy in this table makes allowance for up to 0 01 decade resistance tolerance Resistance Range 5700A Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 300
125. L 9640A 41AL_ 2645A 46A 107 264V 50 60 Hz 15VA A A WARNING 10 AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK DISCONNECT LINE CORD BEFORE REMOVING COVER DIGITAL I O SERIAL PORT P XMT RCV ia Us ON OFF ER I O ar t gt MoT y 8123456729 NOT FOR CONNECTION TO OAN MAU W Socaner PETEERE Ns MEETS VFG 243 1991 Slave Instrument 107 264V OVERVOLTAGE CATEGORY II PER IEC 1010 1 MODEL 2640A 41A 2645A 46A 197 50 60 Hz 15VA A WARNING TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK DISCONNECT LINE CORD BEFORE REMOVING COVER SERIAL PORT olona etss Co Ml t MATOTI Y 0 12345675Y NOT FOR CONNECTION TO 9 16V ork A ETHERNET PUBLIC TELEPHONE SYSTEMS DE PWR MEETS VFG 243 1991 Slave Instrument 2 16 Figure 2 7 External Trigger Wiring for a Group Instrument Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation Front Panel Controls 2 21 Use the front panel controls Figure 2 8 to enter configuration parameters and choose monitoring functions Table 2 1 summarizes the front panel control functions Display Digital I O and Totalizer Status EA Display MONitor Channel COMM Set Review D a COMMunication Params D ODDO ENTER Selection Figure 2 8 Front Panel Controls Table 2 1 Front Panel Key Descriptions Key Desc
126. NetDAQ executable file in the Windows Explorer and use the right mouse button to create a shortcut Drag the shortcut to the Desktop and use the right mouse button to access its properties 3 13 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 On the Shortcut tab add the setup file name to the end of the command line in the Target box see NetDAQ Logger Command Line for the command lines e You can use Start Settings Taskbar to modify the command line of NetDAQ Logger to open a setup file whenever you start NetDAQ Logger from Start Programs Complete the following procedure 1 In the Taskbar Properties dialog box select the Start Menu Programs tab and click Advanced 2 Find and highlight the NetDAQ Logger shortcut and use the right mouse button to access its properties 3 On the Shortcut tab add the setup file name to the end of the command line in the Target box see NetDAQ Logger Command Line for the command lines On Windows 3 1 you can start NetDAQ Logger with a setup file as follows e You can double click on a setup file name in the File Manager Before this will work you must start NetDAQ Logger itself once after installation from Program Manager or File Manager and associate the stp file extension with NetDAQ Logger To associate the stp file extension use File Manager to highlight a setup file Select File Associate and click on Browse to enter the location of the NetDAQ Logger executable e You
127. Next and check the setup again If it is correct click Next to begin file transfer After you install NetDAQ Logger with Trumpet TCP IP software and modify the autoexec bat file accordingly reboot your computer to enable networking Changing from an Isolated Network to a General Network 2 47 Use the following procedure to change from an isolated network to a general network 1 To remove your current NetDAQ Logger installation click the Uninstall icon You may want to copy or backup your setup and data files first Reinstall NetDAQ Logger software and select General instead of Isolated Use the front panel procedures discussed earlier in this chapter to set each NetDAQ instrument for general network operation Also if necessary see Preparing for Operation 2 Testing and Troubleshooting Installing Host Computer Networking Software and Setting Host Computer Networking Parameters to configure the host computer for general network operation Installing Trend Link for Fluke Optional 2 48 The Trend Link setup program automatically determines whether to install the 32 bit for Windows 95 and Windows NT or 16 bit version of the software To install Trend Link complete the following procedure 1 2 Insert Disk 1 and run the setup application setup exe After clicking Next to get to the second dialog box select the language of the User Interface Click Next Uncheck components you do not want to install U
128. OFF Echo Off 2640A 150V 300V on channels 1 and 11 2645A 50V dc or 30V ac rms Specifications 2640A 2645A Combined Specifications Table A 1 2640A 2645A General Specifications cont Specification Maximum Measurement Speed Scanning Rates Accuracy of Medium Scanning Rate Additional error if Automatic drift correction is turned off 2640A 2645A Environmental Specifications 2640A Characteristic Slow 6 readings per second Medium 45 readings per second 60 Hz Fast 143 readings per second 20 configured channels 2645A Slow 54 readings per second 60 Hz Medium 200 readings per second Fast 1000 readings per second 20 configured channels Fast single Channel 400 readings per second Fast Accuracy Slow Accuracy 2 If the instrument was fully warmed up at the time drift correction was disabled i e turned on at least 1 hour earlier 1 10 of the 90 day specification per C change in ambient temperature from the temperature when drift correction was disabled If the instrument was NOT fully warmed up at the time drift correction was disabled Add an error equal to the 90 day specification for instrument warm up 1 10 of the 90 day specification per C change in ambient temperature from the temperature when drift correction was disabled Table A 2 provides a summary of the environmental specifications for the 2640A 2645A 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manu
129. Q Logger for Windows Contents Introductio serisinin a ea A a Starting NetDAQ Logger oo eee esceesceenecssecesecesecesecseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees The Main Window cossire ce sescesecsseceseceseceeeeesneesseeeseeeaaessaecaecsaeeaeeees Accessing NetDAQ Logger Commands ee eeseesseesseceteceteeeeees Configuring Network Communications 00 0 0 cc eeceeseceseceseceeeeeseeeeeeeees The Communications Configuration Dialog Box eee Adding an Instrument to the Network ee eeeeeseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Deleting an Instrument from the Network s s s Verifying Network Communications ceseeeceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeenee Configuring the Current Setup cece cesecsseceseceeceeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeaee Creating an Instrument ICON eee eseesseceseceseceeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeneeeaes Deleting an Instrument ICON ee eee eseceeceeceseceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaee Designating Instruments as Group or Asynchronous Setup Files mosneira aiai i ceveveabes Saving the Current Setup in a File oe ee ceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeees Opening a Setup File sss ccicessccsieislecssissiestsdeleniealocneaeteuteest ceneesance Starting NetDAQ Logger with a Setup File eee eeeeeeeeeees Starting Logging Automatically eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees NetDAQ Logger Command Line 00 eee eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeenaees Configuring an Instrument 00 eee eee eeeeeseeeneeeseeceaeceaeceseeeseeeseeeeeeeees Dimmed Configuration Commands 1 0 0 0 eeeeeseeseeseeeec
130. Slow 18 28 Degrees C Alpha 0 0039261 Delta 1 49512239 Beta 0 10188228 a f o i 2 6z 2 e 0 5 5 1 0 47 1 54 2645A 2640A 100 T 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Temperature Degrees C Figure D 4 392 RTD D 5 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual D 6 Appendix E Computed Channel Equations Introduction E 1 An equation is converted into a stored binary format which is sent to the instrument where the calculations are performed during the processing of each scan Constants are passed to the instrument as single precision 4 byte floating point numbers which have a maximum magnitude of 3 402823E38 Calculations and intermediate values in the instrument use double precision 8 bytes in order to preserve resolution The resulting computed channel value is a single precision floating point number When the result is gt 9999 9E 6 or lt 9999 9E 6 NetDAQ Logger displays OL or OL for that channel and changes the channel value to 1 0E 9 or 1 0E 9 according to the sign The instrument traps math errors such as divide by zero and log 0 and returns a non numeric result which the logger reports as OL If a the value of a reference channel is non numeric indicating an open thermocouple or overload that value will be returned for the computed channel Computed channel equations must observe the following syntax e White space is allowed but not required
131. TDs on an instrument that does not support these features As long as you do not attempt to set computed channel equations or custom RTDs in NetDAQ Logger you can continue to operate with your current software If you want to use these features you will need to contact a Fluke Service Center for a software upgrade Instrument is busy completing its last received command Your instrument is currently processing a command and cannot accept another command until the first command operation is complete This can occur when sending a command to an instrument after aborting the Reading Remaining Scan process particularly when the measurement time of a scan is long Long measurement times result from configuring several channels with slow reading functions such as frequency and AC volts Instrument is in use by another PC or Socket Port number is incorrect You are trying to operate the instrument from more than one host computer or the instrument Socket Port does not match the host computer Socket Port Operate the instrument from one host computer at a time or check the Socket Port settings at both the instrument and host computer J 16 Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Instrument model does not match Reconfigure Communications The instrument model does not match the entry in the Communications Configuration File Modify the instrument model number in the Communications Configuration File
132. WINSOCK isolates the NetDAQ application software from the specific implementation of TCP IP operating in the PC WINSOCK s interface to applications has been standardized by a committee of many different PC hardware and software vendors This makes it possible to operate NetDAQ software over WINSOCK s from several different software vendors Windows 95 and Windows NT provide a WINSOCK You can obtain a Winsock for Windows for Workgroups from Microsoft On Windows 3 1 you may need to install Newt or Trumpet to get a WINSOCK Notes to Network Administrators l 13 The NetDAQ product line consists of two instruments the PC software and some options The instruments communicate with the PC using the TCP IP protocol and the Ethernet physical network Using proper Gateway devices the PC could be on almost any physical network that is capable of carrying or tunneling TCP IP packets and can gate to an Ethernet NetDAQ instruments support user entry of the subnet mask and the default gateway On networks that contain routers and gateways and support the Proxy l 13 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual l 14 ARP protocol or have static routing tables you don t have to use these parameters In the Proxy ARP protocol the routing path between any two hosts is automatically established by the routers during the ARP process The NetDAQ PC software communicates with the NetDAQ instruments in a totally peer to peer manner Operation of the instru
133. a TCP IP stack If you are installing NetDAQ Logger for general network operation on a Windows 3 1 host computer and your computer does not already have an NDIS or ODI adapter driver and TCP IP and Winsock software install Newt networking software See Options and Accessories for ordering information and Appendix I for installation information If you plan to install Trumpet networking software or if your computer is already operating on a network using the TCP IP protocol skip this section To install Newt networking software and an appropriate adapter driver on Windows 3 1 skip this section and see Appendix I Complete the following procedure to load the Ethernet adapter driver and the TCP IP protocol stack and Winsock software on Windows 95 Windows NT installation is similar The operating system may have already detected the Ethernet adapter and added it If so you can skip steps 2 and 3 1 Open the Control Panel Network utility via Start Settings or My Computer 2 Click Add select Adapter then click Add 3 Choose the manufacturer and network adapter Click OK The support for the adapter gets installed 4 Click Add select Protocol then click Add Select Microsoft TCP IP Click OK The protocol support gets installed Preparing for Operation 2 Host Computer and Network Preparation Setting Host Computer Networking Parameters 2 44 This section discusses how to set your host computer networking parame
134. a file named winsock d11 If you find this file you must remove it or rename it so the Newt winsock d11 is used instead of the one that came with Windows for Workgroups Newt TCP IP vs Windows for Workgroups and Novell NetWare l 22 If you re running Novell NetWare Client functions in Windows for Workgroups the Installation will be somewhat different Make sure that Windows for Workgroups with Novell Client functions is operating properly before installing Newt If this is the case your autoexec bat will load an ODI driver and the odihlp exe shim rather than the usual NDIS driver After ensuring that Windows for Workgroups and Novell NetWare are operating properly install Newt as described above You will not be prompted for hardware setup because the Newt setup will sense that an ODI driver is already active Newt will modify the net cfg file to add the necessary Frame and Protocol lines to support TCP IP as an active protocol over the ODI driver It will also add a load of the NMODI shim to your autoexec bat file to allow the Newt stack to operate over the ODI driver Installing Newt Networking Software 1 23 l 24 Complete the following procedure to install Newt 1 Insert Newt disk 1 and run setup exe 2 Follow the Newt setup instructions a Enter the Serial Number and Key Number from the NetManage License Record Card Use UPPERCASE for alpha characters Click Continue b Ifyou are not prompted for the I
135. ace default value 1000 k bytes refer to Low Disk Space for Trend Link section of the Auto Rollover dialog box J 23 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 24 Out of Memory Close another application and try again You have run out of Windows memory Close other applications to free Windows memory and continue operations PC time earlier than existing Trend Link data Verify PC time wait nn seconds or create a new Data Set This message indicates that the Trend Link Data Set you are trying to initialize or log to has a timestamp that is newer than the current PC time This message can occur under the following conditions The Instrument clock is slightly faster than the PC clock If NetDAQ Logger runs for several days then when the instrument is stopped the last recorded timestamp may be later than the PC time In this case wait for the PC time to catch up before trying to initialize the Trend Link data file for collecting additional date For example if the PC time is 1 minute behind the instrument time wait at least 1 minute before restarting You can also create a new Trend Link Data Set The PC clock is losing time Reset the PC clock to the correct time If this problem continues you may have to replace the battery in your PC that powers the internal clock The PC clock is set to a new time You will not be able to log data to an existing Trend Link file after changing the PC clock to a time earlier than th
136. aeeeneesaaecaaecsaeesaeesaeenes Master Alar M os eicii dcctenesecvvdandares deascevinccsbetsnenscendenccteegteceverssadestisuers Interval Trig Ger is cscs ts esncss onds sav ts cess scduaeenads en E GEE EE eia External Tigger occie iani a i a Alarm TRS Ger sicreti ana eea E EAE ARE E NetDAQ Logger Features and Capabilities Operating a NetDAQ Data Acquisition System Tsolated NetWorkS siccs sicies tsdeievssasdvesscshiteessdeleasliiiorbssteiesenscaetenels General Networks 00 ee eeiceseceseceseceeeeeseeeeneesaeeeseesaaecsaecaeesaeenseeees Ethernet Port Selection eccsssessssoresoeesocessceesoeesceeesacesssenssesese Asynchronous Instrument Operations cee ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee Group Instrument Operations eeeeseeseeeseeseceseceeeeeeeeseeeeneeees Scanning and LOGgiNg eee eee eeeeereeeneeeaeecaecnaeceaecseeeeeesseessneees RS 232 Interfa e sii ssccvscsccsvetshsguen vena cavesas oseeeads cestcaspensoevsbecauetiacecventees Host Computer Requirement 00 0 0 eeesceeseeseeeseeceseceaeceseeeeeseseeeeeeeees Options and ACCESSOS sssini iaiia Instrument Connector Set ee eeeeesesseeeseeeseeceseceaeceseeeeeeeseeeeeeeees Host Computer Ethernet Adapters 00 cece eesceseceseceseceeeeeseeeeeeeenee 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 1 2 Overview Introduction Introduction 1 1 The 2640A and 2645A NetDAQe Networked Data Acquisition Units are 20 channel front ends that operate in conjunction with NetDAQ Logger for
137. al Table A 2 2640A 2645A Environmental Specifications Specification Characteristic Warm up Time 1 hour to rated specifications or 15 minutes if relative humidity non condensing is 50 or less Operating Temperature 20 C to 60 C 4 F to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 C to 70 C 40 F to 158 F Relative Humidity 90 maximum for 10 C to 28 C 14 F to 82 4 F 75 maximum for 28 C to 35 C 82 4 F to 95 F 50 maximum for 35 C to 60 C 95 F to 140 F 3 MQ range reduce humidity rating by 25 for 1 hour warm up 3 MQ range meets full humidity ratings with 2 hour warm up Altitude Operating 2 000m 6 561 ft maximum Non operating 12 200m 40 000 ft maximum Vibration 0 7g at 15 Hz 1 3g at 25 Hz 3g at 55 Hz Shock 30g half sine per Mil T 28800E Bench handling per Mil T 28800E 2640A 2645A Input Output Capabilities A 5 The following specifications include the input output functions including the Digital I O Trigger Out Trigger In and Master Alarm output Digital I O A 6 Table A 3 provides a summary of the Digital I O specifications for the 8 Digital VO lines 0 to 7 Digital I O is located on the DIGITAL I O connector terminals 0 to 7 and GND Table A 3 2640A 2645A DIGITAL I O Specification Specification Characteristic Maximum Input Voltage 30V Minimum Input Voltage 4V Isolation None dc coupled Threshold 1 4V Hysteresis 500 mV
138. alk Considerations cccesceseceseceseceseeeseeeeeeeeneeeseeeaaeenaes 2 12 Digital I O Connections ce eeeeeseeseeseessecsseceseceeeeseceseeeseeseneeeaee 2 13 Digital VO sciensia a nae 2 14 FotaAli ZOD vec aenean aa aa a iei Ri 2 15 Alarm Trigger I O Connections ces eeeessecsseceseceseceeeeeeeceseeeeeeeees 2 16 Trigger Input oaeee ce i e eiaa E ean A A Eiana 2 17 Trigger QUtputccnncionsicani nnan 2 18 Master Alaris cec c5ssucssvees seaudiceds sierran enaa e 2 19 External Trigger Wiring for a Group Instrument eee 2 20 Controls and Indicators eee eeseceseceseceseceeeceeeesseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeenaes 2 21 Front Panel Controls 0 ce eeeeesessceeseecneeceseceseceeeeeeeseeeeneeeneeeaee 2 22 Front Panel Indicators 2 0 ce eeeeseceseceseceseceseeeseeeeeeeeaeeeneeeaaeenaes 2 23 Rear Panel Controls 2 cccsssccsseasauscivsetcassenscdesenesadsveabentsvneosces 2 24 Rear Panel Indicators ee eee esessceesecsseceseceseceeeeeceseeesneeeneeeaee 2 25 Front Panel Operating Procedures eee ceeseeesecesecenseceeeceeeenaees 2 26 Power On Options 0 ccc ceecesceseceseeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeaaecsaessaeenaeesaeeees 2 27 Displaying a Monitor Channel 000 0 eeeceseceseceeeceseeeeeeeeneeeaes 2 28 Displaying the Digital O Status 0 eeeeeeeeeereeereeeneeenees 2 29 Displaying the Totalizer Status 0 eee eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 30 Reviewing and Setting the Base Channel Number
139. ame Folders ee data cht C Program Files _data set Cancel gcs _ teed Sq Program Files E Fluke Sy netdag Sq _data set Save file as type Drives TL Chart Files cht Sc bd ds150s bmp Exporting Trend Link Data Files 5 13 Trend Link can export data files into one of three Export File Type formats Standard Comma Separated Values csv MathCad Array Format prn and Spread Sheet Column Oriented csv Note that the Trend Link csv formats are not compatible with the NetDAQ Logger ASCII CSV data file format Complete the following procedure to export a data file from Trend Link This procedure assumes the NetDAQ Logger data file for export is already in Trend 5 9 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Link format If this is not the case see Playing Back a Fast Binary BIN File in Trend Link or Playing Back an ASCII CSV File in Trend Link for conversion procedures 1 Open Trend Link from Start Programs 2 Select File Open and select the desired Trend Link chart Click OK 3 Adjust the Trend Link chart to display the desired data you wish to export Trend Link only exports the data displayed on the chart The example below shows 6 minutes of the chart data cht being exported See Getting The Right Look For Your Trend Link Chart to adjust the display to show the desired data a Trend Link for Fluke C Program Files Fluke netdaq _data set data cht J Eile Edi
140. ame driver and hardware interface NIC Network Information Center The central agency for IP address assignment to organizations You must get an IP address range assignment from the NIC before connecting to the international Internet ODI Driver A network device driver specification defined by Novell for use with the NetWare line of networking software ODI supports operation of multiple protocol stacks over the same driver and hardware interface Packet A block of digital data on a network usually containing source and destination addresses protocol type information and other information that allows it to be directed to the proper destination and for the receiving host to detect transmission errors I 33 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 1 34 Packet Driver A network device driver specification defined by 3COM Packet drivers support operation of only a single protocol stack over the driver and hardware interface PC Personal Computer A much misused term usually used to refer to a computer built to comply with the IBM PC defacto standards Also used to refer to just about any small computer PC Port Address The Intel X86 processor architecture supports addressing of I O devices in a separate address space from memory The PC AT architecture supports 1024 of these I O device addresses commonly called port addresses In most cases each I O device including network adapter cards are assigned one or more port addresses to all
141. ame in case you want to revert back to the default settings Memory WrapAround True This is the instruction for the instrument to follow if its internal scan queue becomes full When set to true the instrument overwrites the oldest readings in the buffer When set to false the instrument discards the latest readings AlarmCheckingIntvl_2640A 1 000 When you select Alarm Trigger for a 2640A instrument channels eligible for alarm triggering are checked for alarms at this interval The minimum is 0 5 seconds and the maximum is 86400 seconds 24 hours AlarmCheckingIntvl_2645A 0 100 When you select Alarm Trigger for a 2645A instrument channels eligible for alarm triggering are checked for alarms at this interval The minimum is 0 05 seconds and the maximum is 86400 seconds 24 hours AutoScanDisable True When set to true an instrument automatically disables scanning if its scan queue is full and it has not received any commands from the host for 5 minutes This feature helps extend the lifetime of relays in the instrument CommTimeout 10 This is the duration NetDAQ Logger allows for an instrument to respond to a command If there is no response from an instrument after nn seconds NetDAQ Logger displays an error The minimum is 3 seconds and the maximum is 1000 seconds TLDir c Program Files Fluke tl This is the directory for the Trend Link application If Trend Link is located somewhere else you are prompted for the name o
142. and the other fields Trumpet TCP IP Configuration Select the appropriate Ethernet adapter from the list Enter the associated options needed for correct loading of the driver Click Next to continue with the Setup program or Cancel to quit Ethernet Adapter Hardware amp f 3Com EtherLink Ill Adapter 3C509 3Com EtherLink III PCMCIA Adapter 30589 Other Host Computer Number fi Soft Interrupt Number feo Packet Driver File PACKET ETPACKET COM Packet Driver Switches 1 60 ds307s bmp 2 2 46 2 53 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 54 6 Tell the setup program whether to modify your autoexec bat file for the packet driver Click Next Modifying AUTOEXEC BAT File The following line s must be added to your AUTOEXEC BAT file netdaq ETPACKET COM 60 t Snetdag WINPKT COM 0x60 4 LI gt Choose what you want Setup to do Let Setup modify the AUTOEXEC BAT file O Save the required changes to AUTOEXEC NEW file Do not make any changes lt Back Next gt Cancel 7 Select the program folder The default name of the program folder or program group is Fluke NetDAQ Logger You can select or type a different name Click Next Check the setup If the setup is correct click Next to begin file transfer If you want to change the setup click Back to go to the appropriate screen and make the changes Click
143. annel Crosstalk 120dB minimum Slow Rate e g 30V dc on channel 1 may cause a 30uV error on channel 2 100dB minimum Medium and Fast Rates e g 1V dc on channel 1 may cause a 10 uV error on channel 2 Temperature Coefficient Add 1 10th the 90 day specification per C above 28 C or below 18 C Generally only the input portion is affected Accuracy at 20 C Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warm up For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly Maximum Input Voltage 150V 300V for channels 1 and 11 to any input terminal Table A 10 2640A DC Voltage Range and Resolution Specifications Resolution 90mV 3 uV 1 uV 300 mV 1 UV 3 uV 3V 10 uV 30 uV 30v 100 uV 300 uV 150V 300V 1 mV 3 mV Note 300V range applies to channels 1 and 11 only Specifications 2640A Specifications Table A 11 2640A DC Voltage Accuracy Specifications Accuracy 30 input V 18 C to 28 C 10 C to 60 C Range 90 Day 1 Year 1 Year Slow Fast Slow Fast Slow Fast 01 7 uV 01 17 uV 013 8 uV 013 18 uV 042 18 2uV 042 44 2uV 01 15 uV 01 30 uV 013 17 uV 013 35 uV 042 39 UV 042 78 uV 01 1 mV 01 2 mV 0138 15 mV 0138 2 mV 042 26 mV 042 52mV 01 1 5 mV 02 3 mV 0138 1 7 mV 026 3 5 mV 042 3 9 MV 084 7 8mV 150 3
144. are physically close to the host computer Now the increased processing capability of affordable host computers increased channel measurement rates and pressure to place the instruments close to the signal source have made support of high speed long distance communication techniques necessary At the same time many companies are installing network wiring to support general client server processing on Personal Computers Using networking techniques to communicate between the PC and the instrument has many advantages and a few disadvantages Advantages include e High data transfer rates e Standard wiring methods and use of in place wiring e Standard protocols e Low cost interface boards Disadvantages include e Increased setup complexity e Increased instrument power consumption compared to RS 232 e Additional interface in the PC The NetDAQ instrument and host computer software use Ethernet wiring and low level protocols TCP IP high level protocols and the WINSOCK application interface layer These are all public domain non proprietary standards with multiple company support Use of these non proprietary protocols and hardware ensures that NetDAQ instruments and software will operate on most installed networks and have the lowest possible cost using off the shelf commercial networking products Read Network Primer in this appendix for more information on these standards NetDAQ and Your Network Administrator l 3 If y
145. ark labels on the band bars e Use Pixels If you select this option you can enter the distance between horizontal grid lines in pixels 3 After making your selections in the Background Preferences dialog box click OK Real Time Frequency Update 5 23 Complete the following procedure to modify the frequency update period for the real time display The default and minimum time is 1 second The maximum entry is 1410065 seconds 1 Select Preferences Real Time Freq to open the Real Time Interval dialog box Real Time Update Interval Enter the new polling interval in seconds E Eee Cancel ds138s bmp 2 Enter the desired number of seconds for the real time interval The range is 1 to 1410065 You cannot enter fractions of seconds Click OK Adding or Changing the Chart Title 5 24 Complete the following procedure to add or change the title of the chart at the very top of the chart window By convention the title is the name of the Trend Link file with the cht extension for example data cht However you can use this procedure to enter any custom title 5 23 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 1 Select Preferences Chart Title to open the Chart Title dialog box Enter the chart title name in the text box for example station one Click OK 2 Observe that the entered text appears at the top of the chart in the Title Bar Using the Note System 5 25 Complete the following procedure to add a text n
146. at you may specify a deadband value for each channel This value determines the amount of change that a channel reading value must undergo before an updated value is logged into the file The deadband value helps to limit the quantity of data recorded to the data file The Trend Link format also allows you to place data into batches The Trend Link application can display data from multiple batches allowing direct comparison between current and historical data The auto rollover feature provides a means of logging data into a series of files rather than a single file for easier data management NetDAQ Logger will automatically rollover a data file when a specified condition is met such as file size When a rollover occurs the current data is renamed and a new file is created with the original filename ASCII CSV and binary files are sequenced as filename 001 filename 002 etc In the Trend Link format data is recorded into the now file and rolled into tlg files Configuring a Data File Complete the following procedure to configure a data file for recording instrument measurement data Each Asynchronous Instrument or Group Instrument has its own data file 4 15 4 14 Highlight the instrument icon on the Icon Bar for a Group Instrument select the Master Open the Instrument Configuration dialog box 2 Click Data File to open the Data File Configuration dialog box Data File Configuration 01 xj Cance
147. ated a shortcut for the desired setup file you can drag the shortcut from the Desktop into NetDAQ Logger to open the setup file Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Setup Files Open Setup zixl Look in E Netdag c ier gi File name setup02 Files of type Setup Files STP Cancel ds001s bmp Starting NetDAQ Logger with a Setup File 3 17 On Windows 95 there are several ways to start NetDAQ Logger and open a specific setup file at the same time In the Windows Explorer or My Computer you can double click on the name of the desired setup file You must start NetDAQ Logger itself once after installation before you can start it via a setup file You can double click on a shortcut to a setup file which you have previously placed on the Desktop To create a shortcut in Windows Explorer complete the following procedure 1 Highlight the setup file name and use the right mouse button to create a shortcut Drag the shortcut to the desktop You must start NetDAQ Logger itself once after installation before you can start it via a setup file shortcut You can create a shortcut to NetDAQ Logger place it on the desktop and modify the command line in its properties to open a setup file see NetDAQ Logger Command Line for the command lines You can then double click on the shortcut icon to start NetDAQ Logger To create and modify the shortcut complete the following procedure 1 2 Highlight the
148. ates once per second nominal Digital I O 1 9 Eight general purpose open collector Transistor Transistor Logic TTL digital input output I O lines are available at the instrument rear panel DIGITAL I O connector terminals 7 through 0 Figure 1 4 A logic low externally applied to an I O line is an input a logic low internally set by the instrument is an output An output logic low condition takes precedence over an input logic high condition When the I O lines are used as inputs they signal an external condition that can be correlated to the data measurements NetDAQ Logger displays and records the status of the Digital I O as the decimal equivalent of the eight binary bits For example 11111111 DIO7 to DIOO is represented by decimal 255 00001111 is represented by decimal 15 The instrument can display the Digital I O status in binary format at the front panel with updates each second Totalizer 1 10 1 8 The totalizer input counts contact closures or voltage transitions with a maximum count of 4 294 967 295 The connections for the totalizer input line are at the instrument rear panel DIGITAL I O connector terminals X and GND Figure 1 4 The instrument continuously detects the totalizer input on the rear panel independently from instrument scanning and other activities If the Totalizer Overview Instrument Features and Capabilities overflows reaching the maximum count the display briefly shows OL overload and
149. ations in the display 6 34 Verifying network communications Viewing and printing a data file Viewing the instrument Ethernet address 2 41 Volts ac accuracy test 6 13 Volts dc accuracy test 2640A 6 11 Volts de accuracy test 2645A 6 12 W Waveform comparison true rms vs average responding Windows for Workgroups 1 23 WINSOCK DLL and application programming interface Wiring shielded 2 11 Instrument Parameter Record Isolated Network Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN __ Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN __ Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN __ Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN ___ Note Instrument BCN __ Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN __ Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN __ Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN ___ Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN __ Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN __ Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument BCN Note Instrument Parameter Record General Network Instrument BCN IP Address 5 Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Not
150. ay Parameters If the NetDAQ instrument and host PC are on different subnets and must communicate through a gateway router turn the default gateway feature ON and enter the subnet mask and IP address of the gateway as supplied by your network administrator If you do not require a gateway turn the default gateway feature OFF 2 38 Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation Subnet Mask The subnet mask is a 32 bit binary number expressed as four 3 digit segments like an IP address The subnet mask when masked with the instrument IP address determines what the network number is For example if the IP address is 129 196 180 93 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 the network number is 129 196 180 0 The subnet mask contains a consecutive set of bits starting at the highest order bit forming a binary mask value For example 255 255 0 0 binary value FFFFO000 hex is a valid mask but 255 255 10 0 binary value FFFFOAO00 hex is not a valid mask because the bits are not consecutive 0 255 255 0 binary value OOFFFFOO hex is also not a valid mask because the bits do not begin at the highest order bit The subnet mask must also contain a minimum number of bits depending on the class of the instrument IP address The minimum number of bits for a class A address is 255 0 0 0 class B is 255 255 0 0 and class C is 255 255 255 0 For example if the IP address is 129 196 180 93 a class B address a subnet mask of 255 0 0 0 is not val
151. begins counting from zero again A totalizer input from contact closures increments on the open portion of the switch sequence close open To prevent switch contact bounce from triggering false readings select the Totalizer Debounce feature A totalizer input from voltage transitions increments during low to high voltage transitions with a nominal threshold of 1 4 volts The maximum voltage input is 30V dc and the minimum voltage input is 4 0V dc The maximum totalizer rate is 5 000 transitions per second without debounce and 500 transitions per second with debounce The instrument reports Totalizer status with scan data and can display it at the front panel You can clear the Totalizer count by cycling power to the instrument or via NetDAQ Logger Trigger Input 1 11 Trigger Input is an instrument connection used to trigger scans from an external source The connection uses the ALARM TRIGGER I O terminals TI and GND Figure 1 4 A contact closure or logic low between TI and GND triggers an instrument scan if External Trigger is enabled While the trigger input line is held low the instrument continues to scan at Interval 2 When there is no trigger input an internal pull up resistor holds the input at logic high nominal 5 0V dc Trigger Output 1 12 Trigger Output is an output line that when enabled goes to logic low for 125 us every time a scan begins The connection uses the ALARM TRIGGER I O terminals TO and GND
152. ble the following dialog box displays Enter the path to the NDIS driver It is usually found in the NDIS directory of the diskette supplied with your Ethernet adapter Please specify path to EPNDIS DOS NDIS driver a ndis If communication between the host computer and a NetDAQ instrument must pass through a router or gateway you must set up the default gateway address on both the host computer and the instrument This information is available from your network administrator To set the default gateway address in Newt select Service Default Gateway and enter the address for your local router or gateway 12 In the Custom window select File Exit Click OK to reboot the computer After rebooting is complete continue to Step 13 13 In Windows open Custom from the NEWT group Verify that the Physical Address is filled in the example below is typical If you receive error messages see Table I 1 Newt Quick Check l 27 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual S Custom C NETMANAG TCPIP CFG File Interface Setup Services Help Interface Ethernet0 Physical Address 00 00 B0 DF 90 04 IP Address 198 178 246 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Host Name Host101 Domain Name TC Name Type IP Domain Ethernet0 Ethernet 198 178 246 101 TC Write down the Physical Ethernet Address from the Custom window inside the back cover of this manual Select File Exit to close Newt 1 28 Network Considerations
153. cell A2 and enter formula NETDAQ32lbcn25 c14 lt Enter gt then select cell A3 and enter formula NETDAQ32Ibcen25 c15 lt Enter gt G 3 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 5 Continue by entering the following Cell Formula A4 NETDAQ32Ibcn25 DIO AS NETDAQ32lben25 Totalizer A6 NETDAQ32Iben25 Alarm1 A7 NETDAQ32lbcn25 Alarm2 A8 NETDAQ32lbcn25 ElDateTime 6 Your entries will appear on the spreadsheet as shown below for the conditions entered in this example Note The Excel formatting commands allow the Scan Time cell to display as a date time for example 3 4 96 12 04 00 Microsoft Excel Format Data Options Macro YYindow Help Sheet 2 308235 0 458624 0952941 Channel 13 Channel 14 Channel 15 Digital I O Status Totalizer Status Alarm 1 Value Alarm 2 Value Scan Time in Excell Format ds312c eps G 4 Dynamic Data Exchange DDE DDE Example Using Excel A note about the Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 values reported in Excel The alarm value is the decimal equivalent of a 30 bit binary number represents the alarm conditions for each of the 30 instrument channels 20 analog and 10 computed channels In the simplest case all 30 channel alarms are off and alarm value is 0 In the most complex case all 30 channel alarms are on and the alarm value is 1073741823 See the following chart for Alarm Value examples 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 1gfiaft7iie isiiafisii2iiifiols el7 6 5 4 3 2 1
154. ces e After prolonged periods of displaying the same information e The display has not been used for a prolonged period This phenomenon can be cleared by activating the entire display and leaving it on overnight or at least for several hours Use the following procedure to keep the display fully lit 1 Turn the instrument power off 2 Press the front panel D key and then apply power Continue to hold the D key until the instrument beeps The entire front panel display comes on and stays on 3 When you wish to return the display to normal press any front panel key Service 6 38 If the instrument fails to operate check that operating instructions presented earlier in this manual are being followed If the problem cannot be remedied send the instrument postage paid to the nearest Fluke Service Center A list of Service 6 34 Maintenance 6 Service Centers is provided in Appendix K of this manual Be sure to pack the instrument securely use the original container if available Include a description of the problem Fluke assumes no responsibility for damage in transit For application or operation assistance or information on Fluke products telephone 1 800 44 FLUKE 1 800 443 5853 in USA and Canada 31 40 2 678200 in Europe 1 206 356 5500 from other countries For written assistance or information contact Fluke Corporation Fluke Europe B V Post Office Box 9090 Post Office Box 1186 Everett WA 5602 B D
155. channel inputs and your low level inputs Crosstalk from a VAC or frequency signal on a 2645A channel to an adjacent channel using the Slow reading rate is as shown in Table B 1 Table B 1 2645A Crosstalk Specifications VAC Frequency Volts DC lt 100 Hz 80 dB Resistance 2 V if R gt 3k 1 V if R gt 3k 1 V if R gt 3k 05 V if R gt 3k 01 V 02 V 05 V A V A V Temperature 100 Ohm RTD 04 V 02 V 02 V 02 V 02 V 02 V 02 V 05 V AV 29N AN Temperature Thermocouple AV 003 V 03 7 V 3 V 1 V AV A V AV RoW AV 1 7 V 2 Note 1 The temperature ranges are particularly susceptible to crosstalk at frequencies above 20 kHz and that the error goes up as the square of the voltage e g 2V ac at 100 kHz can cause a 4 degree error on a thermocouple Because of this sensitivity it is not advisable to mix temperature signals and high frequency signals in the same 2645A 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Crosstalk from a VAC or frequency signal on a 2640A channel to an adjacent channel using the slow reading is as shown in Table B 2 Table B 2 2640A Crosstalk Specifications Frequency et paresis 1002 RTD Thermocouple R lt 20 kQ R gt 20 kQ lt 100 Hz 120 dB 001 V 01 V MQ 001 V 001 V 100 Hz 120 dB 001 V 05 V MQ 001 V 500 Hz 120 dB 001 V 05 V MO 001 V 1 kHz 100 dB 001 V 05 V MO 001 V
156. collection The NetDAQ Service Manual PN 942615 describes calibration and factory procedures that use the RS 232 port See also Calibration in Chapter 6 of this manual 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Host Computer Requirements The host computer used for instrument operations must meet the following minimum requirements 1 26 e IBM PC with an Intel 386 microprocessor or greater running Windows 95 Windows NT or Windows 3 1 e Color VGA Monitor e A Hard disk drive with 2 MB of free disk space e A 1 44 Mbyte 3 1 2 inch floppy disk drive Options and Accessories Table 1 1 summarizes the available Models Options and Accessories including measurement transducers software connector sets Ethernet adapters cables and 1 27 components Table 1 1 Models Options and Accessories Model Description 2640A NetDAQ Networked Data Acquisition Unit 2645A NetDAQ Networked Data Acquisition Unit 2640A 911 NetDAQ Logger for Windows 2640A 912 NetDAQ Logger with Trending 264XA 903 NetDAQ Developer s Toolbox 2600A 904 Trend Link for Fluke 264XA 801 Ethernet Card 10Base2 10BaseT 264XA 802 Parallel to LAN Adapter 10Base2 264XA 803 PCMCIA Adapter 10Base2 10BaseT 2640A 913 Newt Networking Software 2620A 100 Input Module Option 2620A 101 4 20 mA Current Shunt Strip 942615 NetDAQ Service Manual Y2641 19 Rackmount Kit Single Dual Y2642 Wall Cabinet Mounting Plate Y2643 4 meter Cable Kit Y2644 NEMA 4X IP65
157. collision for the coaxial connection Overview Instrument Features and Capabilities Analog Channels 1 3 The analog channel 1 to 20 measurement connections are made via the Universal Input Module External signal conditioning for the analog inputs is not necessary The host computer configures all analog channels using NetDAQ Logger Computed Channels 1 4 In addition to the 20 analog channels the instrument provides an additional 10 computed channels 21 to 30 by processing analog channels and other computed channels The following methods are used e The average of a group of channels e The difference between any two channels e The difference between a channel and the average of a group of channels e A mathematical equation Channel Numbering 1 5 Each instrument channel measured or computed is identified by Global Channel Number GCN The first two digits of the GCN are the Base Channel Number 01 to 99 that identifies the instrument The last two digits are the channel number For example GCN 2618 indicates instrument 26 and analog channel 18 below When the instrument is in the quiescent state the channel number of the GCN shows dashes for example 45 for instrument 45 SCAN q B MON Mx B ALARM i m z Mx B Scaling 1 6 Mx B scaling multiplies a measurement by a multiplier M and then offsets it by an offset B For example Mx B scaling of 100x 50 applied to a measured or computed channel
158. computer Ethernet adapter is not working or the instrument is defective If binding errors occurred during booting see Appendix for more information Also refer to Error and Status Messages in Appendix J The host computer 1 Make sure the Ethernet adapter driver cannot establish and TCP IP software are installed network communication See Installing Host Computer Networking Software 2 Make sure the host computer IP address and subnet mask are set properly 3 For an isolated network installation on Windows 95 or Windows NT the host computer IP address must be 198 178 246 1xx For a general network installation you may need to set a default gateway address also See Setting Host Computer Networking Parameters earlier in this chapter The host computer Make sure the TCP IP and Winsock software cannot find or software are installed See Installing Host open the Winsock DLL Computer Networking Software in this chapter 2 59 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Table 2 5 Ethernet Indicators Indicator Description Instrument 10Base2 Ethernet XMT red Transmit Blinks when the instrument is transmitting data on the network RCV red Receive Blinks when there is any network activity Steady off means there is no network activity LK amber Collision Remains off under normal conditions The LED blinks when collisions are detected Steady blinking usually
159. d 1250 K Frenci Space Available 11669K German Spanish ji lt Back Next gt Cancel ds305s bmp 4 Select the language of the user interface English French German or Spanish Click Next 5 Select the program folder The default name of the program folder or program group is Fluke NetDAQ Logger You can select or type a different name Click Next 2 45 6 Preparing for Operation Host Computer and Network Preparation Check the setup If the setup is correct click Next to begin file transfer If you want to change the setup click Back to go to the appropriate screen and make the changes Click Next and check the setup again If it is correct click Next to begin file transfer Installing NetDAQ Logger with Trumpet To install 16 bit NetDAQ Logger and Trumpet complete the following procedure 1 Insert NetDAQ Logger Disk 1 and run the setup application setup exe Click Next in the first dialog box Select Isolated with Trumpet TCP IP Stack and Winsock Network Type Click Next Select the desired destination directory On 16 bit systems the default is c netdaq Setup and data file storage defaults to the same directory Use Browse if you want to change the directory Select the language of the user interface English French German or Spanish Click Next Select the Ethernet adapter you are using Modify the four fields if necessary see Appendix I for discussion of packet drivers
160. data point on the chart for time and measurement value display Using Trend Link for Fluke 5 Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart Using the Trend Link Menus 5 17 The Trend Link menus below allow you to modify the chart display appearance and functionality This section does not discuss menu functions repeated on the Control Bar See Using the Trend Link Control Bar This section only summarizes the menu functions Refer to the Trend Link for Fluke Reference Manual for complete menu information File Edit Curve Preferences Ulbiities Window Help ds245s bmp This section contains the following common menu procedures Adjusting the Curve Time Scale X axis Adjusting the Curve Amplitude Scale Y axis Configuring the Curve Status Display Curve Preferences Background Preferences Real Time Frequency Update Adding or Changing the Chart Title Using the Note System Printing a Chart Adjusting the Curve Time Scale X axis 5 18 Complete the following procedure to adjust the curve time scale X axis 1 Double click the Time Interval Window at the bottom of the chart see below to open the Change Time dialog box 03 1 1 94 06 07 39 095 PM 1 00 00 30 000 e 03 11 94 06 08 09 095 PM Time Interval Window ds242c bmp 2 In the Change Time dialog box enter the time for the curve display that is the time from the left edge to the right edge of the curve The format is 00 00 00 000 hour
161. ddress Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address Note General Network Parameter Record Socket Port default is 4369 Host Computer General Network Parameter Record Host Computer IP Address Subnet Mask ____ Host Name Domain Name Default Gateway j only if routed network I O Address Interrupt Ethernet Address Host Computer IP Address gt Subnet Mask ___ Host Name Domain Name Default Gateway ___ only if routed network I O Address Interrupt Ethernet Address General Network Parameter Record Socket Port default is 4369 Host Computer General Network Parameter Record Host Computer IP Address Subnet Mask ___ Host Name Domain Name Default Gateway ___ only if routed network I O Address Interrupt Ethernet Address Host Computer IP Address gt Subnet Mask ___ Host Name Domain Name Default Gateway ___ only if routed network I O Address Interrupt Ethernet Address
162. dentification information above then you have residual elements of a previous Newt installation on your host computer c If you do not intend to update the current Newt installation do not continue with this procedure Network Considerations Newt Networking Software d Accept the default directory c netmanag Click Continue e Acknowledge the Setup is Complete message by clicking OK 3 Select Interface Add Accept the Ethernet defaults Click OK If you are already using Novell NetWare Client software Banyan Vines Windows for Workgroups with networking enabled or another package that already has installed an ODI or NDIS driver the following Hardware Selection dialog box will not appear and the existing driver is used Newt modifies the protocol ini NDIS driver or net cfg ODI driver file associated with the installed driver 4 Select Setup Hardware Select the desired Ethernet adapter hardware type If your hardware device is not shown select Other and enter the Section Name Driver name and the Driver File name and location in the appropriate fields Entries in this box are case sensitive Refer to the Newt Manual for more information 5 Select Setup IP address Enter the IP address assigned by your network administrator for this host computer and click OK fise ize 2s fior Class C 6 Select Setup Subnet Mask Accept the default of zero additional mask bits unless your system administrator says oth
163. describing the driver characteristics and the protocols that may be operating over the driver For example a driver characteristic section might look like the following Link Support Buffers 8 1589 MemPool 4096 Protocol IPX Bind EXP160DI Protocol Bind EXP160DI ip_address 198 178 246 101 Link Driver EXP160ODI Port 300 Frame Ethernet_802 3 Frame Ethernet_ Protocol IPX Ethernet_802 3 This net cfg file describes a hardware driver characteristic for an Intel EtherExpress 16C hardware card and specifies that the IPX and TCP IP protocol stacks should bind with the EtherExpress driver TCP IP Protocol Stack l 11 A protocol stack is a group of interacting programs that implement the various functions of the network communication protocol They are usually arranged in a hierarchy of low to higher level functions so the collection is called a stack Windows 95 and Windows NT supply a TCP IP protocol stack and you can obtain TCP IP software for Windows for Workgroups from Microsoft On Windows 3 1 you may need to install Newt or Trumpet Novell sells an optional package for NetWare called LAN Workplace for DOS Windows that includes a TCP IP stack l 11 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual I 12 Currently the WINSOCK DLL that operates with LAN Workplace must be downloaded from the Novell forum on CompuServe or you must request a copy from Nove
164. detection field and the information that is to be transferred In TCP IP over Ethernet the Ethernet frame contains the IP packet which in turn contains the TCP packet Gate Also called a Gateway A device used to interconnect different types of physical networks Gateways also usually perform router functions Host Any computer system attached to a network Hub The central unit of a 10BaseT network It is a hardware device that allows multiple hosts to communicate with each other via 10BaseT cable Most hub devices also support gating 10BaseT wiring to other forms of network wiring Interrupt A scheme for signaling the CPU in a computer that an event has happened that needs software service In the IBM PC there are two types of interrupts The first are IRQs or hardware interrupts that are communicated via signals on hardware connections to an interrupt controller on the PC motherboard The second are soft interrupts that allow one software package to signal another that some event has happened Soft interrupts are initiated by executing a CPU instruction In the PC AT architecture there are 16 IRQs and 256 soft interrupt levels available Network Considerations Glossary IP A unit of information passed across an Internet The IP portion of the TCP IP protocol is responsible for transmitting blocks of data from the source to the destination using the IP addresses specified It also provides for fragmentation and reassembly of data block
165. down drag the Eraser icon on top of the Curve icon and Ca release the mouse button Adding Notes To enable the Note icon on the Control Bar select Preferences Note System Click the Historical Mode button to freeze the chart Drag the Note icon to any point on the curve it must touch part of the curve and release In the Note dialog box add your text then click OK Click Yes in the Add Note message box Double click the Note icon on the curve to review your text Click OK Curve Band Bars When this button is down Trend Link displays the band bars for all curves on the chart When the button is up the band bars are off The band bars appear to the left of the curve window as thin colored bars They may optionally be displayed with scale values Curve Status Window Click on and off to toggle display of the o Curve Status Window at the bottom of the chart The Curve Status kaid z Window which is color coded to the curve traces and the Curve feed Symbol icons displays information about each curve Grid Lines On Off Click to turn the chart background grid lines on El and off Stay on Top Mode Click to display the Trend Link window on top a of all other windows Batch Mode Click in to enter Batch Mode Click out to enter Continuous Mode Measurement Cursor Click and hold the left mouse button R anywhere in the chart display area to display the measurement cursor You can then select any
166. dress a source address some protocol type information a message length field and error detection information The TCP IP protocol adds additional fields to the packet for message sequence determination and application port ID The sequence number allows multi packet messages to be assembled into the correct order The port ID specifies which application running on a system is sending or receiving the message Support of port IDs allow multi tasking within a computer system with messages being sent and received from the individual task In the TCP IP protocol error detection is supported by adding a checksum of the data in the packet to the end of each packet Using this checksum the receiving system can detect a bad packet and request a re transmit using the source address Each Host device attached to the network wiring in an Ethernet network has a unique address that is assigned by the interface hardware vendor Each vendor is assigned a block of addresses and it is required that each device produced have a unique Ethernet address Users of the TCP IP protocol very rarely need to know or deal with the Ethernet address When TCP IP is used each host is also assigned a unique IP address but this address is assigned by the user when the TCP IP protocol software is initialized In contrast to the Ethernet address IP addresses have a structure that can be used by Network Management to facilitate breaking the network into segments subn
167. dress but has a bit set in each bit position of the portion of the IP address that is in the Net ID portion For example the Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 sets the Net 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual ID portion to be the higher order 24 bits of the IP address a class C address Using the Subnet Mask the TCP IP software is able to detect if a destination address is in the local subnet or if the packet must be sent to another subnet through a Router or Gateway Networks are segmented by use of an active device called a Router Gateways and hubs sometimes have router capabilities When a host on one subnet wants to send a message to a host on another subnet the Net ID sections of the IP source and destination are different the Router is used to deliver the packet to the other network subnet NetDAQ instruments are shipped with a default IP address of 198 178 246 bcn where bcn is the base channel number assigned to the instrument This is a Class C Net ID assigned to the Fluke Corporation so it is highly unlikely that it will overlap with a Net ID in use at your company However if you want to attach a NetDAQ instrument to an existing network you should check with your Network Administrator before using the default IP address or assigning a new IP address to a NetDAQ instrument or PC When assigning the IP address to your PC unless your network contains a Router you must use the same Net ID used by the NetDAQ instruments for example
168. e Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address 7 Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address Note Instrument Parameter Record General Network Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address Note Instrument Parameter Record General Network Instrument BCN IP Address 5 Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address 7 Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address Note Instrument Parameter Record General Network Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet Address __ Note Instrument BCN IP A
169. e timestamps in the Trend Link file To continue let the PC time catch up to the time recorded in the timestamps or create a new Trend Link file Performing Rollover This is a status message that appears at the end of converting a binary data file to a Trend Link data file It indicates that the Trend Link now file just created by the conversion procedure is being rolled over into a t 1g history file Plot Maximum must be larger than Plot Minimum You tried to configure a Quick Plot where the plot maximum was less than the plot minimum Change your Quick Plot maximum and minimum values such that the maximum value exceeds the minimum value Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Primary Interval must range from 0 to 24 hours 86400 seconds You tried to enter a Primary Interval greater than 86400 or tried to enter extraneous characters Enter numbers only between 00000 000 and 86400 000 for the Primary Interval RAM Constants Corrupted Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message RAM
170. e COMM key If any self test errors are reported on the front panel display refer to Self Test Diagnostics and Error Codes in this chapter Configuration Reset sets the instrument to the default parameters BCN 1 Line Frequency 60 and Isolated Network Set the Line Frequency If the ac power applied to your instrument is 60 Hz default continue to Step 3 If the ac power applied to your instrument is 50 Hz complete this step Press the COMM key for three seconds until a beep is heard and the SET annunciator in the display is lit Press the up down arrow keys until LinE Line Frequency is displayed in the primary display Press the ENTER key Press the up down arrow keys until 50 50 Hz is displayed in the primary display Press the ENTER key Apply Host Computer Power Apply power to the host computer Open NetDAQ Logger You can use Start Programs double click on a setup file shortcut on the Windows desktop or double click on a setup file name in the Windows Explorer or File Manager Add Instrument Select the Communications Config command from the Setup menu to open the Communications Configuration File dialog box Observe the Instruments on Network list If the list includes instrument 01 with the correct model number model 2640A or model 2645A continue to Step 6 If instrument 01 is listed but with the wrong model number select highlight the instrument on the Instruments on Network list and click the Modify button Selec
171. e application software provides algorithms for reliability sequencing flow control and other such services usually provided by TCP UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair also called 10BaseT A network wiring scheme using twisted pair wiring and connectors that look somewhat like telephone jacks and plugs WAN Wide Area Network A network that supports hosts at locations that are far apart Usually refers to a network that covers more than one city and can refer to a world wide network Windows An operating environment developed by the Microsoft Corporation Also the name of a rectangular region on a computer screen containing the user interface for a task or a portion of a task Each MS Windows application maintains at least one window even though you can t see some of them Appendix J Error Messages amp Exception Conditions Introduction d 1 This appendix describes error messages and how NetDAQ Logger handles exception conditions during operation Communications Connection J 2 If the communications connection to an instrument is broken during logging a modeless window appears with a warning message bringing NetDAQ Logger to the top NetDAQ Logger continues on with other instruments in a round robin fashion and attempts to regain communication with the disconnected instrument each time around Full Disk J 3 If the disk becomes full during data collection or if the directory structure is deleted such that attempts to write to the da
172. e channels of the instrument currently selected on the Icon Bar Entering an Instrument s Description 3 33 If you provide a textual instrument description it will appear in the Main Window Complete the following procedure to enter an instrument description Up to 79 characters are allowed 1 Highlight the desired instrument icon on the Icon Bar 2 Select Setup Instrument Description 3 Enter the text characters in the Description box as shown in the following example Instrument Description 02 Master xj Description Temperature Chamber test Szostat sensors 7 i ance Help ds033s eps 4 Click OK to return to the Main Window that now includes the instrument description 3 25 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual setup02 Fluke NetDAQ Logger ioj x a 02 03 04 05 INSTRUMENT CONFIGURATION 01 Description Temperature Chamber test Szostat sensors Model 26454 Trinoor Tuna Interval Deaadina Data Glew fHiah Dae eee Copying a Channels Configuration 3 34 Complete the following procedure to copy a complete instrument channels configuration from one instrument to another instrument This includes channel Functions Mx B Scaling Alarms and Channel Labels For example if you set up three instruments with identical channel configurations you can configure one instrument and then copy the channels configuration to the other two instruments 1 Highlight the icon of the source in
173. e following sections to decide whether you need the Newt software then use the installation instructions later in this appendix Before installing Newt software review the following checklist to make sure your network is ready for this installation Ethernet Adapter For most general networks an Ethernet adapter will already have been installed on the host computer If this is not the case one of the recommended Ethernet adapters for your host computer may be purchased from Fluke as an option See Installing the Host Computer Ethernet Adapter before proceeding with the Newt software installation Driver for Ethernet Adapter If you intend to interoperate communicate over the same Ethernet adapter hardware and wiring with your existing network software and this software including Ethernet adapter driver is already installed and operating one of the following conditions must be met e AnNDIS or ODI driver is already installed and configured to support the existing network but a TCP IP stack is not installed e A driver other than an NDIS or ODI driver is used by the existing network software In this case you will need to upgrade your networking software to accommodate an NDIS or ODI driver Consult your local network administrator or your network software vendor for information on this upgrade Once the NDIS or ODI driver is in use the Newt software can be installed e If your Ethernet adapter is newly installed run the manufactu
174. e marketing and sales of the equipment was reported to the Central Office for Telecommunication Permits BZT The right to retest this equipment to verify compliance with the regulation was given to the BZT Bescheinigung des Herstellers Importeurs Hiermit wird bescheinigt daB Fluke Models 2640A 2645A Networked Data Acquisition Unit in Ubereinstimung mit den Bestimmungen der BMPT AmtsblVfg 243 1991 funk entstdrt ist Der vorschriftsmaBige Betrieb mancher Ger te z B MeBsender kann allerdings gewissen Einschr nkungen unterliegen Beachten Sie deshalb die Hinweise in der Bedienungsanleitung Dem Bundesamt f r Zulassungen in der Telekcommunikation wurde das Inverkehrbringen dieses Ger tes angezeigt und die Berechtigung zur berpr fung der Seire auf Einhaltung der Bestimmungen einger umt Fluke Corporation SAFETY TERMS IN THIS MANUAL This instrument has been designed and tested in accordance with IEC publication 1010 1 Safety Requirements for Electrical Measuring Control and Laboratory Equipment This Users Manual contains information warnings and cautions Use of this equipment in a manner not specified herein may impair the protection provided by the equipment This instrument is designed for IEC 1010 1 Installation Category II use WARNING statements identify conditions or practices that could result in personal injury or loss of life CAUTION statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to equipmen
175. e of a checksum within each packet Finally TCP uses the Port ID to specify the specific application within each system that is sending and receiving the data The IP portion of the TCP IP protocol simply addresses sends and receives packets It uses the IP address the Subnet Mask and the Default Gateway information The IP address is described in IP Addresses and Segmented Networks in this appendix The subnet mask is used to separate the network ID from the host ID in an IP address For example if the IP address of a NetDAQ address was 198 178 246 10 and a class C network ID was active the subnet mask would be 255 255 255 0 When this mask is applied to the address the network ID is extracted as 198 178 246 and the host ID as 10 The default gateway information is only used when your network contains more than one subnet or is connected directly to the Internet When the network ID of the source and destination address of a packet are different hosts on different network segments the packet is forwarded to the default gateway for delivery The default gateway has knowledge of the network IDs of the other network segments so it forwards the packet to other gateways on the network until the packet is delivered to the gateway attached to the destination segment with the Network Considerations Notes to Network Administrators matching network ID This process is generally referred to as routing the packet and devices that do t
176. e reserves the right to invoice Buyer for importation costs of repair replacement parts when product purchased in one country is submitted for repair in another country Fluke s warranty obligation is limited at Fluke s option to refund of the purchase price free of charge repair or replacement of a defective product which is returned to a Fluke authorized service center within the warranty period To obtain warranty service contact your nearest Fluke authorized service center or send the product with a description of the difficulty postage and insurance prepaid FOB Destination to the nearest Fluke authorized service center Fluke assumes no risk for damage in transit Following warranty repair the product will be returned to Buyer transportation prepaid FOB Destination If Fluke determines that the failure was caused by misuse alteration accident or abnormal condition of operation or handling Fluke will provide an estimate of repair costs and obtain authorization before commencing the work Following repair the product will be returned to the Buyer transportation prepaid and the Buyer will be billed for the repair and return transportation charges FOB Shipping Point THIS WARRANTY IS BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE FLUKE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL IND
177. earization will compensate for the change in a but errors will be introduced due to the difference in the 5 and B coefficients of the RTD and the fixed coefficients Figure D 2 shows the accuracy envelope for a 375 RTD Because of the error introduced by the approximation and the difference in 6 it is recommended that the use of the 375 RTD be limited to temperatures between 100 C and 300 C Figure D 3 shows the accuracy envelope for a 391 RTD and Figure D 4 shows the accuracy envelope for a 392 RTD Due to errors introduced by the approximation and the difference in 6 it is recommended that the use of the 391 RTD and 392 RTD be limited to temperatures between 100 C and 600 C Accuracy Envelope Custom RTD 375 Probe 1 Year Slow 18 28 Degrees C Alpha 0 00375 Delta 1 605 Beta 0 16 1 0 0 54 oO 0 0 g D A 1 0 55 2 ui 1 0 1 54 2645A 2640A 2 0 I T 100 50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Temperature Degrees C Figure D 2 375 RTD D 3 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Accuracy Envelope Custom RTD 391 Probe 1 Year Slow 18 28 Degrees C Alpha 0 00391071 Delta 1 49576611 Beta 0 10822857 Error Degrees C 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Temperature Degrees C Figure D 3 391 RTD RTD Linearization Custom 385 RTD Error Degrees C Accuracy Envelope Custom RTD 392 Probe 1 Year
178. easurement 2640A A 16 frequency measurement 2645A A 25 general 2640A 2645A A 1 RTD s 2 Wire per ITS 1990 measurement specifications 2640A RTD s 4 Wire per ITS 1990 measurement 2640A A 13 thermocouple per ITS 1990 measurement 2640A thermocouple per ITS 1990 measurement 2645A A 23 Speed optimizing performance for 4 20 Spy window 4 9 Starting and stopping logging 4 3 Starting logging automaticall 3 14 Starting NetDAQ Pee ce Starting NetDAQ Logger with a setup file 3 13 Starting or stopping all instruments Starting or stopping group instrument Static versus dynamic measurements Status and error messages J 2 Subnet mask and default gateway reviewing and setting the System operation 1 11 T TCP IP protocol stack I 11 TCP IP software Banyan Vines I 22 Microsoft KaNManagert22 1 21 Novell NetWare Windows for Workgroups I 11 1 23 Windows NT Windows95 Test 2 Wire resistance accuracy 2640A 6 17 Index continued 2 Wire resistance accuracy 2645A 6 18 4 Wire resistance accuracy 2640A 6 20 4 Wire resistance accuracy 2645A 6 23 analog channel integrity 6 15 computed channel integrity 6 15 digital I O output 6 26 digital input 6 27 digital input output 6 26 frequency accuracy master alarm output 6 29 open aaa a response 6 16 performance thermocouple temperature accuracy 6 16 t
179. ecsaecsaeceaeceaeesseeees 4 19 Optimizing Performance for Speed seseeseeeeereeerrsreerrsrrrsrrsrree 4 20 Increasing Scanning Rate 0 eee seeeseceneceseceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeaee 4 21 Increasing Data Transmission and Storage Rate eee 4 22 Increasing Network Speed eee eeeesseceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeaee 4 23 Optimizing Performance for Precision eeeeeerereerereeeerereee 4 24 Using Online Help ics csiend dain eens deta deen iehessidlnapiineietels 5 Using Trend Link for FlUKC cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeeeeeeees Jl MOJU Mieres devs eesse o tact vvsen sched EEE TETEE EEE 5 2 Displaying a Trend Link Chart During Logging eee 5 3 Playing Back a Trend Link File in Trend Link eee eeeeeees 5 4 Playing Back a Fast Binary File in Trend Link eeeeeeee 5 5 5 5 Playing Back an ASCII CSV File in Trend Link 00 ee 5 6 5 6 Importing Trend Link Data Files eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeenees 5 7 Create a New Trend Link Data Set Directory eee 5 6 5 8 Add the New Folder to the Trend Link infolink ini File 5 6 5 9 Import the NetDAQ ASCII CSV File into Trend Link 5 10 Display the Trend Link Chart for the Imported File D 5 11 Title the Trend Link Cag sessssssssssesssssereesesssosasssssvss sssnrssssesresesess 5 8 5 12 Save the Trend Link Chart ssseeeeseeeeeseeeeesesreesrsriesrrrresrrsresreeres Contents continued 5 13 Expo
180. ed Figure 2 4 2 Wire and 4 Wire Connections 2 10 Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation Shielded Wiring 2 10 Use shielded wires and sensors such as thermocouples in environments where electrical noise is present and connect the wire shield to the chassis ground terminal Also refer to Appendix B Noise Shielding and Crosstalk Considerations Crosstalk Considerations 2 11 Crosstalk between measurement lines causes one signal to interfere with another introducing measurement errors To reduce the effects of crosstalk check the following e Separate Wiring Keep any input wiring carrying ac voltage signals physically separate from the input wiring of sensitive channels Also keep input wiring separated from or shielded from ac power mains wiring e Adjacent Channels Avoid connecting input with ac voltage signals next to sensitive channel inputs Leave unconnected channels between the inputs when possible e Sensitive Channels Avoid connecting inputs with ac voltage signals adjacent to four terminal input channels e High Impedance Inputs Avoid high source impedances on sensitive channels or minimize the capacitance of the sensitive channel to earth chassis ground for high impedance inputs e Precision Resistance Measurements Avoid connecting any ac voltage inputs when making peak accuracy high resistance measurements resistance greater than 10 KQO See Appendix B Noise Shielding and Crosstalk C
181. ed channel definition Make sure the channels you reference in computed channels have a function even if the function is another computed channel Communications Configuration File is Damaged Delete CCF CFG file and reconfigure communications Your c Program Files Fluke netdaq ccf cfg file is corrupted Close NetDAQ Logger Use the Windows Explorer feature to delete the existing ccf cfg file Open NetDAQ Logger and then select the Communications Config command from the Setup menu to create a new ccf cfg file Reenter the network parameters for each instrument Communication Interruption Communications with your instrument have been interrupted This may be a temporary condition Acknowledge the message If the problem persists check the network connections and make sure the instrument is powered Communication Parameters Corrupted Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Communications with this instrument have already been opened You are trying to communicate with an instrument after communications have
182. eeceeeeeeeees The Instrument Configuration Dialog BOX s es Configuring Channels ceecesceeecsseceseeeseeeeaeeeseeesaecaeeaeenaeesaeenes The Channels Configuration Dialog BOX eiceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Configuring Analog Channel Functions 00 0 0 ces eeseeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Configuring Computed Channel Functions s s s 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 2 3 27 3 28 3 29 3 30 3 31 3 32 3 33 3 34 3 35 3 36 3 37 3 38 Defining a Computed Channel Equation cceeeeeeeceeseeneees Equation Syntax Configuring Mx B Scaling Configuring Alarms Assigning Channel Labels Configuring Mx B Scaling From a File o e Entering an Instrument s Description ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees Copying a Channels Configuration cceeeceeecessseeeeeeeneeeneeeneeeaees Default Configuration Settings Using Configuration Lockout Saving an Instrument s Configuration as a Text File Configuring the netdaq ini File Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Introduction Introduction 3 1 NetDAQ Logger provides an easy method for building configuration databases transferring the configuration to the instrument collecting data from the instrument and managing the collected data This chapter provides instructions on managing configuration information for NetDAQ Logger Chapter 4 provides details on operating NetDAQ Logger starting and st
183. eeeeeeeeeeee Reviewing and Setting the Network Type to General Examples for Reviewing and Setting General Network Parameters Reviewing and Setting the General Network Socket Port ceeeeeeeeeeeees Reviewing and Setting the General Network IP Address eceeeseeeeeeeeees Reviewing and Setting the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway ix 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 28 Viewing the Instrument Ethernet Address eeeceeseceseceseeenseeeseceaaeenaees 2 29 Examples for Viewing the Ethernet Address cee ceeceeseceseceseceeceseeenaees 2 30 Preparing for Network Operation eee eeeeeseceseceseceeeceseeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeneeeaaes 2 31 Interconnection Using 10Base2 Coaxial Wiring eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 32 Host Computer Instrument Direct Connection eee eeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeees 2 33 Interconnection Using 10BaseT Twisted Pair Wiring eee eeeeeeeeeeee 3 1 NetDAQ Logger for Windows Main Window eceesesseesseceeceeeeeeeseeees 3 2 Communications Configuration Dialog BOX ee ee eeeeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 3 Instrument Configuration Dialog BOX 0 eee eesceseceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeneeenaes 3 4 Channels Configuration Dialog BoX eccesesseessecsseceeceeceeceseeeeeeeseeeeneeeaee 3 5 Configuration Text File 00 ce cceceseeseeeeceseeseeeecesecseeeeeeseceaeeaeseeceaeeaeeeeaeeas 6 1 Replacing the Pus sic cieaciisiesis nis etal acitlebnds his leneisata
184. eeeeeeeneeenaees 3 20 Configuring an Instrument eee eeeesecseeceseceseceseeeseeeseeseneeeneesaee 3 21 Dimmed Configuration Commands 1 0 0 0 eeeeceesseesseceseeeeceeeeeeeees 3 22 The Instrument Configuration Dialog BOX eessen 3 23 Configure Chantel s s rssicon sores cisaecsices ens Rs 3 24 The Channels Configuration Dialog BOX 3 25 Configuring Analog Channel Functions s s s 3 26 Configuring Computed Channel Functions cs ceeceeseesseeeseeeeeee 3 27 Defining a Computed Channel Equation cece eeeeeeeeeeereeees 3 20 3 28 Equation Syntaksi neoin e onc s E E E EEE 3 29 Configuring Mx B Scaling eeseeseseeessesesesessessessessrererseessesessseesess 3 30 Configuring Alarms soneron nee rr EE E EEEE 3 31 Assigning Channel LabelS sissisriirecirsreriiircorrerenieiiiirreiseirin 3 32 Configuring Mx B Scaling From a File oseere 3 33 Entering an Instrument s Description eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 34 Copying a Channels Configuration cee eeeesseceseceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees iii 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 35 Default Configuration Settings 00 lees eseesesereeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeees 3 36 Using Configuration Lockout 0 00 ceeceeceseceseeeseeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeenaees 3 37 Saving an Instrument s Configuration as a Text File 0 eee 3 38 Configuring the netdaq ini File ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 4 Operating NetDAQ Logger for WiNdOWS ccscst
185. eeees 6 3 Replacement Parts scceccasestecacesssvceseteasse soins bias idles ai eke nies dees A 1 2640A 2645A General Specifications cee esecssecsseceseceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeses A 2 2640A 2645A Environmental Specifications eeeeseeseeseeceseceseceeeenseeees A 3 2640A 2645A DIGITAL W O Specification ee ceeeceeseceeeeeeeeceeeeneeeeeeseees A 4 2640A 2645A Trigger In TT Specification 0 eee eseeseeeneecneeceseceseeeseeees A 5 2640A 2645A Trigger Out TO Specification ee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees A 6 2640A 2645A Master Alarm MA Specification eescecessceesteceeeeeeeees A 7 2640A 2645A Totalizer Specification eee eeeeeeseeeseeeneecneecsaecsaeenaeenseeees A 8 2640A 2645A Real Time Clock and Calendar 00 cece eeseesseeeseceseeeseeeeeees A 9 2640A DC Voltage Measurement General Specifications eee eeeeees A 10 2640A DC Voltage Range and Resolution Specifications ee eeeeeeeeeee A 11 2640A DC Voltage Accuracy Specifications 0 0 00 eeeesceseceseceseeeseeeeeeeeneeees A 12 2640A AC Voltage General Specifications ccccscsesscersscreneseecseesanseace A 9 A 13 2640A AC Voltage Range and Resolution Specifications ce eeeeeeeeeee A 14 2640A AC Voltage Accuracy Specifications ce eesceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees A 15 2640A 4 Wire Resistance Temperature Coefficient 0 cee eeseesseesseeeneeeeeee A 16 2640A 4 Wire Resistance Range and Resolution Specifications A 17 26
186. eeps The instrument front panel display remains on until you press any front panel key This allows inspection of the display segments Each power on sequence includes a four second self test routine If the self test fails the instrument displays ERROR in the primary display with a code character in the secondary display See Chapter 6 Maintenance for information on error codes Power on also clears channel configuration data and sets all channels to OFF Table 2 3 Instrument Default Parameters Parameter Default Setting Base Channel Number 1 Line Frequency 60 Hz Network Selection Isolated Network Socket Port 4369 Internet Protocol Address dashes Baud Rate 19200 Default Gateway OFF 2 21 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Displaying a Monitor Channel 2 27 Perform the procedure in Figure 2 12 to monitor an instrument analog channel 01 to 20 or computed channel 21 to 30 See Figure 2 13 for examples Channel Display When you press the MON key the first monitor channel displayed is the channel most recently monitored After power on reset configuration or self test commands the channel displayed is the lowest numbered configured channel When no channels are configured monitoring is not available Under this condition an error beep occurs when you press the Monitor key Monitor Display The initial monitor display is a series of dashes which lasts
187. efragmentation utility like Norton speedisk to reduce this problem If you re using a general network that is loaded by other communication isolate your instruments and host computer onto separate wiring and a separate host computer interface adapter from general network communication If you must still communicate via the general network consider installing two network adapters in your host computer and communicate only with NetDAQ instruments on one adapter and wiring see Running Two Network Cards in a PC in this appendix Interaction with advanced display adapter driver packages A very common software interaction exists between network support software and advanced display adapter driver and support packages If your network software doesn t load or operate properly try selecting the standard VGA driver in Windows Setup under the control panel If the problems go away contact your display adapter vendor for the latest version of their display adapter driver and associated support software If using the latest version doesn t fix the problems you may have to use a less capable display adapter driver package when running the NetDAQ and other networking software Network Considerations Handling Token Ring Networks 7 Failure to communicate when using the Parallel to LAN Adapter PLA In some computers the speed of the parallel port hardware is insufficient to support the normal bi directional communication used by the Si
188. ems cceseesceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeees Configuring NetDAQ Logger for WiNdOWS ccccessseseeetteeeeeeees Dale WMPOMUCHOM ois E EE EA sieeve deeacennubedeneausvecenuasedies soeneaunnnte 3 2 Starting NetDAQ Logger oo cee eeceeeeeeereeeeeeeaeeeaeecaeecaecnaesnaeeeaeens 3 3 The Mam Waitidow csoc soricei ienie taen EEEE 3 4 Accessing NetDAQ Logger Commands eeeeeeeeeeeeereeereererere 3 5 Configuring Network Communications 0 cc eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 3 6 The Communications Configuration Dialog BOX 0 0 eee 3 7 Adding an Instrument to the Network eeeeeeeeeeeeererereerrerers 3 8 Deleting an Instrument from the Network eeseeeereeeerrereeeree 3 9 Verifying Network Communications eseeseeeeeeeereerereereerrereerresee 3 10 Configuring the Current Setup eeeeseeseseeeesiseresrrrrssresrrsresresreesesresss 3 11 Creating an Instrument ICOn eseeeeeeeeeeeeereeresrrerrrrresrsrresrrrresresees 3 12 Deleting an Instrument ICOn ssssseseeeeeeeesesreeresrrerrsrresrsrresresrrsresses 3 13 Designating Instruments as Group or ASynchronous eseeeeeees 3 14 Setip Piles 5 cvtiansntiva n E N RE 3 15 Saving the Current Setup in a File eseessecsseceseecneeesneeenees 3 16 Opening a Settip Filesi sonra 3 17 Starting NetDAQ Logger with a Setup File 3 18 Starting Logging Automatically cee eeseceseceseecsseceseeensessaeenaaes 3 19 NetDAQ Logger Command Line ee eeeeeeeeeeneee
189. ent with another with the same IP address same BCN in the isolated network mode you must reboot your PC The TCP IP software builds a table of the relationship between an instrument s IP address and its Ethernet address If you attach a new instrument to the network with an IP address that has been previously used the relationship between the IP and Ethernet address will be wrong causing communication with that instrument to fail Rebooting the PC clears the IP Ethernet address relationship table the ARP table Make sure that there is only one TCP IP stack software package running on this PC Instrument to PC communication starts OK but there are frequent communication interruptions reported On a general network that is heavily loaded or if there are lots of routers or gateways between the host and the instrument the communication time out value may need to be increased Edit the CommTimeout parameter in the netdaq ini file value is seconds to increase the timeout up to 1000 seconds There may be times on a very heavily loaded general network where it is impossible to maintain high enough speed communication with the instrument to avoid communication interruptions In this case consider moving the instrument to an isolated network or a different subnet NetDAQ Logger can not keep up with the scan rate selected in the instruments This is indicated by the count of the number of scans in the instrument increasing continually to t
190. ents I 6 Binary data files converting to ASCII 4 18 C Calibration Capabilities instrument 1 4 Channel labels monitoring 1 8 Channel equation defining a computed 3 20 Channels Channels configuration dialog box 3 18 Chart Title Adding or Changing the 5 23 Chart Printing a 5 24 Cleaning 6 4 Clearing instrument totalizer value 4 5 Common mode voltage 2 7 Communications network I 2 RS 232 1 13 Communications configuration dialog box 3 5 Computed channel defining an equation 3 20 Computed channel integrity test 6 15 Computed channels 7 defining an equation E 1 Configuration commands dimmed Configuration lockout using Configuration power on Configuring alarms 3 23 Configuring an instrument 3 15 Configuring analog channel functions 3 19 Configuring channels Configuring computed channel functions Configuring Mx B Scaling 3 22 Configuring Mx B scaling from a file Configuring network communications Configuring the Curve Status Displa 15 17 Configuring the netdaq ini file Configuring the performance test setup 6 6 Connecting to a power source and instrument eroding Beal Connections alarm trigger VO 2 12 digital 1 0 2 11 universal input module Connector set instrument 1 15 Controls front panel 2 17 rear panel 2 20 Controls and indicators 2 15 Converting a data file from Binary to ASCII 4 18 Converting data files
191. ents in the current setup select Logging Stop All Instruments or click the Stop All Instruments button on the toolbar If the menu command and toolbar button are dimmed the instruments are not logging Starting or Stopping a Group Instrument 4 4 To start logging for a group instrument complete the following procedure 1 Select the icon for the Master instrument If the icon says LOG or SIM the instrument is already logging 2 Select Logging Start Instrument or click the Start Instrument button on the toolbar If the menu command and the toolbar button are dimmed the instrument is already logging setup01 Fluke NetDAQ Logger loj x Setup View Logging Plot Trend Utilities Options Help smj 3 al Se El as mas LOG LOG 0 02 03 05 Di g ala ala INSTRUMENT CONFIGURATION 01 Master Description None ds055s bmp To stop logging for a group instrument complete the following procedure 1 Select the icon for the Master instrument 2 Select Logging Stop Instrument or click the Stop Instrument button on the toolbar If the menu command and the toolbar button are dimmed the instrument is not logging Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows 4 Starting and Stopping Logging Clearing an Instrument s Totalizer Value 4 5 If you check Logging Clear Totalizer on Start NetDAQ Logger will clear the totalizer count in each instrument when you start logging for that instrument
192. er xi au DE Channels Cancel C Pahrerhed eh alent Dasme File Help Monitor Channel None gt I Totalizer Debounce gt Scan Parameters M Interval Trigger Beading Rate s High Res Interval 1 secs 1 000 ow High Pes I Extemal Trigger Z Drift Correction T Alarm Trigger Iw gaer wit Interval Z secs fp 100 EA bigger 4 es T Stop Scanning after Interval Hours Mns os ds017s bmp Figure 3 3 Instrument Configuration Dialog Box Select Celsius or Fahrenheit to use as temperature units for thermocouple and RTD temperature measurements Select a monitor channel This channel will automatically be displayed on the instrument s front panel when logging is started Check Totalizer Debounce to prevent false counts that can occur when the Totalizer input is from contact closures Select the desired trigger types and enter intervals in seconds 00000 000 to 86400 000 The NetDAQ instrument performs a scan when it detects a trigger event The source of the trigger event depends on the combination of trigger types configured in the instrument The characteristics for each trigger type and trigger type combination are as follows e Interval Only A scan is triggered immediately after logging starts Each successive scan is triggered after Interval 1 elapses since the start of the previous scan Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Configuring an Instrument e Exte
193. er 2 Unable to initialize DDE Windows is unable to support DDE operations due to low memory or other Windows resource problem Close all applications and restart Windows Unable to initialize Winsock Verify that driver has been loaded Your winsock d11 file was found but could not be initialized If this is a new installation you most likely forgot to reboot your computer after installing your TCP IP software If in doubt reboot your computer NOW and try again See if more than one winsock d11 file is on your computer and the wrong one is being loaded If the problem persists reinstall NetDAQ Logger software Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Unable to load Trend Link DLL NetDAQ Logger is unable to load the Trend Link c Program Files Fluke tl tbase d1l1 into memory Check that you have sufficient memory space to load tbase d11 that the tbase d11 has not been corrupted or you are not trying to operate with portions of an older version of Trend Link Reinstall Trend Link following the procedures in Chapter 2 Unable to open Communications Configuration File You tried to open the Communications Configuration File but failed Check the read write permissions for the c Program Files fluke netdaq ccf cfg file This error can be caused by having this file Read Only Remove the Read Only property from the file Other causes include the ccf cfg file does not exist or is corrupted In ei
194. er Output 125s logic low that occurs each time the instrument scans 1 Configure Interval Trigger In NetDAQ Logger configure the scan parameters for Interval Trigger with an Interval 1 of 1 second See The Instrument Configuration Dialog Box in Chapter 3 of this manual Verify Configuration Channel 1 for Volts DC In NetDAQ Logger verify channel 1 is configured for Volts dc 3V range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Measure Unset Trigger Output Line Using a digital multimeter measure the output of the unset TO test lead referenced to the GND test lead for a voltage greater than 3 8V dc Maintenance 6 Calibration 4 Verify Trigger Output is Enabled In NetDAQ Logger select Setup Instrument Config In the Instrument Configuration dialog box verify the Trigger Out box is checked Click OK to return to the Main Window See The Instrument Configuration Dialog Box in Chapter 3 of this manual 5 Connect Trigger Output Connect the TO test lead on the ALARM TRIGGER IO connector to the Totalizer test lead on the DIGITAL I O connector This allows each Trigger Output pulse to be counted by the Totalizer 6 Start Instrument Scanning Click the Start Instrument button on the Button Bar to enable instrument scanning 7 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select O1TOTAL Click OK to open the Spy window 8 Verify Totalizer Count The Spy window dis
195. er for Windows 3 Configuring the Current Setup Create Instrument Icon B Available Instruments OK Cancel FEE Help 10 26404 H Use lt Ctrl gt Click to select multiple instruments ds004s bmp Deleting an Instrument Icon 3 12 To delete an instrument icon select Setup Delete Instrument Icon A message appears warning you that the instrument s configuration will be lost If you choose to delete the icon it will disappear from the Icon Bar in the Main Window Designating Instruments as Group or Asynchronous 3 13 You can designate instruments as grouped or asynchronous standalone NetDAQ Logger treats grouped instruments as one large instrument logging all their scan data to one data file A group consists of one Master instrument and one or more Slaves Scanning for the entire group is controlled by the configuration of the Master instrument For the ASCII and binary file formats NetDAQ Logger records each Master scan along with the set of scans from the Slave instruments that match closest in time to the Master scan NetDAQ Logger uses the timestamp for the Master as the timestamp for the whole scan record NetDAQ Logger can best associate the Slave data with the correct timestamp when scanning for all the grouped instruments is properly synchronized No merging of data is performed when recording in the TL format but proper synchronization is still important for accurate correlation of data between instruments
196. erations eee esseesseceseceseceneeeeeees 1 23 Group Instrument Operations eee essecsseceseceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 1 24 Scanning and Logging sciiicet iie ii ii 1 13 1 25 RS 232 Interfa Geessien aan ornen ninaa aitanga Es 1 26 Host Computer Requirements s esssssesesssssrsseessssesesssssrstsesenseseeene 1 14 1 27 Options and ACCessories eee eeseeeseeesceescecseceseceseceaeeeseeeseeeseeeeneesaee 1 28 Instrument Connector Set eeeseeseeseesseseeeresesrrsrresesressrrriesersresresees 1 29 Host Computer Ethernet Adapters 0 ee eeceesseesseeseeseceeceseeeseeees i 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 Preparing for Operation ciccccciccsicscsscscseissascscsssedesenescssnasessesssesaseienase 2 1 UntrOductrOm sysse tesercsisSoeea tciteal ates debeihi i 2 2 Instrument Preparation 0 0 eee eesecsseceseceseceeceseeeseeeseeeeaeeeseeeaaeenaes 2 3 Unpacking and Inspecting the Instrument 0 00 eee eee eeeeeeeeeee 2 4 Positioning and Rack Mounting 0 0 0 cece ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenaes 2 5 Connecting to a Power Source and Grounding eee eeeeeeeeeeee 2 6 AC POWER I E T T T 2 7 DG POWEL a A A E Sy Wissateeeeisnceeeiae tava deed 2 8 Grounding and Common Mode Voltage oo eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 9 Universal Input Module Connections 0 cece ceeseceseceseeeeneceeeeeaees 2 10 Shielded Wiring cccsccseceesceseesctercesecneccoseesesceseetencenecneneosens 2 11 Crosst
197. erations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Calibration Constants Corrupted Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Calibration Mode not enabled See service manual You have not pressed the calibration button behind the instrument front panel CALIBRATION SEAL Do not enable calibration unless you have all the equipment for a complete instrument calibration procedure as defined in the Service Manual Cannot access specified drive Drive for Trend Link data You specified a disk drive for the Trend Link data file that cannot be used Check the availability of the disk drive you selected for the Trend Link data file Cannot add Channel to the Trend Link Data Set Check amount of free disk space available You have tried to add another tag instrument channel to the Trend Link data file when the disk space is insufficient To use this disk drive delete unneeded
198. ernet port and the instrument BNC Ethernet port The 50 ohm terminator with the ground lead is used at the instrument with the terminator ground lug connected to the ground terminal adjacent to the BNC port Figure 6 2 See Chapter 2 for other interconnection methods 2 Connect the 5700A to Channel 1 Connect a cable from the Output VA HI and LO connectors of the 5700A to the Universal Input Module terminals for channel 1 connecting the 5700A HI to terminal H and LO to terminal L Insert the Universal Input Module into the instrument under test Figure 6 3 Maintenance Performance Test Table 6 2 Recommended Test Equipment Instrument Type Minimum Specifications Recommended Model Multifunction DC Voltage Fluke 5700A Calibrator Range 90 mV to 300V dc Accuracy 0 002 AC Voltage Frequency Voltage Accuracy 1 kHz 29 mV to 300V 100 kHz 15 mV to 300V Frequency Ohms 1900 1 9 KQ 19 kQ 190 KQ 1 9 MQ 0 02 C Resolution Accuracy 0 005 0 005 0 005 0 005 0 005 Princo ASTM 56C Fluke P20T Mercury Thermometer Thermocouple Probe Oil Water Bath Type T Thermos bottle and cap Fluke 77 Philips PM5193 Digital Multimeter General Purpose Measurement Signal Generator Sine wave 0 5 to 1V rms 10 Hz to 5 kHz Alternative Equipment List Recommended Model Fluke 5100B AG Volts Only Philips PM5139 or HP33120A General Resistance RDS 66A 6 6 7 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 6 8
199. erwise A subnet mask other than the default for your IP address is required if routers are used on your network to divide the net into subnets I 25 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Subnet Mask IP Address 198 178 246 101 Subnet Value 255 255 255 0 Number of subnet mask bits fo 7 Select Setup Host Name Enter the host name assigned by your network administrator for this host computer Click OK 8 Select Setup Domain Name Enter the domain name assigned by your network administrator for this host computer Click OK 9 Select Setup Ethernet Type and verify that Ethernet DIX is selected Click OK i Ethernet Type Ethernet DIX C Ethernet IEEE 10 Check the Custom window for a summary of your parameters the example below is typical Repeat Steps 4 to 9 as required to make changes The Physical Address host computer Ethernet Adapter interface address is entered automatically when the computer is rebooted I 26 Network Considerations Newt Networking Software Custom C NETMANAG TCPIP CFG File Interface Setup Services Help Interface Ethernet0 Physical Address IP Address 198 178 246 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Host Name Host101 Domain Name TC Name Type IP Domain Ethernet0O Ethernet 198 178 246 101 TC 11 Select File Save If the NDIS driver must be loaded and it cannot be found on one of the directories specified in your PATH environment varia
200. es for Reviewing and Setting General Network Parameters cont 2 35 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 36 Reviewing and Setting the General Network Socket Port 2 33 Perform the procedure in Figure 2 25 to review or set the general network Socket Port 1024 to 65535 The default is 04369 In order to communicate with each other a host computer and an instrument must use the same socket port number See Figure 2 25 for examples General Network Socket Port Enter the Socket Port supplied by your network administrator 620600 6 oo 6 O 0 Press the COMM key to review the network settings or press and hold the COMM key for 3 seconds to set the network settings Press the up down arrow keys until nEt Network appears in the primary display comm appears in the secondary display Press the ENTER key nEt appears in the secondary display and ISo isolated network or gEn general network is in the primary display To set the network type press the up down arrow keys to select gEn Press the ENTER key Pressing any other function key will cancel set operations This displays the current Socket Port To set the socket port press the left right arrow keys to select the desired digit position highlighted Press the up down arrow keys to select the desired number 0 to 9 for the positioned Port digit In this manner select all Port digits Press the ENTER key This displays the first digit of the Internet P
201. esaineasayienanonnshosabes 2 10 DIGITAL VO Connector ss ccssssiscoescaseceveesedinayesa gecaiseadenea E T ALARM TRIGGER I O Connector 0 eee eeeeseeseecncecsaecnseceaeeeeeeseeeseeenneeeaee External Trigger Wiring for a Group Instrument 0 cee eeeeeeeceseeesseeeeeeeeee Front Panel Controls ass csscesscssstvsnungethsssciadeseasadiasousessnvaangecaes a Ee E NENS Front Panel Indicators ssssgpuirean neei anae a EE EEAS Rear Panel Controls eemi ennenen eieren iaa ENEE e a Rear Panel Indicators 10 5 ccuss sessdssgeng st veteeckisbast dantaani a E E aS Displaying a Monitor Channel 00 cece eseesceescecseecnseceaeceaeceseeeeeeseeeseeeneeeees Examples During Monitor ce eeeceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeecaaecaecaesnaeenaeen Displaying the Digital F O Status 0 eee eeeeeseeeeneeeeeeaeeseecsaeenaecnaeenseenes Examples for Digital I O and Totalizer Status cee eeeeseceseesseesseeeeeenees Displaying the Totalizer Status cescesecssecsseecscecnaeceaeecaaecnaeeeaeeenaeeeaee Reviewing and Setting the Base Channel Number cee eeeeeeeeeseeeereeeeeee Examples for Reviewing and Setting the BCN 00 0 cece ceeeeeeseeeereeeneeeneeeeee Reviewing and Setting the Line Frequency eescesceeecessecesecescecssecsaeeenees Examples for Reviewing and Setting the Line Frequency ce ceeeeeeeeee Reviewing and Setting the Isolated Network Type to Isolated Examples for Reviewing and Setting the Network Type es eeee
202. esses selected and the network connection type selected Be sure to record these configuration values because you will need them when installing the network interface software on Windows 3 1 During installation of a PCMCIA or PLA interface few if any decisions need to be made These devices make use of already established interfaces to the computer bus Drivers 1 10 A driver is the low level software within the PC that communicates directly with the interface adapter hardware Drivers cover up the specific nature of the hardware interface and allow the protocol software to be unaware of the type of hardware being used Drivers are usually written and supplied by the adapter vendor Windows 95 and Windows NT supply drivers for commonly used adapters On Windows 3 1 you may need to install Newt or Trumpet networking software and a driver The Newt networking software supports two driver standards ODI and NDIS The Trumpet network software supports the Packet driver standard 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual I 10 Packet drivers support only one protocol at a time As a result only one package of protocol software can use a packet driver at any one time Packet drivers are usually loaded by executing a com or an exe file in the autoexec bat This loads a terminate and stay resident TSR program during the DOS boot process The setup of the packet driver is usually done by including command line switches on the driver l
203. est Setup 6 7 Initializing the Performance Test Setup cece ceeceseecsseceeeeeneees 6 8 Accuracy Performance Tests 20 0 cceeceeeceeeeeeeseeeceeneecnnecsaecnaeenseeees 6 9 Volts DC Accuracy Test 2640A ceecceeescecseeceenteceeeeceeeeeeees 6 10 Volts DC Accuracy Test 2645A 0 ccceeecceeseecseeceeneceeneeceeeeeeees 6 11 Volts AC ACCuracy Testis nsizessstescessscesntesscsisdesguceetasescnedenuseests sty 6 12 Frequency Accuracy Test cceecescsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaeeeneeeneesaaees 6 13 Analog Channel Integrity Test cesesseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 14 Computed Channel Integrity Test cece eesecesecseeeneceneeenees 6 15 Thermocouple Temperature Accuracy Test 0 ce ceeeeseeeeeeeneee 6 16 Open Thermocouple Response Test ceeeeseesseesseceseceseeeeeees 6 17 2 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2640A h 6 18 2 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2645A eneee 6 19 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2640A ceeccceeeseeeesnteeeeeees 6 20 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2645A eecccceseeeestteeeeeees 6 21 RTD Temperature Accuracy Test Resistance 2640A 6 22 RTD Temperature Accuracy Test Resistance 2645A 6 23 RTD Temperature Accuracy Test DIN IEC 751 RTD 6 24 Digital Input Output Tests 00 eee eeeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeecsaecsaeceaeenseenes 6 25 Digital I O Output Test ee eeeeseecsseceseceeceeeeeeesseeeseeeeeeeees 6 26 Digital Input Vest rriaren nen E ste eel EEE 6 27 Totalazer TeS
204. etDAQ Logger following installation NetDAQ Logger displays a default current setup You can add instruments to the setup from the Instrument on Network list see Creating an Instrument Icon and you can delete instruments from the current setup see Deleting an Instrument Icon You can also designate two or more instruments as a group instrument After you add an instrument to the current setup you can set the various configuration parameters for that instrument and you can initiate data logging for that instrument After you remove an instrument from the current setup NetDAQ Logger discards that instrument s configuration information from the current setup If you add the instrument back to the current setup it will have default configuration settings Creating an Instrument Icon 3 11 To create an instrument icon use the following procedure 1 Select Setup Create Instrument Icon to open the Create Instrument Icon dialog box If you receive the message No instruments are available for association you must first select Setup Communication Config to add instruments to the Instruments on Network list See Configuring Network Communications for details 2 Select the instrument from the Available Instruments list where the instruments are listed by BCN number If the instrument you want to add is not listed then either it already has an icon or it is not on the Instruments on Network List Configuring NetDAQ Logg
205. ets that make better use of the available data communication capacity bandwidth Use of IP addressing and the network segmentation scheme is described in IP Addresses and Segmented Networks in this appendix The relationship between a host s Ethernet address and its IP address is established by the TCP IP protocol software No user interaction is needed to establish this relationship However some network management systems require that the Ethernet address of each network host be kept in a data base So it is sometimes necessary to communicate the Ethernet addresses of all devices on the network to the Network Administrator IP Addresses and Segmented Networks l 8 If all networks consisted of a few computers and other devices attached to each other locally use of IP addressing and network segmentation schemes would not be necessary However networks have evolved past simple work groups into campus wide inter campus and even international interconnect schemes This makes it necessary to divide the network into subnets Network Considerations Network Primer The IP address provides two pieces of information the network ID and the host ID The network ID must be unique among all network subnets within a connected Internet It identifies the network subnet to which a host is connected The host ID must be unique among hosts within a network subnet and identifies the host within the subnet Network subnets connected to the public
206. eway Instrument Scan Queue Overflow Newest scans discarded NetDAQ Logger is unable to retrieve scans from the instruments quickly enough and the instrument scan queue has overflowed In this condition the instrument is discarding the newest scans and saving the oldest scans Improve the data throughput characteristic See Optimizing Performance for Speed in Chapter 4 of this manual When the scan queue overflows the action taken depends on your setting in the net daq ini file i e discard the newest scans or overwrite the oldest scans See Configuring the netdaq ini file in Chapter 3 of this manual 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Instrument Scan Queue Overflow Oldest scans overwritten NetDAQ Logger is unable to retrieve scans from the instruments quickly enough and the instrument scan queue has overflowed In this condition the instrument is overwriting the oldest scans and saving the newest scans Improve the data throughput characteristic See Optimizing Performance for Speed in Chapter 4 of this manual When the scan queue overflows the action taken depends on your setting in the net daq ini file i e discard the newest scans or overwrite the oldest scans See Configuring the netdaq ini file in Chapter 3 of this manual Instrument software is outdated for this version of NetDAQ Logger You are attempting to communicate with an instrument whose software is incompatible with this version of
207. f low voltage measurements e g thermocouples low voltage ac measurements and resistance measurements above 3 kQ can be greatly affected by undesired pickup from ac voltage sources crosstalk To reduce the effects of crosstalk consider each of the following 1 Reading Rate Do not use Reading Rate Fast when mixing vac or frequency inputs with low level vdc thermocouple and or resistance inputs If you must use Reading Rate Fast compare a set of readings taken with Reading Rate Slow against a set of readings taken on the Fast rate to determine the effects of crosstalk on your setup Measurements made at the Fast reading rate are more susceptible to crosstalk than readings taken at the Slow reading rate Note When you use the Fast rate it is very easy to get noise into your readings The Fast rate makes it possible to look at rapidly changing events but it requires extreme care to keep the readings clean 2 Shielded Wiring Crosstalk can occur outside the instrument as well as inside the instrument Use shielded wiring and tie the shields to an earth ground to prevent noise from being coupled into your measurements Be careful about Noise Shielding and Crosstalk Considerations Crosstalk Considerations the routing of your input wiring keep it away from or shielded from all ac power mains wiring and other sources of noise 3 Channel Spacing When possible leave as many unused channels as possible between your ac voltage
208. f the actual directory the next time you perform Trend Link related activities in NetDAQ Logger You may also modify this setting by selecting Plot Trend Trend Link Directory TLFile tl32 exe This is the file in TLDir that executes when the you select Plot Trend Show Trend Link TLTitle Trend Link for Fluke This is the title of the Trend window that appears when TLFile executes Contents 4 1 Introd U Ct OM sissctez i sev stoiicectets deousobne getisechsthiesaeeeieevi ieee seats 4 2 Starting and Stopping Logging ee eee ceseceseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 4 3 Starting or Stopping all Instruments at Once eee eee eeeeeeeeeees 4 4 Starting or Stopping a Group Instrument seeeeeeeeeeeereeereesreee 4 5 Clearing an Instrument s Totalizer Valle eee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Simulated LOGS ccccccccccwcdsseieceesessiesdasescvebsnessevsseateenvacnssevensseeeebenes 4 7 Selecting an Instrument s Scanning Duration 4 8 Real Time Displays us csccscicseecatesievesecgsttestececcusessrassidecceasdenveosteeeteaeecs 4 9 The Logging Status Window cee eeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeneecnaeceaeenseenseeees 4 10 The Readings Table Window ceeceeeessseeeseeeseeseecnseceaeceaeenseeees 4 11 The Spy Window ceeeeceeseeesceeseeeseecsaecaeceaecsaeesaeesseesseeeseeeseeees 4 12 Quick Plot csc si sisseea teieeiei evtesdsdeltagis nthe ssivebel saodsdesdesenselalatten giana 4 13 Dynamic Data Exchange DDE Operations
209. ff scale measurements are recorded as 1 0E 9 overload and 1 0E 9 overload Open thermocouple measurements are recorded as 9 0E 9 Data File Name J Start Time File Comment Unit Labels testdata txt J 7 21 94 11 01 71 Channel Names This is the location of the File Comment 6 TIME VDC DIO TOTAL ALARM1 ALARM2 ISTIME 4501 45D10 45TOTAL 454LARM1 45ALARM2 7 21 94 11 01 30 000 1 14118 255 0 0 0 7 21 94 11 01 40 000 1 14122 255 0 0 0 45 is th gl 77 21794 11 01 50 000 1 79111 253 0 1 1 Is the M Ll R Instrument BCN easurement Alarm 2 Value Scan Records Alarm 1 Value Number of Columns Totalizer Count An asynchronous instrument Digital I O Decimal has a single digit for the Number of equivalent of DO7 to DOO Columns A Group Instrument shows Measurement columns for each instrument e g 6 4 4 8 12 Date Time ds071c eps 3 The Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 values provide a record of which channels were in alarm during the scan These values are formatted as follows 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 j2ofisfishi7fielisfiafishi2iiifio s 8 7 6 5 4 3 211 CHANNEL EXAMPLES ofojojojojofojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojofojojojo o 0 ofojofojojojojofojojojojojojojojojofojojojojojojofjojoji 4 ojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojojofjojojojojofojijolijififo 46 ofjofofojojifijifojojojojofjojiji 1795 ojojofojojojojojojojo ololololijilojlololijolojo
210. files to create space for the new Trend Link tags and try again To delete old Trend Link data files see Deleting Old Trend Link Files in Chapter 5 of this manual Cannot add more grouped Trend Link Data Sets Delete a Data Set s or create a new Data Set Your infolink ini file specifies more than 25 instruments for a group instrument J 7 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 8 A Data Set is opened for each instrument in a group instrument and each data set is created by appending 1 of 25 letters in the alphabet If more than 25 letters are required then this message appears To delete old Trend Link files see Deleting Old Trend Link Files in Chapter 5 of this manual Cannot change Configuration while logging You tried to copy channels to an instrument that was logging Copy channels only to instruments that are not logging Cannot create data file You are trying to start logging into a directory that does not exist or into a read only file Correct the data file name and directory path or use File Manager to check the data file properties Cannot create file File Name Your output file for a conversion utility Utilities menu cannot be created Enter a valid file name and directory path for the output file Cannot create Trend Link Data Set directory Directory Check directory permissions or free disk space Trend Link is unable to create the Data Set directory for your Trend Link data file
211. for approximately one second The measurement then appears in the primary display the secondary display shows the Global Channel Number The MON monitor annunciator is on when monitoring Monitor Reading Updates The instrument updates monitor readings once per second Since the 2640A measures readings with 5 1 2 digits of resolution and the display can only show 5 digits of resolution the least significant digit is truncated for 2640A monitor displays CROON Press the MON Monitor key to monitor a channel You can use Monitor whether the instrument is scanning or not scanning Use the up down arrow keys to select the desired channel The instrument will not allow selection of channels that are set to OFF Press the MON key again to exit 2 22 Figure 2 12 Displaying a Monitor Channel Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation O an Lt mV DC CH 0 N lt l V AC CH Monitor display for Scale Overload V AC reading is greater than the selected range GCN 4507 l mT F CH Monitor display for 234 96 F Thermocouple GCN 512 otc displays for open thermocouple Monitor display for 23 884 FUNC Computed Channel GCN 522 FUNC Zal oO a l m CH a Pin a a moa CH Monitor display for analog channel 18 with Mx B scaling GCN 818 Figure 2 13 Examples During Monitor 2 23 2640A
212. formance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Hour of Day must be between 0 and 23 You entered an invalid Hour of Day into the Auto Rollover dialog box Enter a value between 0 midnight and 23 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Instrument BCN already has this filename Your have configured more than one instrument with the same data file name Check your data file names and make sure each instrument has a unique data file name or uncheck Enable Data File Recording in the Data File Configuration dialog box Instrument BCN does not match Reconfigure Communications You have a BCN mismatch between what is entered at the instrument and what is entered in NetDAQ Logger The BCN shown on the Icon Bar and the BCN shown on the instrument front panel do not agree Change one or the other If you change the BCN for an instrument you must change it at both the instrument front panel and in the Communications Configuration File Instrument has older software that will not support computed channel equations or custom RTDs You attempted to configure computed channel equations or custom R
213. formation or notify you of a non allowed operation Click the OK button in acknowledgment Fluke NetDAQ Logger x G Instrument 20 Connection Successfull ds311s bmp Error and status messages are summarized below in alphabetical order Locate the message and then read the Explanation for more information J 2 Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages File Name is not a valid ASCII file You are trying to use an incompatible ASCII file for this conversion Make sure you are selecting a NetDAQ ASCII CSV file Other CSV formats such as Trend Link cannot be used with the NetDAQ conversion utilities Utilities menu File Name is not a valid Binary file You are trying to use an incompatible Binary file for this conversion Make sure you are selecting a NetDAQ Binary BIN file Other BIN formats cannot be used with the NetDAQ conversion utilities Utilities menu 4W Measurements not allowed on Channels 11 20 You tried to configure 4 wire measurements on channels 11 to 20 4 Wire measurements require two channels spaced a decade apart e g channel 3 and channel 13 The lower channel is configured and the upper channel is prevented from being configured This means you can configure 4 wire measurements only on channels 1 to 10 A D Board Failure Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating cond
214. g To avoid shock hazard when powering the instrument with ac power connect the power cord to a receptacle with an earth ground AC Power 2 6 Plug the line cord into the connector on the rear of the instrument as shown in Figure 2 2 The instrument operates on any line voltage between 107 and 264V ac 45 to 65 Hz without adjustment Fluke warrants the instrument to meet specifications only at 50 Hz and 60 Hz operation Power consumption is a nominal 15 watts Be sure the line cord ground terminal connects to an earth ground Warning To avoid shock hazard when powering the instrument with dc power connect the instrument ground terminal to an earth ground Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation DC Power 2 7 The instrument operates from any dc voltage between 9 and 16 volts Power consumption is a nominal 6 watts To connect the ALARM TRIGGER I O connector to the rear panel complete the following procedure 1 Remove the ALARM TRIGGER I O connector from the packing material or instrument rear panel 2 Loosen the wire clamp screw for the associated terminal 3 Feed the wire into the gap between the connector body and the wire clamp 4 Tighten the wire clamp do not overtighten and crush the wire 5 Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each wire 6 Insert the connector in the rear panel Grounding and Common Mode Voltage 2 8 Connect the instrument chassis to a good earth ground Figure 2 2 to prevent a common mode vo
215. g32 c Configuring an Instrument 3 20 Once you have set up the network list and created icons and grouped instruments necessary for your setup you can configure the instruments or instrument group You can set instrument level parameters such as reading rate and trigger types and channel parameters such as function Mx B scaling and alarms All configuration operations apply to the instrument which is selected on the icon bar Dimmed Configuration Commands 3 21 Some operations in NetDAQ Logger are mutually exclusive When a command is unavailable its menu entry or toolbar icon will be grayed out For example you cannot configure an instrument while it is scanning Also checking the Configuration Lockout command in the Options menu prevents you from modifying the configuration The Instrument Configuration Dialog Box 3 22 All instrument configuration procedures start with the Instrument Configuration dialog box shown in Figure 3 3 When you create a new instrument icon this dialog box shows the default configuration settings Open the Instrument configuration dialog box by double clicking anywhere in the Instrument Configuration area of the Main Window the upper portion pressing the Instrument Configuration toolbar button or selecting Setup Instrument Configuration Complete the following procedure to configure the instrument 3 15 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 16 Instrument Configuration 02 Mast
216. ger you can group multiple instruments to act as one instrument NetDAQ Logger records data from all instruments in the group into a single data file You can group up to 20 instruments for up to 400 time correlated channels Overview Host Computer Requirements Designate one instrument in the group as the Master and the others as Slaves The Master controls scanning operations including the scan intervals and method of scan triggering You can create only one group instrument Scanning and Logging 1 24 When a scan is triggered the instrument scans the 20 analog channels and calculates the 10 computed channels It stores the resulting time stamped data in a scan record Scans can be triggered from several sources e Interval Trigger where an elapsed interval timer triggers a scan e External Trigger where an external input ground or logic low applied to the instrument TI Trigger In line triggers a scan e Alarm Trigger where a channel going into alarm status a scan NetDAQ Logger obtains scan records from the instruments and logs the data into files Each scan record written in the data file consists of a timestamp values from all configured analog channels and computed channels the alarm states the digital I O line status and the count of the totalizer RS 232 Interface 1 25 The instruments include an RS 232 port for calibration and factory procedures the RS 232 port is not used for instrument control or scan data
217. gh network traffic and network down time If you are using a general network place the instruments and host computers on the same subnet e Install the Ethernet Card in a 16 bit slot Optimizing Performance for Precision 4 23 More precision can mean sacrificing some of the instrument s measurement speed The guidelines for increasing the data throughput and the network speed do not affect the precision of your instruments and you can use them during high precision measurements To optimize precision for all measurement methods and functions e Select the Slow Reading Rate e Enable the Drift Correction feature Using Online Help 4 24 NetDAQ Logger includes extensive Online Help Here are some ways you can use online assistance more effectively e Press the F1 key at any time to open the Online Help for information on the screen you are currently using e When conducting procedures described in Online Help reduce the size of the Help window and check Always on Top to use help while you operate NetDAQ Logger e The front panel graphic shown below precedes Help topics concerning use of the instrument s front panel 4 21 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 4 22 Rm SR RR RE RB RR OOD ANB WN Chapter 5 Using Trend Link for Fluke Contents Introduction house fs ssessectande rd esieds Heese da eae EEEN A ERa AEN EEE Displaying a Trend Link Chart During Logging eee Playing Back a Trend Link File in Trend Link
218. grees a 0102 Temp Sensor 32 9137 Degrees a m Units Symbols Labels Labels Plot Channels Most Recent eight maximum Readings X Axis 40 data points nn seconds apart where nn is the Sampling Interval 1 to 3600 seconds ds074c eps Dynamic Data Exchange DDE Operations 4 13 Complete the following procedure to set up typical Dynamic Data Exchange operations See Appendix G Dynamic Data Exchange DDE for a DDE example using Excel In the client application for example a spreadsheet application enter the following values to set up a DDE link Application or Service Name NETDAQ 16 bit or NETDAQ32 32 bit Topic BCNnn nn is the instrument BCN 01 to 99 Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows 4 Data Files Items Cnn nn is the channel number 01 to 30 DIO Digital I O status decimal equivalent of the 8 I O lines Totalizer Totalizer count 0 to 4294967295 Alarm1 Alarm 1 status decimal equivalent of the 30 Alarm 1 states Alarm2 Alarm 2 status decimal equivalent of the 30 Alarm 2 states ELDateTime Scan date time in Excel Lotus 1 2 3 format Begin data collection observing the data display in the client application The timestamps are directly compatible with Excel and Lotus 1 2 3 analysis applications Data Files 4 14 Data files contain the measurement data collected from the instruments After the instrument completes a measurement scan the data is stored temporarily in the instrument
219. he ENTER key This displays the first digit of the Internet Protocol address segment IP 0 0 6 oe 0 oe Press the ENTER key to exit You must also set an IP address and Socket Port when using a general network Figure 2 23 Reviewing and Seiting the Network Type to General 2 33 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual REVIEW D Tt MA M L DOA S D E E Communications display for reviewing the network type SET Ft M ha I Liver Communications display for setting the network type SET wt XE L_ EOF P r c Network display for setting the network type to general SET 7 Socket Port display for setting the first digit for the example 04369 SET 7 Socket Port display for setting the second digit for the example 04369 Figure 2 24 Examples for Reviewing and Setting General Network Parameters 2 34 Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation j i I SET n IP address display for setting an IP 0 digit for example 129 196 152 101 wn ET Lt f IP address display for setting an IP 1 digit for example 129 196 152 101 SET if z JE IP address display for setting an IP 1 digit for example 129 196 152 101 SET I IP address display for setting an IP 2 digit for example 129 196 152 101 SET I IP address display for setting an IP 3 digit for example 129 196 152 101 Figure 2 24 Exampl
220. he left right arrow keys to select the desired number in each segment The selected digit is highlighted and the segment for example IP2 appears Press the up down arrow keys to select the desired number 0 to 9 for the positioned IP digit In this manner select all 12 IP digits Press the ENTER key to enter the settings and exit the procedure Pressing any other function key will cancel set operations 2 26 Reviewing and Setting the General Network IP Address 2 2 37 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Reviewing and Setting the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway 2 35 If communication between the host computer and the NetDAQ instrument passes through a router or gateway you must set the subnet mask and default gateway address on both the host computer and the instrument Get this information from your network administrator For more information on the purpose of the subnet mask and default gateway address see Appendix I Network Considerations Perform the procedure in Figure 2 27 to review or set the instrument network gateway parameters The network gateway parameters include turning the default gateway feature on or off setting a subnet mask and setting an IP address for the gateway attached to the local network Note Set the IP address of the instrument before the setting gateway parameters The NetDAQ instrument checks the gateway IP address for validity by using the instrument IP address e Default Gatew
221. he maximum count during a data acquisition run Once the maximum count is reached an error message is displayed by the NetDAQ Logger software indicating that scans are being lost l 17 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual l 18 Move your instrument to a less loaded subnet of your network or isolate the NetDAQ instruments on their own network If possible increase the scan interval Use the Fast Binary file format rather than CSV or Trend Link formats Make sure that there are few or no other Windows applications running at the same time as NetDAQ Logger Upgrade to a faster PC and disk drive and increase the amount of RAM in your PC Disable the Windows Screen Saver function or make sure that it doesn t activate during data collection Turn off Trend Link QuickPlot and Spy in NetDAQ Logger and don t open any dialog boxes in NetDAQ Logger Close any dialog boxes that you have open in NetDAQ Logger Avoid operations which open dialog boxes such as configuring an instrument while logging data at high speed Load smartdrive during PC boot or use vcach with Windows for Workgroups Use of disk caching utilities increases throughput to the data files However data could be lost if the PC crashed suddenly due to power failure or malfunction Make sure the disk drive that you re writing the data files to is not fragmented Disk fragmentation develops during a long period of writing and deleting files on the disk Use a d
222. he spec at 60 C is 75 then the specification at 40 C is 75 2 40 28 60 28 2 55 12 32 2 406 Accuracy at 20 C Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warm up For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly Table A 34 2645A 4 Wire RTD Specifications Accuracy 30 C Temperature Resolution 90 Day 18 C to poe 1 Year 10 C to 60 C Slow Fast 200 c 0 03 C ooeec o 16c 025c 025c 0 62 1 10 C oct 0 03 o 06 o2oc osc osc oss 1 30 C 100 oosc ooeec 023 C 034 C ossec osc 1 40 C 300 oosc ooeec osoc atc osie 1 18 1 70 C eoorc oosc ooeec osse 063 C osse 162c 212c The Custom 385 range is not recommended for use below 80 C See Appendix D A 22 Specifications 2645A Specifications 2645A Thermocouple per ITS 1990 Measurement Specifications A 27 Tables A 35 to A 36 provide 2645A specifications for the thermocouple measurement function per ITS 1990 Table A 35 2645A Thermocouple General Specifications Specification Characteristic Input Impedance 100 MQ minimum in parallel with 150 pF Open Thermocouple Detect Operates by injecting a small ac signal into the input after each measurement A thermocouple resistance greater than 1 kQ to 10 kQ is detected as an open input Temperature Coefficient To calculate Thermoc
223. hen opened remains on top of the Main Window The Options menu in the Main Window provides three selections for the Logging Status window To display the Logging Status window immediately click Options Show Logging Status To have the Logging Status window appear when logging starts for one or more instruments check Show Logging Status on Start To have the Logging Status window appear when a channel goes into alarm during scanning check Show Logging Status on Alarm This window will appear on top of all other windows even if you are in another application Note You must close the Logging Status window before you can access button or menu commands from the keyboard To close press the lt ESC gt key 4 7 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Logging Status ScansIn Retrieved Alarm sa Instrument Instrument Scans Occurrences z 23 3227 None 734 12 14 20 57 None 1 None 7 None occurred since the last status update 5 4 AlarmBell is displayed when at least one channel is in alarm Listing of channels where alarms have Number of scans retrieved and recorded Number of scans in the instrument scan queue Instrument listed by BCN ds073c eps The Readings Table Window 4 10 The Readings Table provides a numerical display of the most recent data collected from the currently selected instrument Complete the following procedure to use the Readings Table window 1 Select Options Show Current Readings to di
224. hernet Adapter Installation Installing an Ethernet adapter such as the 264XA 801 264XA 802 or 264XA 803 if your host computer does not already have one Instrument and Host Computer Interconnection Connecting the host computer s and instruments Host Computer Software Installation Installing NetDAQ Logger for Windows and networking software Trend Link Installation Optional Installing Trend Link software on your host computer Testing and Troubleshooting Testing and verifying network operation and troubleshooting any difficulties Instrument Preparation 2 2 This section contains information for preparing the instruments for operation summarized in Figure 2 1 2 3 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual O Unpacking and Inspection AC gt ett G DC Hooo me O Connecting to a Power Source 5 O gt oojoo e 4 noaa H ooo Ga Om REVIEW LAST 2 Ube alt Hoe es O o Input Output I O Connections wit AB SEAN AEG Wty RR AZA OZU ZU IZU vacoc uit HI OFF PRN CH be Hts Maha Wb akon H LO CAL EXT TR Control and Indicators O0 OOS 00 Geol 2eel Geol 2eeal Positioning and Rack Mounting
225. his are also referred to as Routers or Gateways In many modern networks the use of subnet masking and the default gateway is not necessary These networks contain routers and gateways that support the Proxy ARP protocol In this protocol the routing path between any two hosts is automatically established by the routers during the ARP process As a result the user doesn t need to manually enter the subnet mask and default gateway information When the TCP IP protocol stack software starts operation it communicates with an NDIS or ODI driver in a process called Binding During this process the stack tells the driver which protocol it is handling In this way a driver can direct packets to more than one protocol stack For example it is quite common to have the Novell IPX SPX protocol stack and the TCP IP protocol stack operating over the same ODI multi protocol driver The protocol ini file associated with the NDIS driver and the net cfg file associated with the ODI driver contain driver characteristics and information about each protocol that is operating over the driver WINSOCK DLL and Application Programming Interface I 12 The NetDAQ Logger software uses the TCP IP protocol via a set of resources contained in a winsock d11 This DLL contains a set of functions that support two way communication between two hosts on the network Of course both hosts must support the TCP IP protocol for a WINSOCK connection to be successful
226. id because there are too few subnet mask bits set Default Gateway IP Address The default gateway IP address is the IP address of a gateway router attached to the same network as the instrument When the instrument detects that a host PC is not on the same network using the network number the data is sent through the gateway to reach the host PC The network number of the instrument must match that of the gateway For example if the gateway IP address is 129 196 180 93 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 the network number is 129 196 180 0 and the instrument IP address must be in the range 129 196 180 0 to 129 196 180 255 2 39 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 0606 0686 6 0006 Press the COMM key to review the parameters or press and hold the COMM key for 3 seconds to set the parameters Press the up down arrow keys until dgAtE default gateway appears in the primary display COMM appears in the secondary display Press the ENTER key dgAtE appears in the secondary display and ON or OFF is in the primary display Press the up down arrow keys to select either ON or OFF when in set mode Press the ENTER key to make the selection pressing any other key will cancel set operations If you select ON the subnet mask appears The subnet mask display consists of four 3 digit segments Sub0 Sub1 Sub2 Sub3 Press the left right arrow keys to select the desired number in each segment The selected digit
227. ies 5 Close Spy Window Digital Input Output Tests 6 24 The Digital Input Output Tests check the eight Digital I O lines on the DIGITAL VO connector for output and input functions Digital I O Output Test 6 25 This test checks the Digital I O lines when used as outputs 1 7 6 26 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select 01DIO Click OK to open the Spy window Verify Digital I O Output for all Unset Lines The Spy window summarizes the 8 DIO binary lines as a decimal equivalent i e 255 for the present condition of all lines unset 11111111 Measure DIO Lines Using a digital multimeter measure the output of each DIO line referenced to the GND line for a voltage greater than 3 8V dc Close Spy Window Configure Channels 1 to 8 for Volts DC In NetDAQ Logger configure channels 1 to 8 for Volts dc 3V range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Configure Channels 1 to 8 for Alarms In NetDAQ Logger configure each channel 1 to 8 for an Alarm 1 with Alarm Sense LO Alarm Value 1 and Digital Outputs assigned as below See Configuring Alarms in Chapter 3 of this manual Channel 1 Digital Output DOO Channel 2 Digital Output DO1 Channel 3 Digital Output DO2 Channel 4 Digital Output DO3 Channel 5 Digital Output DO4 Channel 6 Digital Output DOS Channel 7 Digital Output DO6 Channel 8 Digital Output DO7 Verify Channels and Alarm Co
228. ig to open the Communications Configuration File dialog box Click Add to open the Instrument On Network dialog box 2 Enter the instrument BCN in the Base Channel Number box Click the correct model 2640A or 2645A For general network operation enter the instrument IP Address 3 5 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Instrument On Network ds007s bmp 3 Click OK to return to the Communications Configuration File dialog box which now lists the new instrument For a general network the IP address appears after the instrument model number 4 If you are on a general network you may need to change the socket port if a conflict occurs with other network operations To change the socket port from its default value of 4369 click Socket Port to open the dialog box shown below The socket port entry must be a number between 1024 and 65535 Click OK when finished Socket Port ds010s bmp 5 Click Close to return to the Main Window 3 6 Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Configuring the Current Setup Deleting an Instrument from the Network 3 8 Complete the following procedure to remove an instrument from the Instruments on Network List which is common to all setup files Any instruments you delete in this procedure will no longer be accessible to any setup file Do not use this procedure simply to remove an instrument icon from the Icon Bar To remove an instrument icon see Deleting an Instrument Icon
229. igure 2 29 for examples The network administrator must know the instrument Ethernet address when the instrument operates on a general network You do not need this information when you operate the instrument on an isolated network For your convenience record the Ethernet address inside the rear cover of this manual Ethernet Address Format The Ethernet address is a 12 digit hexadecimal number For example 00 80 40 12 34 56 The first 6 hexadecimal digits represent a manufacturer for example 00 80 40 represents Fluke Corporation The remaining digits are a sequential number assigned during manufacturing Ethernet addresses are always unique they are never altered reused or duplicated Ethernet Address Display The Ethernet address display consists of six 2 digit segments Eadr 0 to Eadr 5 In the example above Eadr0 00 Eadr1 80 Eadr2 40 Eadr3 12 Eadr4 34 Eadr5 56 COMM 0 00 6 oo Press the COMM key to open the communications display because this is a review process only Press the up down arrow keys until EAdr Ethernet Address appears in the primary display comm appears in the secondary display Press the ENTER key Eadr0 appears in the secondary display the first 5 digits of the Ethernet address appears in the primary display always 00 80 4 Press the left right arrow keys to display each byte Eadr0 always 00 Eadr1 always 80 Eadr2 always 40 then Eadr3 Eadr4 and Eadr5 Press the COMM key again to e
230. ile Select Yes to save the changes No to not save the changes or Cancel to return to your previous operation Shunt Resistance value must range from 10 to 250 Ohms You entered an out of range shunt resistance for dc current measurements Enter a shunt resistance value between 10 and 250 Ohms The default is 10 Ohms Socket Error Your host computer is not able to connect to the network Check that your networking software has not been corrupted and is correctly installed If necessary reinstall your networking software as described in Chapter 2 Check that your Ethernet adapter is operating by using the diagnostic procedures that are on the diskette supplied with the adapter You may have experienced a hardware failure in the Ethernet adapter J 27 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 28 Socket Port Number must range from 1024 to 65535 You tried to enter a Socket Port number less than 1024 greater than 65535 or included extraneous characters Enter a Socket Port number between 1024 and 65535 The default is 04369 There are no Trend Link data files to be initialized You do not have Trend Link selected as a data file format for any of the instruments or instruments with the Trend Link data file format are already logging and therefore do not need initializing There is not enough free disk space on Drive for the Trend Link Data Set files You are trying to create a Trend Link data file on a disk drive that has
231. ile that is not compatible with this version of NetDAQ Logger software Contact your Fluke Service Center for a software upgrade You will need to provide a description of this error message along with the current version numbers of both the Setup File and NetDAQ Logger NetDAQ Logger software is outdated for this instrument The NetDAQ Logger software you are running is not compatible with the software on your instrument Contact your Fluke Service Center to obtain an updated version of the NetDAQ Logger software No channels defined You are trying to start logging for an instrument that has no configured channels all channels show OFF in the Function column in the Main Window Configure at least one channel for a function e g volts dc thermocouple Ohms Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages No instruments are available for association You tried to create an instrument icon from the Available Instruments list when there were no instruments listed Instruments on the network are either shown as icons on the Icon Bar or are listed on the Available Instruments list Adding a new instrument to the network and Icon Bar is a 2 step process First you add the instrument to the Communications Configuration File where all the network parameters are saved select the Communications Config command from the Setup menu The new instrument appears on the Available Instruments list Second you create
232. in Chapter 3 of this manual analog channel 01 Click OK to open the Spy window Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select Verify Accuracy Configure the Decade Resistance Source for the output values below and verify the Spy window simulated temperature measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Decade Resistance Source Value 5 Close Spy Window 6 24 Simulated Minimum Reading Temperature C 0 C 0 13 C 266 34 C 266 13 C 557 70 C 557 40 C Maximum Reading 0 13 C 266 55 C 558 00 C Maintenance 6 Performance Test RTD Temperature Accuracy Test Resistance 2645A 6 22 The following RTD accuracy test applies to the 2645A and uses the 4 wire connection see Figure 6 4 1 Connect the Decade Resistance Source to Channels 1 and 11 Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect a cable from the Decade Resistance Source to the Universal Input Module terminals for channel 1 Sense and channel 11 Source as shown in Figure 6 4 2 Configure Channel 1 for RTD 4W In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for RTD 4W Fixed 385 range with RTD RO set to 100 Ohms See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual 3 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select analog channel 01 Click OK to open the Spy window 4 Verify Accuracy Configure the Decade Resistance Source for the output
233. ion Current Full Scale Maximum ange Applied Voltage Voltage Slow Fast Applied 10 mQ 30 MQ 1 mA 300 mV 3 5V z 3002 02 60 ma 02 19 084 420 3k2 02 60 02 20 02 12 02 3Q 084 2 50 084 8 40 30 kQ 02 6Q 2 2000 084 252 84 8400 300 ka 5 80Q 1 2 KQ 5 4150Q 1 3 kQ 2 1 336Q 4 2 8 4 KQ 3 MQ 1 3 1 KQ 2 120 KQ 1 3 2 KQ 2 200 kQ 5 46 4 2 KQ 8 4 200 KQ A 21 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2645A 2 Wire Resistance Measurement Specifications A 25 The 2645A specifications for the 2 wire resistance measurement function is based on the 4 wire resistance measurement specification above except you add a 700 to 1000 Ohm positive offset This value varies for each channel and temperature gradient nominal 1 C 2645A 4 Wire RTD per ITS 1990 Measurement Specifications A 26 Tables A 33 and A 34 provide 2645A specifications for the 4 wire Resistance Temperature Detector RTD measurement function The 4 wire measurements use 2 input channels a decade apart e g channels 4 and 14 Table A 33 2645A 4 Wire RTD Temperature Coefficient Specification Characteristic Temperature Coefficient To calculate RTD accuracy for temperatures between 28 C and 60 C or 10 C and 18 C use a linear interpolation between the two application points e g if the applicable spec at 28 C is 2 and t
234. ion of humidity under extreme conditions If the instrument is operated normally within its specified temperature humidity range the 3 MQ range meets its accuracy specifications However if the instrument is soaked at 50 C 90 RH the 3MQ range may require 1 hour of dry out time at 25 C lt 40 RH for each hour of soak time in order to achieve its specified accuracy 2640A 2 Wire Resistance Measurement Specifications Specifications 2640A Specifications A 16 The 2640A specifications for the 2 wire resistance measurement function is based on the 4 wire resistance measurement specification above except you add a nominal 5 Ohm 10 Ohm maximum positive offset This value varies for each channel and with temperature nominal 1 C 2640A RTD s 4 Wire per ITS 1990 Measurement Specifications A 17 Tables A 18 and A 19 provide 2640A specifications for the 4 wire Resistance Temperature Detector RTD measurement function The 4 wire measurements use 2 input channels a decade apart e g channels 4 and 14 Table A 18 2640A 4 Wire RTD Temperature Coefficient Specification Accuracy at 20 C Temperature Coefficient To calculate RTD accuracy for temperatures Characteristic between 28 C and 60 C or 10 C and 18 C use a linear interpolation between the two applicable points e g if the applicable spec at 28 C is 2 and the spec at 60 C is 75 then the specification at 40 C 75
235. ions o Annunciators a as m REVIEW MAX REM SCAN SET FUNC MA mm LAST MIN AUTO MON Mx4B ALARM id Me C F RO ZA ZA ZA ZA OZU acoc Limit Hi OFF PRN CH V0 Wt W0 Wi I onz EEH Lo CAL EXT TR Primary Display Annunciators Figure 2 9 Front Panel Indicators Table 2 2 Annunciator Display Descriptions 2 18 Annunciator Description REVIEW Displays while reviewing the instrument parameters MAX Not Used REM Indicates active communications connection with the host computer bright display or inactive communications dim display SCAN Displays while the instrument is scanning SET Displays while setting the instrument parameters FUNC Displays while monitoring a computed channel F Not Used LAST Not Used MIN Not Used AUTO Displays while monitoring a channel with Autorange selected MON Displays while monitoring a channel Mx B Displays bright while monitoring a channel scaled with an M value other than 1 and or a B value other than 0 ALARM Displays dim when the rear panel Master Alarm MA is logic low meaning one of the instrument channels is in alarm Displays bright when an alarm channel is being used as an Alarm Trigger Preparing for Operation Instrument Preparation Table 2 2 Annunciator Display Descriptions cont Annunciator C F RO AC DC x1 Hz LIMIT HI OFF PRN CH LO CAL EXT TR Description Displa
236. iple subnets net containing one or more routers and or gateways The IP addresses assigned to the PC and instruments must be carefully selected in this case See IP Addresses and Segmented Networks for more information on IP address assignment When a Bridge Router or Gateway is used in a network containing NetDAQ instruments and hosts be sure to reboot the host PC whenever an instrument is moved from one section of the net to another This is required to allow the network hardware devices to initialize bridging and routing tables Also when NetDAQ is used in a different subnet from the PC the Routers and Gateways used to connect the subnets must be able to route IP packets The default gateway addresses on the NetDAQ and PC must be set properly Basic Network Packet and Frame Contents l 7 Network messages consist of short mostly less than 1K byte hunks of data surrounded by header and error detection information used by the protocols The message together with the protocol information is called a Packet When physical network information clock synchronization error detection etc is wrapped around the packet it is called a Frame The interface hardware adds and 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual strips off the Frame information around the packet So unless youre doing low level analysis of network traffic you never need to deal with Frame information For any protocol the Packet consists of a destination ad
237. ired For example select mxbO1 txt as shown below Load Mx B File 01 x Look in ja Netdaq c lz File name mxb01 abet Files of type Text Files TXT Cancel ds006s bmp 4 Click Open to load the file and return to the Main Window The Mx B status of the Channels Configuration area of the Main Window will be updated accordingly 3 24 Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Entering an Instrument s Description The values in the Mx B file must have the following format lt channel number gt lt M value gt lt B value gt lt cr gt lt lf gt Each parameter is separated by spaces or tabs and each definition ends with a carriage return lt cr gt and a line feed lt If gt The decimal point character corresponds to your Windows International settings For example a file may contain the following lines 2 1 8 32 10 2 1 This sample file indicates that for the instrument selected on the Icon Bar channel 2 has its M value set to 1 8 and its B value set to 32 Channel 10 of the currently selected instrument has its M value set to 2 and its B value set to 1 M and B values are not set if the corresponding channel is configured as OFF If an error occurs when loading the Mx B file NetDAQ Logger displays an error message and does not load any values for M and B If possible the error message displays the line where the error occurred After loading the file NetDAQ Logger sets M and B values for th
238. ired see Step 2 Resistance Range Decade Resistor Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 3002 Short Circuit Zero 0Q 0 10 3002 2902 289 810 290 19Q 3 kQ Short Circuit Zero oQ 1 0Q 3 kQ 2 9 KQ 2 8981 KQ 2 9019 KQ 30 KQ 29 KQ 28 981 KQ 29 019 KQ 300 KQ 290 kQ 288 37 KQ 291 63 KQ 3 MQ 2 9 MQ 2 8600 MQ 2 9400 MQ The resistance accuracy in this table makes allowance for up to 0 01 decade resistance tolerance 6 23 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Resistance Range 5700A Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 3002 Short Circuit Zero og 0 12 3000 1900 189 860 190 140 3 kQ Short Circuit Zero oQ 1 0Q 3 kQ 1 9kQ 1 8986 ke 1 9014 ka 30 kQ 19kQ 18 986 ke 19 014 ka 300 ka 190 ka 188 90 ke 191 10 ka 3 MQ 1 9 MQ 1 8733 Ma 1 9267 MQ 5 Close Spy Window RTD Temperature Accuracy Test Resistance 2640A 6 21 The following RTD accuracy test applies to the 2640A and uses the 4 wire connection see Figure 6 4 1 Connect the Decade Resistance Source to Channels 1 and 11 Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect a cable from the Decade Resistance Source to the Universal Input Module terminals for channel 1 Sense and channel 11 Source as shown in Figure 6 4 Configure Channel 1 for RTD 4W In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for RTD 4W Fixed 385 range with RTD RO set to 100 Ohms See Configuring Analog Channel Functions
239. is 32 bits divided into four octets 8 bits with each octet expressed in dotted decimal format For example 198 187 246 101 The maximum decimal number expressed by 8 bits is 255 therefore the largest possible IP address segment is 255 Error Messages amp Exception Conditions J Error and Status Messages Low on memory The current Windows memory level cannot support your operations Close all applications and restart Windows Maximum number of Instruments reached You tried to add more than 20 instruments to the Icon Bar The maximum number of instruments on the Icon Bar is 20 If you wish to add a new instrument you must first delete an existing instrument on the Icon Bar Min Free Disk Space must be between 0 and 100000 You entered an invalid Low Disk Space amount into the Auto Rollover dialog box Enter the number of k bytes as a number between 0 and 100000 This amount will be used as the Low Disk Space amount and should be entered into the Low Disk Space field in the Auto Rollover dialog box Minimum and Maximum values for Input Range must be farther apart You have entered invalid Minimum and Maximum values for the input range of the Mx B calculation Enter representative values for the Minimum and Maximum Input Range that are farther apart for example 0 and 100 for Celsius calculations Very small values such as 00001 and 00002 cannot be used for the required calculations Missing channel number reference
240. is highlighted and the segment for example Sub 0 appears in the secondary display Press the up down arrow keys to select the desired number 0 to 9 for the positioned subnet mask digit In this manner select all 12 subnet mask digits Press the ENTER key to make the selection pressing any other key will cancel set operations If you enter an incorrect subnet mask Error appears for 2 seconds and the subnet mask selection stays displayed Otherwise the default gateway IP address appears The default gateway display consists of four 3 digit segments gAtO gAt1 gAt2 gAt3 Press the left right arrow keys to select the desired number in each segment The selected digit becomes highlighted and the segment e g gAt 0 appears in the secondary display Press the up down arrow keys to select the desired number 0 to 9 for the positioned default gateway IP digit In this manner select all 12 default gateway IP digits Press the ENTER key to make the selection pressing any other key will cancel set operations If you enter an incorrect default gateway IP Error displays for 2 seconds and the default gateway IP selection stays displayed Otherwise the procedure exits 2 40 Figure 2 27 Reviewing and Setting the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation Viewing the Instrument Ethernet Address 2 36 Perform the procedure in Figure 2 28 to view the Instrument Ethernet address See F
241. ise causes a typical display reading of approximately 0 50 mV ac Since the instrument is a true rms responding measurement device this noise contributes minimally to the readings at the specified floor of each range When the rms value of the two signals internal noise and range floor is calculated the effect of the noise is shown as Total rms digits Square Root of 0 50 15 00 15 008 The display will read 15 01 At the 28 00 mV input level on the 300 00 mV range in the slow rate the display will read 28 00 with no observable error Waveform Comparison True RMS vs Average Responding Figure C 1 illustrates the relationship between ac and dc components for common waveforms and compares readings for true rms measurements NetDAQ and average responding measurements For example consider the first waveform a 1 41421V zero to peak sine wave Both the instrument and rms calibrated average responding measurement devices display the correct rms reading of 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual C 2 1 0000V ac the dc component equals 0 However consider the 2V peak to peak square wave Both types of measurement correctly display the dc component OV but the NetDAQ instrument also correctly measures the ac component 1 0000V The average responding device measures 1 11V which amounts to an 11 error Average responding measurement devices have been in use for a long time you may have accumulated test or reference da
242. itions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message A D Open Thermocouple Detection Failure Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If this fault occurs again stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message A D Overload Detection Failure Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual A D Reference Balance Values Invalid Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during inte
243. kQ 290 kQ 289 61 KQ 290 39 KQ 3 MQ 2 9 MQ 2 8914 MQ 2 9086 MQ The resistance accuracy in this table makes allowance for up to 0 1Q of lead wire resistance plus 0 01 decade resistance tolerance You must add any additional lead wire resistance present in your setup to the resistance values given in this table 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Resistance Range 5700A Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 3002 Short Circuit Zero 0Q 10Q 3002 190Q 189 910 200 092 3 kQ Short Circuit Zero 0Q 10 50 3 kQ 1 9 KQ 1 8991 kQ 1 9109 kQ 30 kQ 19 kQ 18 989 kQ 19 0210 300 kQ 190 kQ 189 75 KQ 190 26 KQ 3 MQ 1 9 MQ 1 8942 MQ 1 9058 MQ The resistance accuracy in this table makes allowance for up to 0 1Q of lead wire resistance You must add any additional lead wire resistance present in your setup to the resistance values given in this table 5 Close Spy Window 2 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 2645A 6 18 Complete the following procedure to test the accuracy of the resistance function for the 2645A using 2 terminals Measurement accuracy applies to all channels not just the channel used for the test The 4 wire resistance accuracy test is more rigorous and you may wish to skip this step and continue to 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Test 1 Connect the Resistance Source to Channel 1 Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect a cable from the Decade Resistance Source to the Universal Input Mod
244. l Help File Format Trend Link Ony fasc CSV eadband Poulan Append To File Overwrite File Data File None Select Data File Auto Rollover File Comment Temperature data 9 04 98 ds062s bmp Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows 4 Data Files 3 Select the desired File Format For the Fast Binary or ASCII CSV format select Append to File or Overwrite File This file mode determines what happens when logging starts if a data file of the same name exists Enter text characters 79 maximum into the File Comment box The File Comment text appears in the header of the data file 4 Click Select Data File Enter the file name The default extensions are csv ASCID bin Fast Binary and set Trend Link Click Save to save the name entry of that file The name of your data file now appears in the Data File Configuration dialog box Data File 01 2 x Save in E Netdaq c E File name data01 cs Save as type ASCII Files CSY E Cancel ds037s bmp 5 Click Auto Rollover to open the Auto Rollover dialog box Auto Rollover 01 x ji 1000 Cancel Time Interval hours fi Help C Hour of Day 24 hour p Low Disk Space liirend Link any On Low Disk Space ofk bytes fi 000 Peron Rollover Stop Logaina ds065s bmp 4 15 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 4 16 6 10 11 Select the desired Auto Rollo
245. l gt Click to select multiple channels avatar ds019s bmp Defining a Computed Channel Equation 3 27 To define a mathematical equation for a computed channel complete the following procedure 1 In the Equation field at the bottom of the box enter the equation See Equation Syntax for information on entering equations 2 Click OK to store the equation and return to the Channels Configuration dialog box 3 20 Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Configuring Channels 3 If the equation contains an error an error message appears Click OK in the error message box If possible NetDAQ Logger highlights the location of the error in the equation Change the equation as necessary and click OK to return to the Channels Configuration dialog box 4 Click OK to return to the Instrument Configuration dialog box If all of the defined equations for this instrument exceed the allowed storage space 1000 bytes an error message appears If this happens reopen the Functions dialog box and redefine or eliminate equations as necessary Equation Syntax 3 28 Use the following guidelines to define new equations or modify existing ones Each equation can be up to 100 characters in length and each must include a reference to at least one other configured channel Examples of equations are shown below 2 e21 c2 2 1 32 c21 c2 1 32 20 log C1 C2 Operands can be integer or real constants or analog or computed channels
246. le Ut 59 61 P O Box 58 H 1502 Budapest TEL 361 186 9589 or 209 3444 FAX 361 161 1021 Iceland Taeknival HF P O Box 8294 Skeifunni 17 128 Reykjavik TEL 354 1 681665 FAX 354 1 680664 India Hinditron Services Pvt Inc 33 44A 8th Main Road Raj Mahal Vilas Extension Bangalore 560 080 TEL 91 80 334 8266 or 0068 FAX 91 33 247 6844 Hinditron Services Pvt Ltd Hinditron House 23 B Mahal Industrial Estate Mahakali Caves Rd Andheri East Bombay 400 093 TEL 91 22 836 4560 6590 FAX 91 22 836 4682 Hinditron Services Pvt Ltd Castle House 5th Floor 5 1 A Hungerford Street Calcutta 700 017 TEL 91 33 400 194 FAX 91 33 247 6844 Hinditron Services Pvt Ltd 204 206 Hemkunt Tower 98 Nehru Place New Delhi 110 019 TEL 91 11 641 3675 or 643 0519 FAX 91 11 642 9118 Hinditron Services Pvt Ltd Field Service Center Emerald House 5th Floor 114 Sarojini Devi Road Secunderabad 500 003 TEL 91 40 844033 or 843753 FAX 91 40 847585 Indonesia P T Daeng Bro Phillips House J n H R Rasuna Said Kav 3 4 Jakarta 12950 TEL 62 21 520 1122 FAX 62 21 520 5189 or 62 21 520 5189 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Israel R D T Equipment amp Sys Ltd P O Box 58072 Tel Aviv 61580 TEL 972 3 645 0745 FAX 972 3 647 8908 Italy Fluke Italia S R L CSS Viale Delle Industrie 11 20090 Vimodrone MI TEL 39 2 268 434 203 or 4341 FAX 39 2 250 1645 Japan Fluke Corp Sumitom
247. lected data It compares data from multiple sources performs simple Statistical Process Control SPC calculations on selected data portions annotates data highlights curve limits zooms in on data of interest compares batches and exports to spreadsheets or other applications e Dynamic Data Exchange DDE You can link data to other Windows based applications such as spreadsheets with Dynamic Data Exchange DDE Operating a NetDAQ Data Acquisition System 1 18 You can configure NetDAQ hardware and software to operate over either an isolated or general network An isolated network includes NetDAQ instruments and host computers only A general network may also include servers routers gateways or other network devices Both types of networks interconnect using Ethernet i e using the IEEE 802 3 or ISO 8802 3 standards A unique 2 digit Base Channel Number BCN entered at the instrument front panel identifies each NetDAQ instrument on the network All subsequent 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual operations refer to the instrument by BCN NetDAQ Logger supports up to 20 instruments for operation You cannot operate an instrument from more than one host computer at a time Isolated Networks 1 19 An isolated network consists of only NetDAQ instruments and host computers The advantages include simplified setup faster network operation and freedom from general network problems Data throughput specifications are guaranteed only
248. licom PLA In these rare cases you must force use of the uni directional communication on this interface You do this by adding the unidir switch to the driver If you are using the Trumpet TCP IP package isolated network you place the unidir switch on the command line in your autoexec bat file where the etpacket com packet driver is loaded as follows The line in the autoexec bat before the change c netdagq etpacket com int 60 The line in the autoexec bat after the change c netdaq etpacket com int 60 unidir If you are using the Newt TCP IP package General Network you place the unidir switch on a line in the driver information area of the protocol ini file NDIS driver as follows The lines in the protocol ini file before the change silicom drivername epndis The lines in the protocol ini file after the change silicom drivername epndis unidir For further information on the unidir switch see the Silicom SET User Guide 8 Newt loads without error on a Novell work station but cannot communicate with NetDAQ instrument Be sure that there is only one net cfg file or that the one modified by the newt installation program is also loaded by the Novell station Handling Token Ring Networks I 16 If you need to install your NetDAQ system on an existing token ring network your network must contain a Gateway device see Network Interconnection Devices in this appendix The Gateway must s
249. lict with other versions of Windows or Windows is operating with marginal memory Error returned from Trend Link function Error The Trend Link application has experienced an error The Trend Link error message that appears will indicate the fault experienced by Trend Link Ethernet Chip Failure Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Ethernet Parameters Corrupted Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Exceeded Nested Parentheses Limit Your equation contains too many sets of nested parentheses Do not use more than three sets of nested parentheses The following examples demonstrate how you
250. lid Channel Number Your equation contains a channel number that is not expressed with the correct syntax When used within an equation channel numbers must be preceded by the letter c or C The channel number itself is expressed as an integer between 1 and 30 For example channel 21 should be expressed as c21 or C21 Invalid Equation NetDAQ Logger attempted to read an equation that is missing or was entered in invalid syntax This messages appears when a computed function is defined as Equation but the equation is either missing from the dialog box or was entered in a format that cannot be read by NetDAQ Logger Verify the equation has been entered check for missing operators or operands misspelled operators or illegal characters and correct the equation as necessary Invalid Factor M Value You have entered a Factor M value for Mx B scaling that is excessively large Select a M value that is less than 9 9999E 9 Invalid IP Address or Socket Port Number Reconfigure Communications Your Communications Configuration File does not have a valid IP Address or Socket Port for this instrument General Network only Make sure you have not set an IP address to 000 000 000 000 in the Communications Configuration File Select the Communications Config command from the Setup menu Invalid Maximum Value for Scaled Range You have entered an invalid Maximum Value for the Mx B Input Range calculation
251. ll TCP IP protocol packages with included WINSOCK DLLs can be purchased from a variety of sources including Microsoft Banyan FTP SunSoft and IBM The Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP has evolved as a networking protocol that supports communication among diverse computers and devices at U C Berkeley there once was a TCP IP connected Coke machine The TCP IP protocol can be used to communicate between programs running on many different computer systems running under many different operating systems and even running on several different physical network types Ethernet being only one of the many types supported The TCP IP protocol stack is isolated from the underlying network hardware by a device driver Applications use TCP IP resources via one of the several Application Programming Interfaces API that are commonly supported by network software vendors The API used by the NetDAQ software is WINSOCK discussed below There are also APT s for file transfer FTP and file sharing NFS and others You rarely need to know the details of the TCP IP protocol In summary TCP IP enables two computer systems to establish a connection that allows data to be exchanged Data to be transmitted is broken up into manageable chunks packets by the TCP portion of TCP IP TCP also reconstructs the data at the receiving end by merging the chunks back together in the correct order TCP also assures error free communication by us
252. llows the instrument to optimize internal circuitry for maximum precision See Figure 2 20 for examples e Line Frequency Choices Select 50 Hz or 60 Hz as the frequency of the primary power when an ac source powers the instrument Press the COMM key to review the Line Frequency setting or press and hold the COMM key for 3 seconds to set the Line Frequency Press the up down arrow keys until LinE Line Frequency appears in the primary display comm appears in the secondary display Press the ENTER key LinE appears in the secondary display and the current LinE frequency setting is in the primary display For Line Frequency set procedures press the up down arrow keys to select 50 Hz or 60 Hz line frequency current setting appears bright 6 OO O CO 6 Press the ENTER key to exit Pressing any other function key will cancel set operations Figure 2 19 Reviewing and Setting the Line Frequency 2 29 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual REVIEW D Tt nana L Lived D Tt na ha L Ltovedrt Yum atts SET D ai by me ZM bal bal Hz SET e e Li AC 7 om l al Hz Line frequency display for setting the line frequency to 50 Hz REVIEW a by me om bal Hz Line frequency display for reviewing the line frequency 60 Hz Figure 2 20 Examples for Reviewing and Setting the Line Frequency 2 30 Preparing for Operation Instrument Preparation Reviewing and Se
253. lly appears as noise in the readings However it is possible to accidentally combine a fast B 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual reading rate and scan interval that is an exact multiple of the power line period and cause line frequency noise to be aliased to a very low frequency where it appears as drift or instability in the readings For example if the instrument is set to Reading Rate Fast and a scan interval of 100 ms line frequency noise is aliased because the scan interval is an exact multiple of the period of the power line One way to see whether your measurement setup has a potential problem like this is to pick a scan interval like 98 ms or 102 ms that is not an exact multiple of the power line period If the readings appear noisier with this scan interval than with an interval of 100 ms there is a problem with the measurement setup Possible solutions to this problem are 1 Use shielded wiring to prevent power line noise pickup from mixing with the signal Be sure the shield is connected to an earth ground 2 Route signal wiring away from power mains wiring Remove noise from the signal using filters before the signal is applied to the instrument 4 Select Reading Rate Slow which allows the instrument to filter out the noise 5 Ensure that the chassis of the instrument is connected to earth ground This is desirable for reasons of safety as well as noise Crosstalk Considerations B 4 The accuracy o
254. loli iil olojojlolojilojojojloji fi o 51409030 Alarm value 0 indicates no channels were in alarm for this scan Alarm Value 1 indicates channel 1 was in alarm for this scan Alarm value 1073741823 indicates all channels were in alarm for this scan Alarm value 46 indicates channels 6 4 3 and 2 were in alarm for this scan Alarm value 1795 indicates channels 11 10 9 2 and 1 were in alarm for this scan Alarm value 51409030 indicates channels 26 25 21 16 15 14 8 3 and 2 were in alarm for this scan ds072c bmp 4 4 19 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Optimizing Performance 4 18 You can set up instrument operations to optimize either your system s data collection rate or measurement precision depending on your requirements The procedures in this section describe the options for optimizing performance Optimizing Performance for Speed 4 19 To optimize the data collection rate of your system you can alter the parameters that affect the instrument s scanning rate the data put through from the instrument to the data file or the speed of the network Increasing Scanning Rate 4 20 Follow these guidelines to increase the rate at which an instrument collects data Select the Fast Reading Rate Use similar functions on contiguous channels For example if measuring dc volts on four channels and thermocouple on four channels configure channels 1 2 3 and 4 for de volts and channels 5 6 7 and 8 fo
255. ltage from gradually raising the chassis to a high potential For example if you measure the voltage across a resistor in a 50V dc circuit the instrument reads the resistor voltage and ignores the 50V dc common mode voltage Since the impedance between the channel s inputs and chassis ground is not infinite a common mode voltage gradually leaks to the chassis ground A good earth ground prevents the chassis from rising to the common mode voltage 50V dc in this case Universal Input Module Connections 2 9 Connections to the Universal Input Module Figure 2 3 use the H high and L low pairs of terminals for each of the 20 analog input channels Complete the following procedure to make connections Warning To avoid electric shock remove all inputs from live voltages before opening this module Input wiring may be connected to live voltages 1 Remove the module from the rear panel by pressing the release tab on the bottom of the module and pulling the module free of the connector 2 Loosen the two large screws on top and open the module 3 Connect the wires to H high positive and L low negative for each channel 4 Thread these wires through the strain relief pins and out the back of the module 2 7 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 8 5 Close the module cover secure the screws and insert the module in the connector at the rear of the instrument until it latches in place Resistance and RTD measurements
256. m Zagreb Fluke Sls amp Serv Draga 8 41425 Sveta Jana TEL 385 41 837115 FAX 385 41 837237 Denmark Fluke Danmark A S Cust Supp Ejby Industrivej 40 DK 2600 Glostrup TEL 45 43 44 1900 or 1935 FAX 45 43 43 9192 Ecuador Proteco Coasin Cia Ltda Av 12 de Octubre 2449 y Orellana P O Box 17 03 228 A Quito TEL 593 2 230283 or 520005 FAX 593 2 561980 Egypt EEMCO Electronic Equipment Mkting Co 9 Hassan Mazher St P O Box 2009 St Heliopolis 11361 Cairo Egypt TEL 20 2 417 8296 FAX 20 2 417 8296 Fed Rep of Germany Fluke Deutschland Gmbh Customer Support Services Servicestutzpunkt VFN5 Oskar Messter Strasse 18 85737 Ismaning Munich TEL 49 89 9961 1260 FAX 49 89 9961 1270 Fluke Deutschland CSS Servicestutzpunkt VFN5 Meiendorfer Strasse 205 22145 Hamburg TEL 49 40 679 6434 FAX 49 40 679 7653 Finland Fluke Finland Oy Sinikalliontie 3 P L 151 SF 02631 Espoo TEL 358 0 6152 5600 FAX 358 0 6152 5630 France Fluke France S A 37 Rue Voltaire BP 112 93700 Drancy Cedex TEL 33 1 4896 6300 FAX 33 1 4896 6330 Greece Philips S A Hellenique Fluke Sales amp Service Manager 15 25th March Street P O Box 3153 177 78 Tavros Athens TEL 30 1 489 4911 or 4262 FAX 30 1 481 8594 Hong Kong Schmidt amp Co Ltd 1st Floor 323 Jaffe Road Wanchai TEL 852 9223 5623 FAX 852 834 1848 Fluke Service Centers K Hungary MTA MMSZ KFT Srv Gen Mgr Ete
257. m External equipment such as warning lights can process the logic low output on the Digital I O connector Associating an I O line with an alarm condition is part of the alarm s configuration procedure See Alarms in Chapter 3 of this manual Preparing for Operation Instrument Preparation niet Lt Digital I O status display for DIO line 7 for the example 1111 0000 Digital I O status display for DIO line 4 for the example 1111 0000 D4 n op am an Digital I O status display for DIO line O for the example 1111 0000 Totalizer status display for the high digits for the example 4294967295 Totalizer status display for the low digits for the example 4294967295 Figure 2 15 Examples for Digital I O and Totalizer Status 2 2 25 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Displaying the Totalizer Status 2 29 Perform the procedure in Figure 2 16 to display the instrument Totalizer status The instrument updates the Totalizer display once per second See Figure 2 15 for examples To clear the Totalizer count cycle the instrument power You can also configure NetDAQ Logger to clear the Totalizer count when it starts logging e Maximum Totalizer Count The Totalizer counts switch closures or voltage transitions with a maximum count of 4 294 967 295 e Totalizer Status Display The instrument displays the Totalizer status in two five digit segments high
258. ments and software require no server support As a result as long as your network can carry and route TCP IP packets you should have no interaction between communication with the NetDAQ instruments and other traffic on the network The PC software runs in the MS Windows environment and is designed to operate over any winsock d11 that supports version 1 1 of the WINSOCK standard A 16 bit WINSOCK and TCP IP software package Trumpet is included with the PC software However if your PCs already have a winsock d11 and TCP IP stack loaded you should use that instead Especially in Novell environments you may want to use the LAN Workplace for DOS amp Windows product from Novell instead of the WINSOCK and stack supplied with the NetDAQ Logger software Whichever winsock d11 that you use make sure that there s only one file with this name in any directory specified in your PATH WINSOCK libraries are specifically matched to the underlying TCP IP software and are not interchangeable between software vendors If the wrong winsock d11 is found during NetDAQ Logger startup it will be loaded and the network interface will not operate The NetDAQ instruments have both coaxial 10Base2 and unshielded twisted pair 10BaseT connectors for network connection Only one of these may be connected to a network at any one time because network activity on the connection is used to automatically select which is to be active If you are already using
259. mmunications Configuration File of all network instruments invalidates all references to network instruments in all setup files as the Communications Configuration File is common to all setup files Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel the operation Are you sure you want to Delete You are deleting an instrument in the Communications Configuration File which will remove it from the network Clearing the Communications Configuration File of an instrument invalidates references to the instrument in all setup files as the Communications Configuration File is common to all setup files Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel the operation J 5 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 6 Associated configuration will change to reflect new instrument model Continue You are modifying an instrument model number in the Communications Configuration File which will also modify the instrument model number for the associated icon on the Icon Bar Associated icon will change to the new number Continue You are modifying an instrument BCN in the Communications Configuration File which will also modify the BCN for the associated icon on the Icon Bar Attempt to set instrument to invalid time Verify your PC time When logging starts the instrument time is set according to the clock on your PC If your PC date and time settings are invalid the instrument time cannot be set and this message will appear Reset the date and time on your PC
260. ms It also supports multiple protocols including IPX SPX and TCP IP ODI and NDIS drivers are usually loaded by being included in a DEVICE line in the config sys file This line loads a DOS level driver There are a few implementations of the NDIS driver as a Windows VxD level driver The NDIS driver used with the Windows for Workgroups version of MS Windows is a Windows VxD The setup information for NDIS drivers is contained in a file called protocol ini that must be in the same directory from which the driver is loaded This file contains sections describing the driver characteristics and the protocols that may be operating over the driver For example a driver characteristic section might look like this EtherLinkII DRIVERNAME ELNKIIS INTERRUPT 5 TRANCE IVER INTERNAL IOADDRESS 0x300 Network Considerations Network Primer While a protocol section might look like the following NETMANAGE DRIVERNAME NETMNGS BINDINGS EtherLinkII These two protocol ini file sections describe a hardware driver characteristic for a 3COM EtherLink II hardware card and specifies that the NetManage protocol stack should bind with the EtherLink II driver The setup information for ODI drivers is contained in a file called net cfg that must be in the Novell directory the driver must be there too This file contains sections
261. n a PC in this appendix for information on installing two network adapters on one host computer Newt TCP IP vs Novell NetWare l 18 If you have the Novell TCP IP package LAN Workplace for DOS Windows with WINSOCK already installed on your PC you do not need to install the Newt package You do however need to get the winsock d11 associated with the LAN Workplace product from Novell This is available by down load from CompuServe or from the Novell BBS If you don t have the Novell TCP IP package use the Newt package with the basic NetWare client software on your PC First boot your PC with your Novell NetWare Client software active Make sure that the version of NetWare you have uses an ODI driver Next use the basic Newt installation procedure in this appendix Newt Setup will detect the presence of the Novell NetWare software and automatically modify the NetWare net cfg file If Newt Setup cannot find the active net cfg file it will prompt you for its location Novell NetWare uses an ODI driver loaded during your Novell client code setup The Newt TCP IP stack will be loaded to operate over this driver On completion of Newt installation you will see that the net cfg file in the Novell NetWare directory has had something like the following lines added example for the Intel EtherExpress 16C adapter l 21 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual I 22 Link Driver EXP160DI Port 300 Frame Ether
262. n the instrument are the same If the problem persists close NetDAQ Logger and restart the application WARNING Only Number bytes of free disk space remain on Drive for Trend Link data You are logging to a Trend Link file and the minimum Low Disk Space amount has been reached When you start logging to a Trend Link data file NetDAQ Logger periodically checks for available disk space When this space reaches the value set in the Auto Rollover dialog box this warning is displayed and a rollover of the Data Set file automatically takes place To change the disk space default value 1000 k bytes see the Help instructions for Low Disk Space for Trend Link in the Auto Rollover dialog box J 33 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Window creation failed Windows was unable to open NetDAQ Logger due to insufficient resources such as insufficient memory in Windows Close all applications and restart Windows to clear the resource problem Winsock dll not found The winsock d11 file cannot be found in any directory listed in your c autoexec bat path Be sure you have enabled or installed networking software see Chapter 2 of this manual J 34 USA California FLW Fluke Calibration Center C o FLW Service Corporation 3505 Cadillac Ave Bldg E Costa Mesa CA 92626 TEL 714 751 7512 FAX 714 755 7332 Dallas Fluke Service Center 2104 Hutton Drive Suite 112 Carrollton TX 75006 TEL 214 406 1000 FAX
263. nd Link Data Files in this chapter Specify Fluke Format csv for the Import File Type Be sure you do NOT import the same ASCII CSV file more than once into the same Data Set as this causes a timestamp conflict For future NetDAQ Logger data logging you may prefer to use Fast Binary instead of ASCII data file format Fast Binary converts easily to Trend Link format when you select Utilities Binary to Trend Link Conversion Fast Binary also converts easily to ASCII CSV format when you select Utilities Binary to ASCII Conversion Importing Trend Link Data Files 5 6 You can import standard csv Iconics Format prn and Fluke Format csv data files using the Trend Link Import CSV File utility For example purposes the procedure below shows how to import a Fluke Format ASCII CSV data file You can adapt this procedure to standard csv and Iconics Format prn as required Create a New Trend Link Data Set Directory 5 7 1 In the Windows Explorer utility create a new folder for a Trend Link Data Setin c Program Files Fluke netdag by highlighting the c Program Files Fluke netdagq folder and then selecting File New Folder Use the NetDAQ convention for Trend Link Data Set folders by starting with an underscore followed by up to seven characters with the extension set Click OK Hint Use the Configurator program supplied with Trend Link to create a new Data Set See Configurator program info
264. nd path See Starting NetDAQ Logger with a Setup File in Chapter 3 of this manual Unable to read Trend Link default template chart file tldef cht Your NetDAQ Logger installation is missing the required c Program Files Fluke netdag tldef cht file The installation of NetDAQ Logger may be corrupted Reinstall NetDAQ Logger following the procedures in Chapter 2 Unable to stop scanning You have lost communications with your instrument and scanning cannot be stopped When you lose communications with the instrument while scanning it is indeterminate if it is a network problem or an instrument problem If it is a network problem then the instrument continues to scan To remedy this situation correct the communications problem and then click the Stop Instrument button acknowledge the Unable to stop scanning message and then click the Start Instrument button again You can also cycle the instrument power to stop scanning Unable to Write to Configuration Text File The name you selected for the text file already exists as a Read Only file or you have run out of disk space Choose a different name for the text file remove the Read Only property of the existing file or free up disk space Unable to Write to Data File Check disk space J 32 You have run out of space on the disk drive used for your data file or the disk drive is not responding Check your disk medium If you are using a floppy disk make sure the
265. nd the instrument front panel interface to check that the Base Channel Number BCN IP address Socket Port Number and Instrument Type are all correct for each instrument If General Networking mode is selected check that the subnet of the PC is the same as the subnet of each instrument see IP Addresses and Segmented Networks in this appendix If the subnets are not the same check the router connecting the subnets to make sure it can route IP packets Also check the Network Considerations Troubleshooting Information NetDAQ instrument and the PC default gateway addresses to make sure they are set correctly Check all network wiring Make sure that 10Base2 terminators are placed at the two open ends of the coax Make sure that there is no more than one terminator on each end some network repeaters bridges and routers have termination built into the unit In a 10Base2 network make sure that the collision indicator on the instruments amber LED is not lighting If the collision indicator lights often check all wiring for possible sources of impedance mismatch missing terminators broken insulation metal parts touching each other i e the Tee touching another connector on the PC or other wiring problems In a 10BaseT network make sure that the link indicator same amber LED is lit continuously If it is not make sure that connection to the hub is correct and that the hub port is active If you have replaced an instrum
266. ndow while values of 50 and 0 represent the bottom half of the curve window If you check Scale Values the band bars displayed on Using Trend Link for Fluke 5 Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart the left side of the curve window will include a display of scale values Otherwise a band without numbers will appear Curve Type Select the type of curve normal highlight shaded or SPC Statistical Processing Control If you enabled the NetDAQ Logger channel alarm values the default curve type is highlighted and Trend Link sets limit values according to the alarm values Precision refers to the number of digits appearing to the right of the decimal point Curve Status window and Band Bars For example a Precision entry of 1 would show values of 70 0 and 80 0 maximum entry is 7 showing values of 70 0000000 and 80 0000000 Color Click here to select the color of the curve trace More Button Click to open the Curve Options dialog box for the Curve Type selected Minimized Button Click to select display options when the dialog is minimized A minimized dialog becomes a floating window displaying various types of information about the curve tag name last data value etc AutoScale Button Click to autoscale the scale values based on the current data in view in the curve window Draw First Button This causes the curve to be drawn on the top over all other curves Draw Last Button This cause the curve to be drawn on
267. net_802 3 Frame Ethernet_II Protocol IPX 0 Ethernet_802 3 Newt TCP IP vs Microsoft LANManager I 19 If you have the Microsoft LANManager software already installed on your PC you do not need to install a new driver However unless you have the LANManager TCP IP software option you will need to install the Newt TCP IP stack During NetManage Newt installation select None when asked for a hardware Vendor LANManager uses an NDIS driver that is loaded during installation of this software To add NetManage TCP IP support to this driver you must add lines to the config sys and protocol ini files Add a line to the config sys just after the line where the NDIS network driver is loaded as follows DEVICE c netmanag netmanag dos Add a section to the protocol ini file as follows NETMANAGE DRIVERNAME NETMNGS BINDINGS hardware driver name The hardware driver name should be the same as that used in the drivers section of the protocol ini file section that identifies the hardware used Delete the following line from your autoexec bat file the Newt Setup program placed it there c netmanag netbind If you already have the LANManager TCP IP software package installed you do not need to install the Newt package Just make sure that the directory containing the winsock d11 file is in the path as specified in your autoexec bat Newt TCP IP vs Banyan Vines
268. nfiguration After Steps 5 and 6 are completed the portion of the Main Window for channels and alarms configuration will appear as shown below Maintenance 6 Performance Test Chan Function Range Alarm 1 Alarm 2 Trg MxtB Units Label 0101 VDC 3V LO gt DO0 OFF NA OFF VDC Label 0102 VDC 3V LO gt D01 OFF NA OFF DC Label 0103 VDC 3V LO gt DO2 OFF NA OFF YDC Label 0104 VDC 3V LO gt DO3 OFF NA OFF VDC Label 0105 VDC 3V LO gt DO4 OFF NA OFF VDC Label 0106 VDC 3V LO gt DO5 OFF NA OFF VDC Label 0107 VDC 3V LO gt DO6 OFF NA OFF YDC Label 0108 VDC 3V LO gt DO7 OFF NA OFF VDC Label 8 Short Channel Inputs Remove the Universal Input Module from the 10 11 12 13 14 instrument and apply a short to channels 1 through 8 Reinstall the Universal Input Module Start Instrument Scanning Select Logging Start Instrument to start the instrument scanning The instrument must be scanning to set the DIO lines Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select 01DIO Click OK to open the Spy window Verify Digital I O Output for all Set Lines The Spy window summarizes the 8 DIO binary lines as a decimal equivalent i e 0 for the present condition of all lines set 00000000 Measure DIO Lines Using a digital multimeter measure the output of each DIO line referenced to the GND line for a voltage less than 0 8V dc Close Spy Window Stop Instrument Scanning Select Logging Stop Instrume
269. ng Chart aecccisiigeesstehevsiidsicvsci eaeteadidheoenstenveesteasseapsarionetels 5 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 5 2 Using Trend Link for Fluke 5 Introduction Introduction 5 1 Trend Link for Fluke Trend Link graphs real time and historical data in the Microsoft Windows environment This chapter supports Trend Link operation with a series of procedures to use in conjunction with NetDAQ Logger Refer to the Trend Link for Fluke Reference Manual for complete information Make sure that you have installed Trend Link as described in Chapter 2 Installing Trend Link Displaying a Trend Link Chart During Logging 5 2 Complete the following procedure to display a Trend Link chart in real time during logging This procedure assumes you have configured the network and instruments for operation and have selected Trend Link as the data file format See Data Files in Chapter 4 1 In NetDAQ Logger select the desired instrument on the Icon Bar Verify that Trend Link shows in the File Format field in the Main Window as shown below If the file format is ASCH or Binary you will not be able to display a Trend Link chart in real time mathcad stp Fluke NetDAQ Logger ioj x 1 Setup View Logging Plot Trend Utilities Options Help m Hl ilal g elj l Bars 01 INSTRUMENT CONFIGURATION 01 Description None Model 2645A Trigger Type Interval Reading Rate Slow High Res Interval 1
270. nstrument Baud Rate Click the scroll arrow to list the baud rate choices 4800 9600 19 2K and 38 4K Default is 19 2K this rate must match the rate selected as the instrument front panel Volts de Click to perform volts dc calibration Volts ac Click to perform volts ac calibration Resistance Click to perform resistance calibration Frequency Click to perform frequency calibration Calibration Steps Dialog Box 6 36 The Calibration Steps dialog box below performs the calibration steps for volts dc volts ac resistance or frequency The calibration procedure is provided in the Service Manual PN 942615 6 33 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Calibration Steps Volts DC x Apply 0 09 VDC Done Cancel Actual os VDC Help Perform Calibration Step Apply Displays the suggested value to apply to the instrument from the calibrator rel ds308s bmp Actual Enter the actual value applied to the instrument from the calibrator Use a value as close as possible to the suggested value for best calibration results Perform Calibration Step Apply the calibrator output to the instrument and then click this button to perform the calibration Variations in the Display 6 37 Under normal operation the display presents various combinations of brightly and dimly lit annunciators and digits However you may encounter other random irregularities across different areas of the display under the following circumstan
271. nt panel 2 18 rear panel 2 20 Initializing the performance test setup 6 9 Input trigger Input Output capabilities 2640A 2645A A 4 Installation driver Ethernet adapter driver NDIS ODI I 20 Ethernet adapter 2 43 host computer Ethernet adapter 2 43 host computer networking software 2 52 NetDAQ Logger 2 52 Newt Networking Software I 20 1 24 testing Trend Link 2 55 Trumpet networking software 2 53 Instrument adding to the network clearing totalizer value deleting from the network unpacking and inspecting Instrument and host computer interconnection 2 45 Instrument configuration dialog box 3 15 Instrument configuration saving as a text file 3 28 Instrument connector set 1 15 Instrument description Instrument features and capabilities 1 4 Instrument grounding 2 5 Instrument icon creating Instrument icon deletin Instrument preparation Instrument configuring Interconnection instrument and host computer 2 45 Interconnection using 10Base2 coaxial wiring 2 48 Interconnection using 10BaseT twisted pair Ethernet wiring 2 48 1 10 Interval Trigger IP address for default gateway 2 39 IP address for host computer setting IP address for instrument setting 2 38 IP addresses and segmented networks Isolated network operation 1 12 Isolated network type reviewing and setting the 2 31 L Line frequency
272. nt to stop instrument scanning Digital Input Test 6 26 This test checks the Digital I O lines when used as inputs 1 Connect Test Leads to DIGITAL I O Connector Remove the 10 position DIGITAL I O connector from the instrument rear panel Connect a test lead to each DIO line 0 to 7 plus a test lead to the GND line Also connect a test lead to the Totalizer output Reinstall the connector Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select 01DIO Click OK to open the Spy window 6 27 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 Verify Digital I O Input for all Set Lines In sequence individually ground each DIO line to the GND line using the DIO wires connected in Step 1 Note the change in the DIO status reported in the Spy window as follows None grounded Reported DIO Status 255 DIOO grounded Reported DIO Status 254 DIO1 grounded Reported DIO Status 253 DIO2 grounded Reported DIO Status 251 DIO3 grounded Reported DIO Status 247 DIO4 grounded Reported DIO Status 239 DIO5 grounded Reported DIO Status 223 DIO6 grounded Reported DIO Status 191 DIO7 grounded Reported DIO Status 127 4 Close Spy Window Totalizer Tests 6 27 The Totalizer Tests check the Totalizer feature for counting and sensitivity Totalizer Count Test 6 28 This test checks the ability of the Totalizer feature to count 1 Enable Totalizer Debounce In NetDAQ Logger select Setup Instrument Configuration to open the
273. nts by using the front panel controls Please read Network Primer in this appendix for more information on IP addressing and the other information needed to operate NetDAQ on a general network Network Primer 1 4 In the early days of computer networking vendors used many proprietary communication schemes These forced users to purchase equipment and software from one or a few companies As networking became more popular users placed pressure on vendors to establish standards to allow interoperation of various types of computers operating system software and interface hardware One of these standardization efforts was started by the DARPA agency of the U S Defense department Another was headed up by the DEC and Xerox companies This effort resulted in the Ethernet wiring and low level protocol scheme The DARPA effort resulted in the TCP IP high level protocols Ethernet became an international standard by the efforts of the IEEE 802 3 committee TCP IP is the protocol used on the international Internet Network and is supported by consensus of the users of that network many thousands of hosts The Sockets API was developed at U C Berkeley and was widely adopted by the UNIX community to support direct Host to Host communication within a TCP IP network WINSOCK is an MS Windows Dynamic Link Library DLL version of the original UNIX Sockets library and has been standardized by a large number of PC Software and Hardware Vendors T
274. nts use 2 input channels a decade apart e g channels 4 and 14 Table A 15 2640A 4 Wire Resistance Temperature Coefficient Specification Temperature Coefficient Accuracy at 20 C Characteristic Add 1 10th the 90 day specification per C above 28 C or below 18 C Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warmup For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly Table A 16 2640A 4 Wire Resistance Range and Resolution Specifications Resolution Current Full Scale Maximum voltage Range Applied Voltage applied by instrument 3009 1maQ_ 3ma_ 1mA 300 mV 3 5V 3kQ 10mQ2 30mQ 100pA 300 mV 3 5V 30kQ 100mQ 300maQ 10pA 300 mV 3 5V 300kQ 10 30 10 pA 3 0V 3 5V 3M9 109 309 1A 3 0V 3 5V Table A 17 2640A 4 Wire Resistance Accuracy Specifications Accuracy 30 input V 18 C to 28 C 10 C to 60 C 1 Year 1 Year 015 20 MQ 02 3Q 03 3Q 1 402 25 8009 Fast 02 80 MQ 02 8Q 04 1 09 2 1002 5 10kQ Slow 02 50 MQ 02 52 03 52 1 602 25 1 kQ 5 1 5KQ Fast Slow 02 120 MA 084 126 MQ 02 1 2Q 084 1 26Q 04 15Q 126 12 6Q 2 150Q 42 1682 1 05 3 362 Fast 084 336 MQ 084 3 362 168 420 84 4202 2 1 4 2 kQ The 3 MQ range is susceptible to the absorpt
275. o Higashi Shinbashi Bldg 1 1 11 Hamamatsucho Minato ku Tokyo 105 TEL 81 3 3434 0188 or 0181 FAX 81 3 3434 0170 Kenya Walterfang P O Box 14897 Nairobi Kenya TEL 254 2 FAX 254 2 Korea B amp P International Co Ltd Geopung Town A 303 203 1 Nonhyun Dong Kangnam Ku Seoul 135 010 TEL 82 12 546 1457 FAX 82 12 546 1458 IL MYOUNG INC Youngdong P O Box 1486 780 46 Yeogsam Dong Kangnam Ku Seoul TEL 82 2 552 8582 4 FAX 82 2 553 0388 Kuwait Yusuf A Alghanim amp Sons W L L P O Box 223 Safat Alghanim Industries Airport Road Shuwaikh 13003 Kuwait TEL 965 4842988 FAX 965 4847244 Malaysia CNN SDN BHD 17D 2nd Floor Lebuhraya Batu Lancang Taman Seri Damai 11600 Jelutong Penang TEL 60 4 657 9584 FAX 60 4 657 0835 Mexico Metro Y Calibraciones Ind S A Diagonal No 17 3 Piso Col Del Valle C P 03100 Mexico D F TEL 52 5 682 8040 FAX 52 5 687 8695 Netherlands Fluke Nederland B V CSS Afdeling Service Science Park Einhoven 5108 5692 EC Son TEL 31 40 2678 FAX 31 40 2678 New Zealand Phillips Scientific amp Ind Pty L Private Bag 41904 St Lukes 2 Wagener Place Mt Albert Auckland 3 TEL 64 9 894 4160 FAX 64 9 849 7814 Nigeria Philips Projects Centre Resident Delegate PMB 80065 8 Kofo Abayomi Street Victoria Island Nigeria TEL 234 1 262 0632 FAX 234 1 262 0631 Norway Fluke Norway A S Cust Support P O Box 6054 Etter
276. o reduce the complexity of network schemes and to encourage interoperation between varieties of networks the protocols are built up of several layers that are isolated from each other by well described interfaces Usually the lowest layers of the protocol are implemented in hardware logic on the interface circuits used by 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual the computers and other devices attached to the network wiring The Ethernet standard consists of a set of low level addressing and data transmission protocols that run on several different wiring schemes Computers on a network are usually referred to as a host The NetDAQ instruments are hosts in this context Devices that facilitate communication between different sections of a network are called by names that indicate their function for example routers bridges repeaters etc Physical Layer Wiring Schemes Supported by NetDAQ l 5 NetDAQ supports two of the most common wiring schemes used in Ethernet networks 10BaseT or UTP and 10Base2 thin coax The 10Base2 wiring method uses coaxial cable similar to cable TV wire This simple wiring method supports many connections to the cable allowing multiple instruments to be directly connected to the PC The only trick to 10Base2 wiring is that a terminator must be connected to the cable at each open end Fluke supplies a terminator with each NetDAQ instrument and wiring kit The 10BaseT wiring method uses two or four pairs
277. oad line There must be at least one switch that assigns the soft interrupt used to communicate with the protocol stack Other switches may be required to set the IRQ port address and other parameters For example the 3Com EtherLink packet driver is loaded by executing the line 3c5x9pd com 0x60 where the 0x60 sets the soft interrupt to number 60 hex This driver needs no other parameters because it reads the other information from flash memory on the interface board On the other hand the Cabletron adapter packet driver reads setup information from a file named e21pd cfg Since each driver is different the NetDAQ Logger installation program has packet driver information built in for only the Ethernet drivers we sell If other hardware is used you must enter the proper information in the Trumpet setup window during the installation process or edit the autoexec bat file directly Both ODI and NDIS are multi protocol packet driver standards They both allow operation of more than one set of protocol software over the driver at the same time Use of this feature will be discussed in the protocol section below The ODI standard was defined by Novell for use with the netware line of networking software It supports the native IPX SPX protocol of netware and other protocols such as TCP IP NDIS was defined by 3COM and Microsoft for use with the LANManager networking software It has since become commonly used by other network operating syste
278. om and comma selections Click OK when you have made all selections Allow several seconds for importing the NetDAQ ASCII CSV file into the Trend Link Data Set directory you created Display the Trend Link Chart for the Imported File 5 10 Select Edit Add Curve to open the Add Curve dialog box Double click the name of your Data Set in the Data Set box Click the desired Tag name curve from the Tags box and then click OK to display the curve The following example displays Tag 0101 from the Data Set data set Repeat this step for each curve that you want to examine in Trend Link 5 7 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Add Curve 0101 Generate Demo Sample ds126s bmp Examine the chart and perform any standard Trend Link procedures to view print and so forth See Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart Title the Trend Link Chart 5 11 To open the Chart Title dialog box select Preferences Chart Title Enter the desired title and click OK Observe that the entered text appears at the top of the chart in the Title Bar 5 8 Using Trend Link for Fluke 5 Introduction Chart Title Enter the new chart title ds139s bmp Save the Trend Link Chart 5 12 To save the Trend Link chart select File Save As Enter the path to your Data Set directory for the cht chart For example enter c Program Files Fluke netdaq _data set data cht Click OK Chart Save As 2 x File n
279. ons J Error and Status Messages All Slave instruments will become Async Continue You are setting a Master instrument back to an Asynchronous instrument A group instrument consists of a Master and one or more Slaves If you redefine the Master as an Asynchronous instrument then the Slaves will automatically also become Asynchronous Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel the operation Analog Processor not responding Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message Analog Processor not responding Your instrument may have experienced a failure Stop operations and cycle instrument power On rare occasions when measuring extremely noisy inputs at maximum voltage levels the analog processor may fail to respond In this case try to reconfigure the instrument If the problem persists return the instrument to a Fluke Service Center for repair Are you sure you want to Delete All You are deleting all the instruments in the Communications Configuration File which will remove all the instruments from the network Clearing the Co
280. onsiderations for a complete discussion of crosstalk and measurement errors Digital O Connections 2 12 Caution To avoid damage to the instrument do not apply any voltages greater than 30V maximum between the DIGITAL I O connector terminals and earth ground The 10 terminal DIGITAL I O connector Figure 2 5 on the rear panel of the instrument provides connection to the Digital I O and Totalizer functions Complete the following procedure to make a connection to these functions 1 Remove the DIGITAL I O connector from the packing material or instrument rear panel 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Loosen the wire clamp screw for the associated terminal Feed the wire into the gap between the connector body and the wire clamp Tighten the wire clamp do not overtighten and crush the wire Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each wire Oye Re ek Insert the connector in the rear panel I O Line 0 DIGITAL I O I O Line 1 I O Line 2 I O Line 5 I O Line 6 I O Line 7 I O Line 3 Totalizer Input O Line 4 wy Signal Ground RONAO MNO 2 3 A 5 6 7 ey Figure 2 5 DIGITAL I O Connector Digital I O 2 13 The Digital I O lines use terminals 0 to 7 and GND You can use these lines either as signal inputs or as alarm outputs See Table A 3 in Appendix A for complete specifications Totalizer 2 14 The Totalizer uses terminals amp and GND The Totalizer counts contact closures or voltage transitions
281. opping the instruments managing data files and optimizing performance For in depth details of specific topics refer to the online help available through the Help menu Starting NetDAQ Logger 3 2 NetDAQ Logger is a standard Windows application and is opened in the same manner as other Windows applications You can use Start Programs double click on a setup file shortcut on the Windows desktop or double click on a setup file name in the Windows Explorer or File Manager The Main Window 3 3 When you open NetDAQ Logger its Main Window appears from which you can access all commands and features The toolbar provides quick access to commonly used commands The icon bar below the toolbar contains a NetDAQ icon for each configured instrument The icon shows the BCN of the instrument and indicates whether or not NetDAQ Logger is currently logging data from that instrument NetDAQ Logger stores instrument configuration information in a setup file The setup file contains the configuration information for every instrument represented on the icon bar See Setup Files in this chapter for more information Figure 3 1 shows the Main Window with the setup file setup02 loaded The body of the main window shows the instrument configuration for one NetDAQ instrument If you select the icon for another instrument the main windows will show its configuration Accessing NetDAQ Logger Commands 3 4 NetDAQ Logger uses standard Windows men
282. or acceptance testing upon initial receipt or to verify correct instrument operation The performance tests must be performed in sequence If the instrument fails a performance test the instrument requires service or repair To perform these tests you will need a Fluke 5700A Multifunction Calibrator and several other pieces of equipment meeting the minimum specifications given in Table 6 2 Each of the measurements listed in the following steps assume the instrument is being tested after a 1 2 hour warm up in an environment with an ambient temperature of 18 to 28 C and a relative humidity of less than 70 Warning The 2640A 2645A instrument contains high voltages that can be dangerous or fatal Only qualified personnel should attempt to service the instrument Configuring the Performance Test Setup 6 6 Configure the performance test setup as described below The performance test requires a complete network connection between the host computer and instrument under test including a host computer Ethernet interface and installation of NetDAQ Logger If you have not yet configured and tested a network connection for the host computer and instrument complete the appropriate installation procedure for your network configuration before conducting any performance testing 1 Connect the Instrument and the Host Computer Connect the supplied 50 ohm coaxial cable with a BNC T or Y and 50 ohm terminator between the host computer BNC Eth
283. ork Primer e A Repeater is a device used to physically isolate and extend the length of a network segment but it does not divide the network into subnets e A hub is a device that allows communication among multiple 10BaseT network hosts and allows these hosts to communicate with other Ethernet wiring Some hubs also perform Router functions e A Bridge is used on Ethernet networks to isolate two portions of the network at the Frame level see Basic Network Packet and Frame Contents in this appendix This is done to minimize transmission collisions but the two portions isolated by a Bridge remain on the same subnet A Bridge also acts as a Repeater e A Router is used to isolate two portions of the network into subnets as described in IP Addresses and Segmented Networks in this appendix A Router also acts as a Bridge Make sure your Router will route IP packets if you want to place the PC and NetDAQ instruments in different subnets e A Gateway is used to connect two networks with different architecture and protocols For example a Gateway could be used to connect an Ethernet to an X 25 net running on public telephone wiring Gateways also perform Router Bridge and Repeater functions The operation of NetDAQ software and instruments should be unaffected by a properly designed network using any of these network devices However you must use extra care when setting up PCs and NetDAQ instruments in a network containing mult
284. ork installation click the Socket Port button in the Communications Configuration File dialog box In the Socket Port dialog box modify the socket port number if you cannot use the default of 4369 at your installation see your network administrator if you do not know Select an instrument from the Instruments on Network list Click Verify When the message Connection Successful appears repeat for the next instrument Continue until you verify all connections If any error messages appear see Troubleshooting Network Problems in the next section Close the Communications Configuration File dialog box and return to the Main Window If you installed Trend Link select Plot Trend Show Trend Link Observe after a few seconds that the Trend Link application appears In Trend Link select File Exit Refer to Chapter 4 Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows to place the instrument into operation or close the application by selecting Setup Exit Application 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Troubleshooting Network Problems 2 51 Review the troubleshooting information below to help locate any network problems Table 2 4 summarizes network messages reported by NetDAQ Logger for Windows Table 2 5 is a summary of how to use the Ethernet LED indicators on the instrument to identify network problems Table 2 6 is a summary of troubleshooting hints for problems not related to error messages or Ethernet indicators Table 2 4 Network Er
285. ory Refer to Chapter 4 of your Trend Link for Fluke manual for more information Check your Trend Link installation or reinstall Trend Link using the procedures in Chapter 2 Cannot open data file Your data file cannot be opened Enter a valid file name and directory path Cannot open file File Name Your input file for a conversion utility Utilities menu cannot be opened Enter a valid file name or valid formatted file Cannot write to NETDAQ INI file Check file permissions You are not being allowed to write to the c Program Files Fluke netdaq netdaq ini file assuming you have used the default directory Check the permissions for the net daq ini file In particular remove Read Only protection If you have netdaq ini opened in an editor or some other application close that application Changes made in lower level dialog boxes will be lost Are you sure you want to cancel This will occur in the Instrument Configuration Channels Configuration and Data File Configuration dialog boxes if the user cancels after having made changes in lower level dialogs under these dialogs For example if the user okays J 9 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 10 changes in the Auto Rollover dialog box and then cancels the Data File Configuration dialog box the message will appear Channel GCN must be defined for calculation of computed channel GCN You tried to reference a channel set to OFF in a comput
286. ost Computer Ethernet Adapter ee ee eeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Instrument and Host Computer Interconnection eee 2 40 Host Computer Instrument Direct Connection 00 0 0 eee 2 41 Interconnection Using 10Base2 Coaxial Wiring 2 42 Interconnection Using 10BaseT Twisted Pair Ethernet Wiring 2 43 Installing Host Computer Networking Software 0 0 0 eee eeeee 2 44 Setting Host Computer Networking Parameters eeeeeeeeeeee 2 45 Installing NetDAQ Logger ooo cee eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseecnaecnaeesaeeeseenes 2 46 Installing NetDAQ Logger with Trumpet ee eeeeeeeeees 2 53 2 47 Changing from an Isolated Network to a General Network 2 48 Installing Trend Link for Fluke Optional ee eeeeeseeneeeees 2 49 Testing and Troubleshooting eee cesceseceseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeaeeeneeenaes 2 50 Testing the Installation sicrsersicriirsisie iesti itseeni 2 51 Troubleshooting Network Problems 2 2 Preparing for Operation 2 Introduction Introduction 2 1 This chapter describes how to prepare the instruments host computers and network for operation and how to test and troubleshoot system operation Setting up your system requires the following steps described in detail later in this chapter performed in the order shown Instrument Preparation Unpacking and setting up the NetDAQ instrument This section of the manual describes all the connections controls and indicators on the instrument Host Computer Et
287. otalizer totalizer count 6 28 totalizer sensitivity 6 28 trigger input 6 30 trigger output 6 30 Test setup initializing the performance 6 9 Test setup configuring the Testing and troubleshooting Testing the Installation 2 55 Text file saving an instrument configuration as 3 28 Thermocouple temperature accuracy Token ring networks I 19 Totalizer 2640A 2645A A 7 Totalizer count test 6 28 Totalizer sensitivit test 6 28 Totalizer tests 6 28 Totalizer value clearing instrument 4 5 Trend Link Displaying a Chart isl Logging 5 3 Exporting Data Files Importing Data Files 5 6 Playing Back a Fast Binary File 5 5 Playing Back a Trend Link file Playing Back an ASCII File 5 6 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Using the Menus 5 15 Unpacking and inspecting the instrument 2 5 Trend Link Chart Getting the Right Look for your 5 12 Trend Link for Fluke Using 5 3 Trend Link Installation of 2 55 Trigger in A 5 Trigger input Trigger input test 6 30 Trigger out Trigger output Trigger output test Trigger alarm Trigger external 1 10 Troubleshooting I 16 Troubleshooting network problems 2 58 Troubleshooting testing and 2 55 True RMS measurements Trumpet networking software installation U Universal input module connections Using Excel DDE example of G 2 UTP cables H 1 V Vari
288. ote to a curve You can add notes to an historical curve to comment on a particular event voltage spike gap in the data etc 1 Select Preferences Note System to enable the Note icon on the Control Bar 2 To add a note to a point on an historical curve drag the Note icon to a point on the curve and release When you release the note a text box for the note opens and displays the time and date where the note will be positioned on the curve 3 Enter the desired text up to 1024 characters in the text box then click OK When the message Add note permanently to curve appears click Yes As a test double click the Note icon you just created to view the note text Click OK Printing a Chart 5 26 Complete the following procedure to print a Trend Link chart Trend Link prints only the displayed portion of the chart 1 Bring into view the portion of the chart you wish to print 2 Select File Print to open the Print Options dialog box below 5 24 Using Trend Link for Fluke Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart ds140s bmp You can position and size the printed chart by entering X and Y Offsets and Width and Height settings The X and Y Offsets specify the position of the upper left corner of the printed page and the Width and Height determine the size of the printed chart If you enter impossible values Trend Link prints a default full page chart For example X 500 Y 750 and Width
289. ou plan to communicate between your host PC and the NetDAQ instruments on a network that is totally isolated from any other network communication devices you can install the network and set up the devices without consulting Network Administration However if you re going to communicate on an existing network you need to coordinate this with your Network Administrator Specifically you need to ask the following questions before installing and setting up your instruments and host PC 1 What values should I use for my IP addresses Socket Port Number and Subnet Mask Network Considerations Network Primer 2 Does the network contain more than one subnet If so what s the IP address of my default gateway or router device 3 Will all the routers route IP packets 4 What are my domain and host names optional The minimum information you need to get is the IP Addresses for the PC and the instruments If your network contains more than one subnet and you want to place the PC and one or more instruments in different subnets you must also set the default gateway address and subnet mask on both the NetDAQ instrument and the PC Your Network Administrator may also need to know the Ethernet addresses of the PC Ethernet adapter and each NetDAQ instrument that you will attach to the network Obtain the Ethernet address of the PC by running the hardware setup program supplied with the adapter hardware Obtain the address of the NetDAQ instrume
290. ouple accuracy for temperatures between 28 C and 60 C or 10 C and 18 C use a linear interpolation between the two applicable points e g if the applicable spec at 28 C is 6 and the spec at 60 C is 1 1 then the spec at 40 C is 1 1 6 40 28 60 28 6 5 12 32 6 7875 Accuracy at 20 C Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warm up For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly Table A 36 2645A Thermocouple Specifications Accuracy C Thermocouple Resolution 18 C to 28 C 10 C to 60 C 90 Day Type Temperature C Slow J 100 to 80 3 0 8 09 16 09 1 7 80 to 230 2 0 7 08 14 09 1 5 230 to 760 2 0 7 o8 13 10 15 K 100 to 25 4 1 0 11 20 1 2 2 1 25 to 120 3 0 8 o9 17 10 1 8 120 to 1000 3 0 9 11 18 145 2 2 1000 to 1372 3 1 2 15 23 20 2 9 N 100 to 25 5 1 4 15 28 15 2 9 25 to 120 5 1 1 13 23 13 2 4 120 to 1000 4 1 0 11 20 1 2 2 1 1000 to 1300 3 1 0 12 19 16 2 4 A 23 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Table A 36 2645A Thermocouple Specifications cont Accuracy C Thermocouple 18 C to 28 C 10 C to 60 C Resolution Day 1 Year 1 Year Temperature C Slow Slow Fast Slow Fast 100 to 25 0 9 1 0 1 6 25 to 20 0 7 0 8 1 3 20 to 600 0 7 0 8 1 2 600 to 1000 0 8 1 1 1 5 100 to 0 1 2 1 3 2 3 0 to 150 1 0 1 0 1 8 150
291. ow Help ddd deras ci A k Bl el No Time w 00 00 01 wl No Time Notes Historical ds122s bmp 2 Select File Open to display the Chart Open dialog box 5 4 Using Trend Link for Fluke 5 Introduction Look in E _data set c j E a Filename Files of type TL Chart Files cht Cancel ds123s bmp 3 Select the chart file to play back For example select c Program Files Fluke netdaq _data set data cht 4 Click OK Observe that the selected chart opens Use the scroll bar at the bottom of the chart to display the measurement area of interest 6 Select Edit Add Curve to view data from additional channels in the Trend Link file 7 After viewing the chart or performing other chart operations select File Exit to exit Trend Link saving the changes as required Playing Back a Fast Binary File in Trend Link 5 4 Complete the following procedure to play back a NetDAQ Fast Binary file in Trend Link 1 In NetDAQ Logger convert the Binary formatted file to a Trend Link formatted file by selecting Utilities Binary to Trend Link Conversion See Converting Data Files in Chapter 4 Complete the Playing Back a Trend Link File in Trend Link procedure above 5 5 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Playing Back an ASCII CSV File in Trend Link 5 5 5 6 To play back a NetDAQ Logger ASCII CSV data file in Trend Link refer to Importing Tre
292. ow the software to communicate with the interface hardware PING Packet Internet Groper A program for testing if a host with a specified IP address or name is reachable on the net Some PING programs report statistics about the path to the host that is found PLA Parallel to LAN adapter A network interface adapter device that plugs into the standard parallel interface Printer Port of an IBM PC or clone Port Also called an application port or socket port A number used to identify a specific connection to an application using TCP services TCP uses port numbers to provide multiple connections between applications in one host and applications in one or more other host Proxy ARP A protocol used by Routers and Gateways to establish inter subnet routine paths automatically during the execution of an ARP between two hosts Network Protocol A standard procedure for regulating data transmission between computers net cfg A file in a standard format used to hold configuration information for an ODI driver Protocol Stack A group of software packages that work together to implement a network protocol These packages are usually arranged so that one package communicates with at most two other packages one that implements a lower level of the protocol and one at a higher level This is why the collection is called a Stack protocol ini A file with a standard format used to hold configuration information for NDIS drivers Repeater A
293. own Your network cannot support the connection with the instrument For the general network this is usually caused by network downtime Verify your general network is operating For the isolated network this may be caused by an Ethernet interface failure at the instrument Cycle the instrument power and try again If the problem persists your instrument may need service Connection Successful You have successfully communicated with the selected instrument Click OK 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 12 Connection Successful but instrument has older software that will not support computed channel equations or custom RTDs You have successfully established communications with an instrument and can continue to operate but you will not be able to use computed channel equations or custom RTDs As long as you do not attempt to set computed channel equations or custom RTDs in NetDAQ Logger you can continue to operate with your current software If you want to use these features you will need to contact your Fluke Service Center for a firmware upgrade Constant too Large Your equation contains a constant that exceeds the maximum limit of 3 402823e38 Modify the equation as necessary so no constants exceed this limit Conversion is complete Indicates the conversion for Binary to ASCII Conversion ASCII Timestamp Conversion or Binary to Trend Link Conversion Utilities menu is complete Converting File Complete
294. own IP address to return a frame to the ARP requester This response frame contains the Ethernet address of the sourcing host and this information is then added to the address correspondence table All communication with a host can then be done with information from the table The operation of ARP also initializes the routing tables in bridges routers and gateway devices on the net These tables are used to determine the section of the network to which a frame should be sent Ethernet Adapter Hardware for the PC l 9 To communicate via the Ethernet network each PC must be equipped with an Ethernet adapter There are several types of adapters available i e internal interface boards Parallel to LAN Adapters PLAs and PCMCIA interface cards Some PCs are equipped with an Ethernet adapter by the manufacturer but most adapters must be added after purchase Installation of an Ethernet adapter is quite simple The 264XA 801 card available as an option to the NetDAQ instruments is supplied with a small software package that investigates the current configuration of the PC and sets the card so there is no interference with other hardware and software Windows 95 and Windows NT can install commonly used adapters without using the adapter s installation software During the installation of an internal interface board on an ISA bus computer you must make several detailed configuration decisions An interrupt line IRQ is assigned port addr
295. pen the Group Instruments dialog box Group Instruments x Instruments Help Async Independent Master C Slave Grouped with Master IV Group is Externally Wired Master Trig Out to Slave Trig In ds016s bmp 2 From the Instruments list designate each instrument as Master Slave or Asynchronous e Highlight the Master instrument and select the Master button Designate the Slaves in a similar fashion Check the Group is Externally Wired box if applicable e Highlight the independent instruments and select the Async button Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows 3 Setup Files Setup Files 3 14 NetDAQ Logger allows you to save the current setup in a file You can open the setup file later to reestablish the saved setup Using setup files you can create any number of setups in advance and use them when applicable You can set up your system so that you can activate NetDAQ Logger by opening a setup file With the Windows 95 user interface you can create shortcuts to setup files With the Windows 3 1 user interface you can associate setup files stp file extension with NetDAQ Logger You can use command line arguments for NetDAQ Logger so that when activated NetDAQ Logger automatically opens a specified setup file You can also set it up to start logging when activated Saving the Current Setup in a File 3 15 Each time you change an instrument s configuration you change the current setup You can
296. plays the Totalizer count Note the Totalizer is incrementing at 1 second intervals as it counts the Trigger Output pulse at the start of each scan 9 Close Spy Window 10 Stop Scanning Click the Stop Instrument button on the Button Bar to stop instrument scanning Calibration 6 33 Note Refer to the Service Manual PN 942615 for calibration procedures The instrument must be stabilized in an environment with an ambient temperature of 22 C to 24 C and a relative humidity of less than 70 and must have been powered at least 30 minutes prior to calibration The instrument features closed case calibration that is calibration that is completed over the RS 232 interface Using known reference sources closed case calibration has many advantages There are no parts to disassemble no mechanical adjustments to make and the instrument can be calibrated by an automated instrumentation system The instrument should normally be calibrated on a regular cycle typically every 90 days to 1 year The chosen calibration cycle depends on the accuracy specification you wish to maintain The instrument should also be calibrated if it fails the performance test or has undergone repair 6 31 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Note Do not press CAL ENABLE unless you have a copy of the Service Manual and intend to calibrate the instrument If you have activated calibration and wish to exit press CAL ENABLE until the CAL annunciator is remo
297. ple Annunciator analog channel 8 Indicates the You can monitor a instrument is channel with or scanning without instrument scanning REM SCAN WT M moot 2 Oe ue Oo _ CH n 60 te 14 721 Reading Indicates the reading of the channel being monitored has a value of 14 721 This display is limited to 4 1 2 digits of resolution m Annunciator Indicates the multiplier for the reading is 001 milli The other multipliers are k kilo 1000 and M mega 1 000 000 V DC Volts DC Annunciator Indicates that the number shown in the primary display 14 721 is the function volts dc CH Channel Annunciator Indicates the number shown in the secondary display 1208 is the Global Channel Number Figure 1 3 Typical Front Panel Display During Scanning and Monitoring 1 5 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Ethernet 10BaseT Connector A RJ 45 connector that interfaces the instrument with a 10BaseT Twisted Pair Ethernet network The instrument automatically selects the active 10Base2 or 10BaseT connector Ground Terminal Connects mainframe to ground Universal Input Module Directly wires 20 analog inputs Channels 1 to 20 without need for external signal conditioning Power Switch Applies power to the instrument ac or dc operation AC Power Connector Connects to any line source of 107 to 264 volts ac 50 60 Hz Serial Port OVERVOLTAGE CATEGORY I
298. plicable e Installing an Ethernet adapter in your host computer e Interconnecting the host computer and the instrument e Installing TCP IP software e Installing NetDAQ Logger e Installing Trend Link optional Complete the following procedure 1 Open NetDAQ Logger The default Main Window appears as shown below Setup Fluke NetDAQ Logger loj xj Setup View Logging Plot Trend Utilities Options Help A is i Bl Bers Description None INSTRUMENT CONFIGURATION 01 Model 2645A Trigger Type Interval Reading Rate Slow High Res Interval 1 1 000 sec Drift Correction Yes Interval 2 NA Duration NA Temp Units Celsius Data File None Monitor Chan None File Mode NA Total Debounce Yes File Format NA Chan Function Range Alarm 1 Alarm 2 Trg Mx B Units 0101 YbC Fy OFF OFF NA OFF VDC 0102 YDC av OFF OFF NA OFF VDC 0103 YDC av OFF OFF NA OFF VDC il For Help press F1 eel Vi ds302s bmp Preparing for Operation 2 Testing and Troubleshooting Select Setup Communications Config Click Add to open the Instruments on Network dialog box to add a NetDAQ instrument to NetDAQ Logger s list of instruments Select the instrument model number and enter the instrument BCN On a general network you must enter the instrument IP address which you previously recorded inside the back cover of this manual When you finish click OK Repeat this step for each instrument you are adding For a general netw
299. press and hold the COMM key for 3 seconds to set the BCN Press the up down arrow keys until bASE Base Channel Number appears in the primary display COMM appears in the secondary display ENTER Press the ENTER key bASE appears in the secondary display and the current BCN two digits in the primary display For BCN set procedures press the left right arrow keys to select the BCN 10s or 1s digit position highlighted Press the up down arrow keys to select the desired number 0 to 9 for the positioned BCN digit In this manner set both BCN digits 6 CO 68 8 CO CO Press the ENTER key to exit Pressing any other function key will cancel set operations Figure 2 17 Reviewing and Setting the Base Channel Number 2 27 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual REVIEW Communications display for reviewing the Base Channel Number BCN rt L AA Wa Wa reve SET D Ft wa ha iret wee Loeerert D D D L meee 2 hk Communications display for setting the BCN Base Channel Number display for setting the BCN 10s digits for example 45 SET BE REVIEW BE CH Front Panel display for an instrument with BCN 45 Figure 2 18 Examples for Reviewing and Setting the BCN 2 28 Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation Reviewing and Setting the Line Frequency 2 31 Perform the procedure in Figure 2 19 to review or set the line frequency Line frequency selection a
300. r No to cancel the operation Currently logging instruments will be stopped You tried to exit NetDAQ Logger while instruments are still logging If you wish to exit and stop all logging click OK To keep the application open until logging has stopped click Cancel Demo Version of NetDAQ Logger 60 minutes is up Your NetDAQ Logger demonstration software has been in operation for 60 minutes Close the application You may open the application again for another 60 minutes of operation if desired Demo Version of NetDAQ Logger will stop after 60 minutes You will be able to use the NetDAQ Logger software in the demonstration mode for up to 60 minutes After the 60 minutes is over the message Demo Version of NetDAQ Logger 60 minutes is up appears You must close the application and if desired open it again for another 60 minutes of operation Duration Interval must be greater than zero You tried to enter a duration interval of 0 or else entered extraneous characters Enter a duration interval greater than 0 The format is Hours Minutes Seconds Entered values do not generate valid Mx B values Your Input Range and Scaled Range values for the Mx B calculation generate invalid M and or B values Enter Input Range and Scale Range values such that M and B are less than 9 9999E 9 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual J 14 Error registering window class Windows was unable to open NetDAQ Logger due to a conf
301. r thermocouples See Configuring Analog Channel Functions Turn the Drift Correction feature off Turn the Open Thermocouple Detect feature off Do not use the Trigger Output function Do not monitor channel readings DIO or totalizer status at the instrument front panel The following measurement features can also slow down scanning Slow measurement functions such as frequency and ac volts Using Autorange for range selection The use of computed channels Mx B scaling Channel alarms Increasing Data Transmission and Storage Rate 4 21 Follow these guidelines to increase the rate of data throughput from the instrument to the data file 4 20 Select Fast Binary as the data file format Do not have more instruments logging than are necessary Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows 4 Using Online Help In addition try to avoid running other tasks on the computer when you are writing to the data file The following suggestions are e Avoid using the Quick Plot Spy Readings Table or Logging Status windows e Avoid using the Trend Link window in real time e Close any other applications that are open e Avoid the use of screen savers e Avoid file conversion operations during scanning See Data Files e Increase the amount of RAM in your computer if possible Increasing Network Speed 4 22 Use these guidelines to increase network speed e Place instruments on an isolated network to avoid hi
302. read by the instrument they cannot exceed 1000 bytes in length To reduce this equation s length reference other computed channels average difference and difference from average in the equation Trend Link data file paths must begin with a drive letter Universal Naming Convention UNC path names are not supported at this time This will occur in the 32 bit version only in the Data File Configuration dialog box when the user has selected an UNC path name for a Trend Link data file name Trend Link Data Set file not found Close Trend Link start logging again and then reopen Trend Link A Trend Link data file that Trend Link is currently accessing has been deleted Exit Trend Link begin logging data again and then re open Trend Link Trend Link Data Set NOW file already exists Delete the Data Set or create a new Data Set You are attempting a Fast Binary BIN to Trend Link SET conversion using an existing Data Set name that contains a now file Choose new Trend Link file names when converting Fast Binary files instead of using existing names Trend Link file prefix must be 7 characters or less Your Trend Link data file name has 8 characters instead of 7 or less characters Trend Link file names are a maximum 7 characters plus extension For example testdat set This is necessary because the data set directory is the same name as the data file name preceded by an underscore e g the data file testdat set
303. rer s installation program to install the NDIS and or ODI drivers Network Considerations Newt Networking Software Ethernet Components and Wiring The NetDAQ instruments and host computer should be connected to the network as shown in Chapter 2 of this manual Instrument Preparation Each NetDAQ instrument should be connected to an ac outlet or dc source with a proper ground The instrument s line frequency and network parameters should be set properly see Instrument Preparation in Chapter 2 of this manual General Network Parameters Before you begin software installation obtain the parameters needed to complete the items listed below These parameters are available from your network administrator network software vendor or Ethernet adapter documentation The default gateway parameters are only needed if your network contains router or gateway devices The Ethernet adapter parameters are needed only if this hardware is not in the list of devices supported by the Newt installation program The socket port number is needed only if the default socket port number 4369 is currently in use on your network If your host computer is already running network software in the Windows 3 1 or 3 11 environment using a separate adapter and isolated network wiring make sure that the two Ethernet adapters do not interfere with each other Consult the documentation that came with your Ethernet adapter and see and see Running Two Network Cards i
304. reviewing Linearization RTD D 1 Logging status window Logging simulated 4 5 Logging starting and stopping 4 3 Logging starting automatically 3 14 and setting 2 29 M Main window NetDAQ Logger 3 3 Maintenance 6 3 Maintenance of 2640A 2645A instruments Master alarm 1 10 2 14 Master alarm output test 6 29 Master alarm specifications A 6 Messages error and status Monitor channel displaying a 2 22 Monitoring channel 1 8 totalizer status Mx B scaling 1 7 Mx B scaling configuring from a file 3 25 Mx B Configuring Scaling 3 22 N NetDAQ and network communication techniques I 2 NetDAQ Logger commands accessing 3 3 NetDAQ Logger starting 3 3 Netdaq ini file configuring the 3 29 Network adding an instrument to 3 5 configuring communications deleting an instrument 3 7 troubleshooting problems verifying communications Network Administrator 1 2 Network administrators notes to I 13 Network cards two in one PC Network communications configuring 3 4 Network considerations I 1 Index continued Network interconnection devices Network interface hardware PC I 9 Network primer Network speed increasing 4 21 Newt Networking Software Newt Networking Software installation of 1 24 Newt TCP IP vs Banyan Vines I 22 Newt TCP IP vs Microsoft LANManager I 22 Newt TCP IP vs Novell NetWare I 21 Newt
305. ription COMM Communication Set up communication parameters To review just press COMM to set press and hold COMM for 3 seconds until the SET annunciator lights If you press COMM again during configuration operations the operation cancels The COMM parameters are as follows Base Channel Number 01 to 99 Line Frequency 50 or 60 Hz Ethernet Address Read Only RS 232 Baud Rate Network Isolated Network General Network Internet Protocol IP Address Socket Port Subnet Mask Default Gateway Address DIO Digital I O Display Digital I O Status and Totalizer count After pressing DIO use the left right arrow keys to display the DIO status and the up down arrow keys to display the totalizer status MON Monitor Display Monitor Channel After pressing MON use the up down arrow keys to select the desired channel to monitor ENTER Enter Make Configuration Selection or Terminate Parameter Entry Left Right Arrows Used to make selections in setup menus The arrow keys have an automatic repeat action when held down for more than 1 second Up Down Arrows Used to make selections in setup menus and select monitor channels The arrow keys have an automatic repeat action 2 17 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Front Panel Indicators 2 22 The front panel indicators Figure 2 9 consist of two five digit displays and a set of annunciators Table 2 2 summarizes the front panel indicator funct
306. rmation in the Trend Link for Fluke Reference Manual 2 Observe that Windows Explorer shows the new folder under c Program Files Fluke netdagq Add the New Folder to the Trend Link infolink ini File 5 8 While still in Windows Explorer select the file c Program Files Fluke t1l infolink ini which opens the file in the Windows Notepad accessory Locate the portion of the file with the heading TL Data Set Paths Add a line under this heading with the name and path for the new Data Set The format is Data Set name Data Set path For example adding the Data Set name data set to the Data Set path c Program Files Fluke netdaq _data set results in the entry shown below TL Data Set Paths data set c Program Files Fluke netdag _data set Save the changes and exit Notepad Using Trend Link for Fluke 5 Introduction Import the NetDAQ ASCII CSV File into Trend Link 5 9 Open Trend Link from the Programs list Select Utilities Import CSV Data to display the Import CSV File dialog box Make the following selections Target Data Set Double click the Data Set you entered earlier in the Data Sets box to enter the name in the Target Data Set box For example double click data set Import File Type Select Fluke Format csv Filename Enter the complete path to the NetDAQ ASCII CSV file you want to play back in Trend Link For example enter c Program Files Fluke netdaq testdata csv Field Delimiter Verify Cust
307. rnal Only A scan is triggered immediately after the external trigger input is pulled low active While the external trigger line remains low each successive scan is triggered after Interval 2 elapses since the start of the previous scan e Alarm Only A scan is triggered when the instrument detects an alarm condition on a channel being used as an alarm trigger As long as at least one alarm trigger channel is in alarm each successive scan is triggered after Interval 2 has elapsed The instrument performs background scanning of alarm trigger channels according to Interval 5 until it detects an alarm condition The Alarm Checking Interval Interval 3 is configurable in the netdaq ini file Defaults are 1 second 2640A and 0 1 second 2645A When the external trigger is combined with the alarm trigger scans are triggered at the Interval 2 rate as long as either the external trigger line is low or at least one alarm trigger channel is in alarm When the interval trigger is combined with the external trigger and or the alarm trigger scans are triggered at the Interval 2 rate when the conditions are met for the external trigger and or the alarm trigger and at the Interval 1 rate at all other times Select the slow reading rate for high precision the fast reading rate for high speed or the medium reading for a balance of the two The actual number of readings per second depends on the selected functions Enable Drift Correction to ha
308. rnal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message A D Zero Offsets Invalid Continue Your instrument has detected a fault during internal performance monitoring This message does not appear under normal operating conditions Note the message and click Yes to continue operations or No to terminate operations If the fault recurs stop operations and cycle instrument power If the fault still persists remove the instrument from service and return it to a Fluke Service Center for repair along with a description of the error message All associated configurations will be lost Continue You are deleting all the instruments in the Communications Configuration File which will also clear the configuration data from the instruments and remove all the instruments from the Icon Bar and network Clearing the Communications Configuration File of all network instruments invalidates all references to network instruments in all setup files as the Communications Configuration File is common to all setup files Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel the operation Error Messages amp Exception Conditi
309. rols 2 23 The rear panel has a single control the power switch Figure 2 10 The power switch controls both ac and dc power inputs Power Switch eee Applies AC and or DC lJ power to the instrument Figure 2 10 Rear Panel Controls Rear Panel Indicators 2 24 The rear panel has three LED indicators for the Ethernet adapter Figure 2 11 Red LED blinks for instrument receiving Ethernet data Red LED blinks for Amber LED i instrument instrument transmitting Ethernet Status 10BaseT LED Ethernet data on for connection with hub 10Base2 LED blinks for data collisions NOT FOR CONNECTION TO PUBLIC TELEPHONE SYSTEM ETHERNET l J Figure 2 11 Rear Panel Indicators 2 20 Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation Front Panel Operating Procedures 2 25 Power On Options 2 26 There are three power on options as listed below e Normal Power On Turn power switch on The instrument communication parameters are the same as when the instrument was last turned off e Configuration Reset Power On Hold the front panel COMM key down and then turn the power switch on Continue holding the COMM key until the instrument beeps The communication parameters are reset to default values see Table 2 3 e Display Hold Power On Hold the front panel arrow left lt key down and then turn the power switch on Continue holding the lt key until the instrument b
310. ror Messages 2 58 Reported Message Instrument is in use by another PC or Socket Port number is incorrect Instrument not found Comment Each instrument can be controlled by only one host computer The instrument did not respond to the host computer Check Verify that socket ports match See Setting the Socket Port in Chapters 2 and 3 of this manual First try again If the message occurs again verify the following in the order listed 1 Instrument is powered The front panel display when quiescent shows the instrument BCN 2 Instrument is connected to the network 3 Instrument BCN displayed on the front panel matches the BCN displayed on the Instruments on Network list Network cabling provides a solid connection Instrument is configured for the correct network type isolated or general IP address of instrument matches the IP address displayed on the Instruments on Network list on a general network If the problem persists 1 Move the instrument adjacent to the host computer and make a direct connection between the two See Host Computer Instrument Direct Connection in this chapter Preparing for Operation 2 Testing and Troubleshooting Table 2 4 Network Error Messages cont Reported Message Connection is down Unable to initialize Winsock Comment Check 2 Try Verify Communications If it still fails then either the host
311. rotocol address segment IP 0 Press the ENTER key to enter the settings and exit the procedure Pressing any other function key will cancel set operations Figure 2 25 Reviewing and Setting the General Network Socket Port Preparing for Operation Instrument Preparation Reviewing and Setting the General Network IP Address 2 34 Perform the procedure in Figure 2 26 to review or set the instrument s general network Internet Protocol IP address See Figure 2 24 for examples General Network IP Address Enter the IP Address supplied by your network administrator and recorded inside the rear cover of this manual for each BCN The format is four 3 digit segments IPO IP1 IP2 IP3 6 20 00 6 6 Press the COMM key to review the network settings or press and hold the COMM key for 3 seconds to set the network settings Press the up down arrow keys until nEt Network appears in the primary display comm appears in the secondary display Press the ENTER key nEt appears in the secondary display and ISo isolated network or gEn general network is in the primary display To set the network type press the up down arrow keys to select gEn Press the ENTER key Pressing any other key will cancel set operations This displays the current Socket Port Press the ENTER key This displays the first digit of the 12 digit Internet Protocol address grouped into four 3 digit segments IPO IP1 IP2 IP3 Press t
312. rting Trend Link Data Files oe ee eeeesecneeeneeceaeeeseeeaeees 5 14 Deleting Old Trend Link Files eee eee eeseceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 15 Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart eeeeeeeee 5 16 Using the Trend Link Control Bato ceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 17 Using the Trend Link Menus ee eee eeeeseeseeeseeenseceseenseeeaeeneeeees 5 18 Adjusting the Curve Time Scale X axis oo eeeeeeeeseeeseeeneeeneee 5 19 Adjusting the Curve Amplitude Scale Y axis cee eeeeeeeeee 5 20 Configuring the Curve Status Display eee eeeesseeeseeeneeeeeee 5 21 Curve Preferences wo 2 5 sess ciegeesvecadseiaSteesenateaessnits dea sasesmna Eie 5 22 Background Preferences 00 eeeeeeseeseeeneeesceescecnseeeaeceseeeseeeseeees 5 23 Real Time Frequency Update 0 0 cee eeeesseesecseceeceseenseeeseeees 5 24 Adding or Changing the Chart Title oe ee eseeeneeeneeeneee 5 25 Using the Note System oe ee eeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeceaecnsesnaeenseeeeeeees 5 26 Printing Chart mesecini aie a Mai tenaNCe aisacsenscnsiessacrsdacessesdacsasssnndsnerenisntiedshesensssxasseevensnseecsacnscces O MtrodUCON ieres eee EEEE EEE E e E 6 2 Self Test Diagnostics and Error Codes sseeeeneeeeeeeeeereeeereerrrresee T CLC ANID cs E T T A E E 6A Fuse Replacements ive ccaisessvccevatssatcasenecesea soe E 6 3 Perbormance Test iccciscssccccis tiveistsdevsadsobesaisevedacivsevieeidesteathieounadeeedts 6 6 Configuring the Performance T
313. s None None Append None Rollover on 1000K bytes All Zero None file name is used Entire logging session Channels 1 3 VDC 3V Channels 4 30 OFF All Off All Off 3 3 27 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Using Configuration Lockout 3 36 Use The Configuration Lockout feature to prevent accidental instrument configuration changes The following commands in the Setup menu will be disabled Create Instrument Icon Delete Instrument Icon Group Instruments Communications Config Instrument Description Instrument Configuration Load MxB File and Copy Channels Select Options Configuration Lockout to toggle this feature on and off Saving an Instrument s Configuration as a Text File 3 37 Complete the following procedure to save the instrument configuration displayed in the Main Window as a text file NetDAQ Logger cannot load configuration data from a configuration text file 1 Highlight the desired instrument icon on the Icon Bar The instrument s configuration appears in the Main Window 2 Select Setup Save Inst Config Text to open the Save Instrument Configuration Text dialog box shown below Save Instrument Configuration Text 02 2i xl Save in E Netdag el za Z setup03 txt File name fsetup02 txd Save as type Text Files TXT Cancel ds040s bmp 3 Enter the desired text file name in the File Name box and modify the directory path as required Click Save 3
314. s minutes seconds fraction For example 00 00 30 000 represents 30 seconds Click OK You can only enter a time that is equal to or less than the overall recorded chart time For example if you have been collecting data for 6 hours you can enter a number up to 6 hours For this operation be sure to position the bottom scroll bar to the far right 5 15 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Change Time Enter a new time 00 06 00 000 ds132s bmp To change the default value so that all created charts will have a selected preset value in the Time Interval Window use the Notepad accessory to modify c Program Files Fluke netdaq tldef cht Find Section Curve Window and add the line Curve Window Interval Time nnnnnnn where nnnnnnn is the time in milliseconds For example for 1 hour enter 3600000 Save the changes and close Notepad To zoom in on a portion of the curve double click in the chart at each point that you want to expand The chart will display the portion you selected Adjusting the Curve Amplitude Scale Y axis 5 19 Complete the following procedure to adjust the curve amplitude to a fixed scale Y axis 1 Uncheck Preferences Dynamic Autoscale 2 Double click the Curve icon at the right side of the chart to open the curve preference dialog box below Enter the desired fixed scale in the Scale High and Low text boxes Click OK For more information on the curve preference dialog box see Curve
315. s that are too long for one frame on the physical network IPX A protocol used by Novell NetWare LANs IP Address Internet Protocol Address A 32 bit address assigned to a host on a TCP IP Internet The IP address is divided into Host ID and Network ID portions IRQ Hardware interrupt level in the IBM PC standard The PC XT supports 8 IRQ levels and the PC AT supports 16 levels LAN Local Area Network A network that covers a single site usually at most a single building or cluster of buildings MAC Media Access Control The lowest layer of network interface hardware and software Most of the MAC layer is usually implemented in hardware and embedded software in the network interface hardware Some of the functionality of the MAC layer may be in the driver for the interface hardware Network A system of computers interconnected by wires or other means in order to share information Network Interface Adapter A hardware device that allows a computer to communicate with a network Modern network adapters contain on board logic that implements most of the MAC layer of the network protocol NetDAQ A trademarked name for a series of really fine instruments software and accessories from the Fluke Corporation Stands for Networked Data Acquisition NDIS Driver Network Device Interface Specification One of the three popular device driver specifications used on Personal Computers NDIS supports operation of multiple protocol stacks over the s
316. se Browse if you want to change the destination directory Click Disk Space if you want to find a disk with more space Choosing another disk will change the destination disk Click Next Select or type a name if you want to change the Program Folder name Click Next Check the installation parameters If they are correct click Next to begin file transfer If you want to change the parameters click Back to go to the appropriate screen and make the change Then click Next until the file transfer begins If you installed Trend Link in a destination directory other than the default complete the following procedure in NetDAQ Logger to locate Trend Link 1 Open the NetDAQ Logger application and select Plot Trend Trend Link Directory 2 Enter the directory location where you installed Trend Link Testing and Troubleshooting 2 49 Use the following testing procedure to check the operation of the NetDAQ system Troubleshooting suggestions provide help to identify problems See Appendix I for additional information Testing the Installation 2 50 This test procedure includes opening NetDAQ Logger configuring and verifying communications with the instrument and opening Trend Link This procedure assumes that you have performed the following relevant steps described earlier in this chapter 2 55 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 56 e Setting line frequency and network parameters on the instrument if the defaults are not ap
317. sedeniion 6 2 Performance Test Setup cee ceeceeecesseseseesseeeeecaeceaecsaeceaecsseeseeeeseeeseeeeneesaee 6 3 2 Wire Connections to S700A eeisiieirisrerririittirir it tsirik etrn eeraa 6 4 4 Wire Connections to the Universal Input Module Resistor 6 5 4 Wire Connections to the Universal Input Module 5700A c ceee C 1 Comparison of Common Waveforms ssseseesseeeresssreesesresresresserrieseesesreeresrs D 1 385 RTD D 2 375 RTD D 3 391 RTD DAs PAOD RID re e A E A E ET H 1 lOBaseT Ethernet Cables oecccneeniieiene iriiria riria ee ee ee i ee ee i i i i A A WAANDMAPWNESOSANNDMNARWNP S amp S Chapter 1 Overview Contents Introd Cto insediare iaai iaai Instrument Features and Capabilities 0 0 0 cece ceeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeenaeees Analog Channels wip3 icdinsisiesssstedesnad detevssieonn clathevis deivesalstiaeenscelteviie Computed Channels ce eeeceesseeseeseecseecssecssecsseeeseeseeseeesseeseneeees Channel NuUmbDEriN gs c0 25sec stscscesees favesiccgsesesicdsseasianscnwssscanscisceeveneses MXB Scali S oeroetna onae ae eaae E ASTE EEE Alarms anini a iol Channel Monitoring 00 0 0 ceeceeecceseeeereeeeeeseeeeecsaecnaecsaeeeeeeseeeeeeeees Digital VO sovessccsvctiassuesuti ccvetsbausen eds savelia ogsceeth sesvedancvservsbicaneesaccerendeas VOCAL ZO is seta cess vcs tenant useasdte AT OA AG DiE ESAE REVES Trigger Input sisi deen ibis ieiendl a Trigger OUtpUt eee esse cesecsseceseceeeeeseeesneee
318. set line in the Data Set box to display the available Tags Double click the desired tag in the Tags box to add the curve Setting Autoscaling To clear a Fixed Range and return to autoscaling click the Autoscale button Notice that the fixed range you entered in Setting a Fixed Range clears Undo and Redo Click the Undo Redo button to undo any time scale change XY Curve Plot This feature gives you a chart which plots one curve against another Click the XY Curve Plot button which displays an X symbol Position the X symbol over a Curve icon and click The X symbol changes to a Y symbol Position the Y symbol over another Curve icon and click again This displays the XY Curve Plot window which displays a plot of the Y curve against the X curve Click OK to return to the chart Locking a Time You can press the left mouse button while over the key and hold it down you can drag the key in the Control Bar over one of the locks in the two time displays By releasing the button while over one of the locks you place the key in that lock A shortcut to accomplish the same task is by double clicking the mouse while over one of the locks This causes the key to automatically go into the lock To unlock a time simply click over the lock and drag the key off the lock and release it 5 13 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Erasing a Curve To erase a curve click this button hold the mouse a button
319. splay the Readings Table window Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows 4 Real Time Displays Readings 02 x Chan Reading 0201 0 952941 YDC 0202 0 600000 VDC 0203 0 364706 VDC 0204 55 6863 JE 0205 98 0392 if Be 0206 73 7255 E 0207 56 0784 jE 0208 59 6078 E 0203 251 765 Ohms 0210 103 529 Ohms 0211 244 706 Ohms 0212 129 412 Ohms 0213 225 882 Ohms 0214 229 412 Ohms 0215 7 05882 Ohms 0216 0 236471 VAC 0217 0 0247059 VAC 0218 0 245882 VAC 0219 0 158824 VAC 0220 0 0952941 VAC DIO 255 TOTAL 0 ds300s bmp 2 Select the icon of the instrument for which you would like to view incoming data If this instrument is not currently logging select Logging Start Instrument The Spy Window 4 11 The Spy Window displays up to date measurements whether or not instruments are scanning Spy triggers and collects its own measurements from up to eight channels from any combination of instruments Off scale readings are displayed as Overload or Overload If Open Thermocouple Detect is enabled an open thermocouple reading is displayed as Open TC Complete the following procedure to use the Spy Window 1 Select Utilities Spy to open the Spy Channel Selection dialog box You may select up to 8 channels including Digital I O and Totalizer 4 9 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Spy Channel Selection 0104 Sens 0105 Sensor 5 0106 Sensor 6 ds059s bmp 2 Click OK to display the Spy window Do
320. sseeeeeteeeeennee AA AMO GUCH ORs a ccitiiveccees see 00t ennei Penns bas desdenkesennsedbareccaSoceansededsevestoce 4 2 Starting and Stopping Logging 0 eee eeeesceeneeeneeeeeenaecnaeceseeeseenes 4 3 Starting or Stopping all Instruments at Once 4 4 Starting or Stopping a Group Instrument cece eeeeceesteeeeeeeeeees 4 5 Clearing an Instrument s Totalizer Value ccceecceeeeeeeeseeeeees 4 6 Simulated L g Gi 8 isc soc seccisiceved sa acecess dovavenezatevds nested snesvceasbinssevscces 4 7 Selecting an Instrument s Scanning Duration eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 4 8 Real Time Displays visssssiccessicciisevestesseasieiessvestavssadeoneovsntecveasbeubbevsetide 4 9 The Logging Status WindOW ce eeeeeseesecseeceeceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 10 The Readings Table Window 2 0 ceseesseessecsseeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 11 The Spy Window vvc sccss cisccciecs cccesseesudeasdsdescasrcusbeascnasensederacontodezeasees 4 12 OUI CK PLOC sacs 500 53 sdhdaistedote Hedda nunnan T as 4 11 4 13 Dynamic Data Exchange DDE Operations 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 4 14 Data Piles os fascias cesccacsacctesenscesteteacccessieeestedbevaxeainedsineloniayadastaeesestnevbaeateas 4 15 Configuring a Data File4 15 0 eceseeecesecnceeeeeseceaeeaeeeeceaeeaeees 4 16 Converting Data Fileservice 4 17 Viewing and Printing a Data File 0 ee eee eeeeeeeeeereeereeeeeenaes 4 18 Optimizing Performance 00 eee ceeceeeeseeeeeeeseeeae
321. stad N 0601 Oslo TEL 47 22 653400 FAX 47 22 653407 Pakistan Philips Philips Elec Ind of Prof Sys Div Islamic Cham of Commerce St 2 A Block 9 KDA Scheme 5 Clifton Karachi 75600 TEL 92 21 587 4641 or 4649 FAX 92 21 577 0348 Peru Impor amp Repres Electronicas S A JR Pumacahua 955 Lima 11 TEL 51 14 23 5099 FAX 51 14 31 0707 Philippines Spark Electronics Corp P O Box 610 Greenhills Metro Manila 1502 TEL 63 2 700 621 FAX 63 2 721 0491 or 700 709 Poland Elec Instr Srv Philips Cons UL Malechowska 6 60 188 Poznan TEL 48 61 681998 FAX 48 61 682256 Portugal Fluke Iberica S L Sasles Y Services Dept Campo Grande 35 7b 1700 Llsboa TEL 351 1 795 1712 FAX 351 1 795 1713 Romania Ronex S R L Cust Supp Serv Str Transilvaniei Nr 24 70778 Bucharest TEL 40 1 614 3597 or 3598 FAX 40 1 659 4468 Russia Infomedia UL Petrovsko Razumovsky Proezd 29 103287 Moscow TEL 7 95 212 3833 FAX 7 95 212 3838 Saudi Arabia A Rajab amp Silsilah Co S amp S Dept P O Box 203 21411 Jeddah TEL 966 2 661 0006 FAX 966 2 661 0558 Singapore Fluke Singapore Pte Ltd Fluke ASEAN Regional Office 27 03 PSA Building 460 Alexandra Road Singapore 119963 TEL 65 276 5161 FAX 65 276 5929 South Africa Spescom Measure PTY Ltd Spescom Park Crn Alexandra Rd amp Second St Halfway House Midrand 1685 TEL 27 11 315 0757 FAX 27 11
322. stems LTDA Av Interlagos North 3493 Campo Grande 04661 200 Sao Paulo S P TEL 55 11 523 4811 FAX 55 11 524 4873 ID 2148 Sigtron Instrumentos E Servicos Rua Alvaro Rodriques 269 Brooklin Sao Paulo Sp TEL 55 11 240 7359 FAX 55 11 533 3749 Sistest Sist Instr Testes Ltda Av Ataulfo De Paiva 135 S 1117 Leblon 22 449 900 Rio De Janeiro Rj Brazil TEL 55 21 259 5755 or 512 3679 FAX 55 21 259 5743 Bulgaria Ac Sophilco Cust Supp Serv P O Box 42 1309 Sofia Bulgaria TEL 359 2 200785 FAX 359 2 220910 C S F R Elso NA Berance 2 16200 Praque 6 TEL 42 2 316 4810 FAX 42 2 364986 Data Elektronik BRNO Jugoslavska 113 61300 Brno TEL 42 5 57400 2 FAX 42 5 574002 Canada Fluke Electronics Canada Inc 400 Britannia Rd East Ut 1 Mississauga Ontario 9 TEL 905 890 7600 FAX 905 890 6866 Chile Intronica Instrumen Electronica S A C I Guardia Vieja 181 Of 503 Casilla 16500 Santiago 9 TEL 56 2 232 6700 China Fluke S C Room 2111 Scite Tower Jianguomenwai Dajie Beijing 100004 PRC TEL 86 10 512 6351 6319 3437 FAX 86 10 512 3437 Colombia Sistemas E Instrument Ltda Calle 83 No 37 07 Po Box 29583 Santa Fe De Bogota TEL 57 1 287 5424 FAX 57 1 218 2660 Costa Rica Electronic Engineering S A Carretera de Circunvalacion Sabanilla Av Novena P O Box 4300 1000 San Jose TEL 506 253 3759 or 225 8793 FAX 506 225 1286 Croatia Kalti
323. strument on the Icon Bar 2 Select Setup Copy Channels to open the Copy Channels dialog box 3 Select the destination instrument s from the Copy Channels To list For example to copy the channels configuration of instrument 02 to instruments 01 and 03 select instrument 02 as the source instrument Step 1 then select instruments 01 and 03 in the Copy Channels dialog box below Copy Channels 02 x Copy Channels To OK 03 26404 Cancel 04 26404 05 26454 Help Use lt Ctrl gt Click to select multiple instruments ds026s bmp 4 Click OK to copy the configuration and return to the Main Window 3 26 Configuring NetDAQ Logger for Windows Default Configuration Settings When you create a new instrument icon NetDAQ Logger initializes the settings for that instrument to the default parameters See Table 3 1 Default Configuration Settings 3 35 Table 3 1 NetDAQ Logger Default Instrument Configuration Parameter Description Group Status Trigger Type Interval 1 Interval 2 Reading Rate Drift Correction Trigger Out Duration Temperature Units Monitor Chan Totalizer Debounce Data File File Comment File Mode File Rollover Low Disk Space Deadband Values Batch Name Batch Definition Channels MX B Alarms Default Values None Asynchronous Interval Trigger 1 sec 0 1 sec Slow High Res Enabled Disabled Disabled Infinite Celsius None Ye
324. t SYMBOLS MARKED ON EQUIPMENT WARNING Risk of electric shock Ground earth terminal Protective ground earth terminal Must be connected to safety earth ground when the power cord is used gt Gh it e Attention Refer to the manual see the Index for references This symbol indicates that information about usage of a feature is contained in the manual This symbol appears on the Universal Input Module and in the following three places on the instrument rear panel 1 Ground Binding Post to the left of the line power connector 2 Ground Binding Post to the left of the 10Base2 connector 3 ALARM TRIGGER I O and DIGITAL I O connectors AC POWER SOURCE The instrument is intended to operate from an ac power source that will not apply more than 264V ac rms between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord is required for safe operation DC POWER SOURCE The instrument may also be operated from a 9V to 16V dc power source when either the rear panel ground binding post or the power cord grounding conductor is connected properly USE THE PROPER FUSE To avoid fire hazard for fuse replacement use only a 1 4 ampere 250V non time delay line fuse GROUNDING THE INSTRUMENT The instrument utilizes controlled overvoltage techniques that require the instrument to be grounded whenever normal mode or common mode ac
325. t Curve Preferences Utilities Window Help grci s G14 eile oe Scale Range Sample Freq Sine Wave 5 0000 5 0000 00 00 00 500 Clock Steps 0 00 100 00 00 00 01 Realtime ds128s bmp 4 Select Utilities Export CSV Data to open the Export Data dialog box Select the Export File Type Sample Rate time resolution of the exported data file in the format Hours Minutes Seconds and the name of the exported file The example below shows the data set file exported in Column Heading Format as file c Program Files Fluke netdaq data set data csv with a sampling interval of 0 5 second Click OK Using Trend Link for Fluke 5 Introduction Export Data 00 00 00 500 ds151s bmp Deleting Old Trend Link Files 5 14 NetDAQ Logger creates a set file and a directory for every new Trend Link data file The directory name is identical to the Trend Link data file name except for an underscore _ character prefix The actual data resides in this directory To delete a Trend Link data file use Windows Explorer or File Manager to delete the directory and its contents Also delete the set file Then open the Configurator application and complete the following steps 1 Double click the c Program Files Fluke tl infolink ini file to display the contents using the Notepad accessory Delete the line under the heading TL Data Set Paths that relates to the directory you deleted
326. t Failed 9 A D Zero Offset Test Failed 10 A D Reference Balance Test Failed 11 A D Overload Detection Test Failed 12 A D Open Thermocouple Detection Test Failed 13 Communication Parameters e g baud IP address Corrupted 14 Ethernet Address Corrupted 15 Internal RAM Constants Corrupted 16 Ethernet Chip Test Failed 17 Uncalibrated or Calibration Incomplete 6 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Cleaning 6 3 Warning Keep the instrument dry to avoid electrical shock to personnel or damage to the instrument To prevent damage never apply solvents to the instrument housing Wipe the instrument with a cloth lightly dampened with water or mild detergent Do not use aromatic hydrocarbons chlorinated solvents or methanol based fluids Fuse Replacement 6 4 The instrument uses a 15 100 ampere 250V time delay line fuse in series with the power supply To replace the fuse refer to Figure 6 1 and the following procedure Warning To avoid electrical shock do not operate the instrument without the cover properly installed 1 Disconnect all rear panel cables to the instrument power Universal Input Module and I O connectors 2 Invert the instrument on a protective surface and remove the four 1 4 inch 6 32 Phillips head screws on the bottom of the case 3 Turn the instrument upright and remove the two 1 2 inch 6 32 Phillips head screws from
327. t mV 7 5mv 8 1 mv 3V 20 to 50 Hz 3 2 5mV 6 4 5mV 3 5 2 5 mV 7 5 mV 50t0150Hz 0 4 2 5 mV 0 8 5mV 0 5 2 5 mV 1 5 mV 150 Hz to 10 kHz 0 3 2 5 mV 0 6 5mV 0 4 2 5 mV 1 5 mV 10 kHz to 20 KHz 0 4 2 5 mV 0 8 5mV 0 5 2 5 mV 1 5 mV 20 kHz to 50 kHz 1 3mV 1 5 6mV 1 5 4 3 mV 2 6 mV 50 kHz to 100 kHz 2 5mV 3 10mv 3 45 mV 4 10 mV 30V 20 to 50 Hz 3 50mV 6 100mvV 3 5 50 mV 7 100 mV 50t0150Hz 1 50mv 1 5 100 mV 2 100 mV amr rosy 50 kHz to 100 kHz V lt 20V 2 50 mV 3 100 mV 2 5 50 mV 4 100 mV Sine wave inputs gt 6 of scale and signals with crest factors lt 2 A 20 Specifications 2645A Specifications 2645A 4 Wire Resistance Measurement Specifications A 24 Tables A 30 to A 32 provide 2645A specifications for the 4 wire resistance measurement function The 4 wire measurements use 2 input channels a decade apart e g channels 4 and 14 Table A 30 2645A 4 Wire Resistance Temperature Coefficient Specification Characteristic Temperature Coefficient Add 1 10th the 90 day specification per C above 28 C or below 18 C Accuracy at 20 C Multiply the 10 C to 60 C accuracy specification by 2 After 1 hour warm up For accuracy between 10 C and 20 C interpolate linearly Table A 31 2645A 4 Wire Resistance Range and Resolution Specifications Ran Resolut
328. t the correct model and click OK If instrument 01 is not listed click the Add button and add instrument 01 with the correct model number Click OK 6 9 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 6 10 Verify Communications With the Communications Configuration File dialog box still open select instrument 01 on the Instruments on Network list and click the Verify button The message Connection Successful is returned for successful communications between the instrument and host computer If you receive an error message refer to Error and Status Messages in Appendix J Click OK in the message box and then the Close button in the Communications Configuration File dialog box to return to the Main Window Configure Icon Note the Icon Bar in the Main Window If the Icon Bar shows instrument 01 complete Delete Instrument Icon below If it does not show instrument 01 complete Create Instrument Icon below Delete Instrument Icon Select Instrument 01 in the Icon Bar and then select Delete Instrument Icon from the Setup menu Click Yes in the warning message Complete Create Instrument Icon below This sequence causes NetDAQ Logger to reset the current setup for Instrument 01 to default settings Create Instrument Icon Select the Create Instrument Icon from the Setup menu Select instrument 01 on the Available Instruments List Click OK Select Reading Rate and Trigger Out Select Setup Instrument Configuration to open the Ins
329. ta based on such instruments The conversion factors in Figure C 1 can help in converting between the two measurement methods True RMS Measurements Waveform Comparison True RMS vs Average Responding PEAK VOLTAGES MEASURED VOLTAGES DC AND AG AC COUPLED peo on AC COMPONENT ONLY TOTAL RMS PK PK DC INPUT MPONENT TRUE RMS RMS CAL HYDRA co ON NNI Vast ade WAVEFORM 2 828 1 414 1 000 1 000 0 000 1 000 RECTIFIED SINE 4 444 FULL WAVE 1414 0 421 0 436 0 900 1 000 RECTIFIED SINE 2 000 HALF WAVE 2 000 0 779 0 771 0 636 1 000 2 000 1 000 1 111 1 000 1 000 RECTIFIED SQUARE TAL ry 0 785 PK PKS 0207 RECTANGULAR 2000 L 2 000 op L Pk 4 442 K ee D m TRIANGLE 3 464 SAWTOOTH PK WV A PK P RMS CAL IS THE DISPLAYED VALUE FOR AVERAGE RESPONDING INSTRUMENTS THAT ARE CALIBRATED TO DISPLAY RMS FOR SINE WAVES Figure C 1 Comparison of Common Waveforms 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual C 4 Appendix D RTD Linearization Introduction D 1 This appendix discusses Fixed 385 and Custom 385 RTD measurements with NetDAQ Fixed 385 RTD D 2 The Fixed 385 RTD linearization uses segmented polynomials to approximate the Callendar Van Dusen equation for a 385 RTD Ro may be specified via NetDAQ Logger but a 5 and B are fixed These fixed coefficients are the modified DIN 43760 coefficients that conform to ITS90 a 0 00385055 1 49978574 B 0 10863383 The accuracy specifications of
330. ta file fail subsequent scans are not be recorded but communication with the instrument and data display continues A modeless window appears with a warning bringing the NetDAQ Logger application to the top Scan Queue Overflows d 4 If the instrument s scan queue overflows a modeless window appears with a warning message Error Conditions J 5 Various error conditions in the instrument are checked and reported at the time communications are opened Diagnostic messages are displayed if the user enters J 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual invalid values into the fields of a dialog box If a critical instrument error occurs RAM constants failure or A D not responding a modeless window appears with a warning message For a description of each error message refer to Error and Status Messages in the online help Error and Status Messages J 6 NetDAQ Logger displays three types of messages Verification Exclamation and Information Verification messages below is typical ask you to verify your operation Click the Yes or No button No cancels the operation Fluke NetDAQ Logger x Q Instrument 01 Configuration will be lost Delete anyway ds309s bmmp Exclamation messages below is typical notify you of an operational error Click the OK button in acknowledgment Fluke NetDAQ Logger x N This Base Channel Number is already in use ds310s bmp Information messages the example below is typical provide in
331. ters after you install your adapter and networking software I f you plan to install NetDAQ Logger for general network operation and you are just now enabling networking you must set the host computer s IP address subnet mask and possibly its default gateway IP address Obtain this information from your network administrator If you plan to install NetDAQ Logger for isolated network operation without Trumpet you must set the host computer s IP address to 198 178 246 1xx and its subnet mask to 255 255 255 0 You can use any numbers for the last two digits of the host computer IP address Each computer on the network must have a unique number for example 198 178 246 101 and 198 178 246 102 If you plan to install NetDAQ Logger for general network operation and your host computer is already operating on the network skip this section Complete the following procedure to set the networking parameters on Windows 95 or Windows NT 1 Open the Control Panel Network utility via Start Settings or My Computer 2 Highlight TCP IP and click Properties 3 Select the IP Address tab Enter the IP address and subnet mask Click OK 4 If your network administrator supplied a Default Gateway address select the Gateway tab Enter the New Gateway address click Add and click OK a Click OK to exit Network Setup Reboot your computer 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 52 Installing NetDAQ Logger The NetDAQ Logger se
332. the Address Resolution Protocol ARP to establish the relationship between the physical address and IP address of the NetDAQ instruments The ARP protocol uses broadcast messages So your routers must be set up to pass ARP broadcasts to all subnets containing NetDAQ instruments Running Two Network Cards in a PC l 14 There are cases when you may want to operate more than one network interface on your PC You can do this if youre careful in setting up the adapters and configuring the software One instance when you might want to use two adapters in your PC is when you want to communicate with the NetDAQ instruments on a network that is separate from your general multipurpose network Another is when your general network uses other than Ethernet hardware such as Token Ring Use of two network adapters will allow higher throughput when communicating at high speed with a set of NetDAQ instruments on one network and logging data to a file server over the other network When setting up two network adapters in a single PC make sure that the hardware resource setups do not overlap Each adapter needs a unique interrupt level IRQ and port address This is sometimes hard to do because of the limited number of IRQ levels available in the PC hardware so be careful If you re using two Parallel to LAN Adapter Ethernet interfaces 264XA 802 you should include the LPTn switch on the packet driver load line in the driver section of the protocol
333. the TCP IP protocol for client server activities on your network you may want to review the socket port assignment for the NetDAQ instruments and PC software If you already have a service assigned to the socket port that is used as the default in the NetDAQ products you may have to change the port used by NetDAQ The list of supported services is usually in the SERVICES file in the directory that contains the TCP IP stack software Changing the socket port used by NetDAQ is easy to do see Chapters 2 and 3 of this manual for details Again if you are already using TCP IP you must assign IP addresses to the instruments and PCs of course in accordance with your established subnet scheme If you install the NetDAQ Logger software for general network operation you are free to select any IP address for the PC and instruments With the isolated network operation you are limited to using the 198 178 246 0 subnet Class C subnet assigned to the Fluke Corporation for both the PC and instruments Network Considerations Running Two Network Cards in a PC If your network contains routers bridges gateways or other devices that divide the network into subnets and you intend to have the PC on a different subnet from the NetDAQ instrument s you need to make sure that the devices can route IP packets This is especially true on Novell networks where the network may contain devices that can route only IPX packets The PC software uses
334. the bottom under all other curves Statistics Button Opens the display for the statistics of the curve including Histogram Box Plot Sum Mean and Standard Deviation values 4 After making your selections in the dialog box click OK or minimize the dialog Background Preferences 5 22 Complete the following procedure to select the background preferences Background preferences select the curve background color and grid appearance 1 Select the Preferences Background to open the Background Preferences dialog box below 5 21 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 5 22 ds137s bmp 2 The dialog box entries are as follows Bkgrnd Color Choose the background color Grid Color Choose the grid color Display Grid This is the same as selecting Grid Lines On Off on the Control Bar Calculate Interval Select this option to enter the number of vertical grid lines to display Trend Link calculates the time interval represented by each grid line so that the desired number of grid lines appear on the display Using Trend Link for Fluke 5 Getting the Right Look for Your Trend Link Chart e Constant Interval Select this option to enter the exact time interval that a vertical grid line should represent e Pixel Width Select this option to enter the distance between vertical grid lines in pixels e Use scale tickmarks If you select this option horizontal grid lines draw to match the tickm
335. the network type SET Ft M ha Lioyvedve L Ll 6 Communications display for setting the network type SET e be L_ he lish A tZ 6 A Network display for setting the network type to isolated SET D s sg ee mor a hve Network display for setting the network type to general my REVIEW rl Network display for reviewing the network type isolated network Figure 2 22 Examples for Reviewing and Setting the Network Type Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation If you install NetDAQ Logger for general network operation you must set the network type of each instrument to general You will need to enter an IP address socket port and possibly a subnet mask and gateway address into each instrument Get this information from your network administrator g amp o Press the COMM key to review the network type or press and hold the COMM key for 3 seconds to set the network type Press the up down arrow keys until nEt Network appears in the primary display comm appears in the secondary display Press the ENTER key nEt appears in the secondary display and ISo isolated network or gEn general network is in the primary display To set the network type to general press the up down arrow keys to select gEn current setting appears bright Press the ENTER key Pressing any other function key will cancel set operations This displays the current Socket Port Press t
336. the rear panel bezel 4 Remove the rear panel bezel and case assembly Do not touch any internal parts of the instrument 5 Locate the fuse holder at the back of the chassis near the power input connector Using a non metallic tool carefully pry the fuse from the holder 6 Insert the new fuse into the holder You must use a 15 100 ampere 250V time delay line fuse replacement 7 Reinstall the case to its original position the front has two rubber feet Reinstall the rear panel bezel rubber feet towards the bottom and attach it with the two 1 2 inch 6 32 phillips head screws 9 Invert the instrument on the protective surface and reinstall the four 1 4 inch 6 32 screws on the bottom securing the case 10 Reinstall the cables removed in Step 1 6 4 Maintenance 6 Performance Test Remove all Cables Piolo Remove Bottom Screws 4 places Remove Rear Bezel Screws 2 places lololol Remove Rear Bezel and Case for Fuse F 15 100A 250V Access use 15 100A 25 Time Delay Figure 6 1 Replacing the Fuse 6 5 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 6 6 Performance Test 6 5 When received the 2640A 2645A is calibrated and in operating condition The following Performance Test procedures are provided f
337. then appear in the Tagname box Click OK to open the Curve Parameters box below You can also open this dialog box directly by double clicking the Curve icon 5 19 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual data set 0101 BE Description Curve Type Labe amp Normal Highlight Engineering Units C Shaded Cancel DC C SPC Low 0 00 Draw Last Time Shift 00 00 00 Band Area Color High fi 00 Low 66 6667 M Scale Values Minimized p ae ae oe pen Statistics 5 20 ds136s bmp 3 The tag name of the selected curve appears in the dialog box caption Each dialog box entry has the following characteristics Description This entry will be initialized with the string entered in NetDAQ Logger for the channel label See Assigning Channel Labels in Chapter 3 Engineering Units This entry will be initialized with the string entered in NetDAQ Logger for the units label Enter the Engineering Units characters in NetDAQ Logger as a units label See Selecting Analog Channel Functions and Selecting Computed Channel Functions in Chapter 3 Scale The High and Low entries set the curve s vertical scale Trend Link ignores the Scale entries if you have checked Preferences Dynamic AutoScale Band Area The High and Low entries define the portion of the curve window used for the display of the curve Band values of 100 and 0 represent the whole curve wi
338. ther of these cases close the application and delete the current ccf cfg file Then restart the application and select the Communications Config command from the Setup menu to create anew ccf cfg file Unable to open communications socket with instrument You tried to communicate with the instrument and the Socket Port could not be opened The Windows resources are out of memory or there is a configuration problem with the networking software For example if you accidentally close the Winsock icon you will receive this message Close all applications and restart Windows or close NetDAQ Logger and try again Also check your networking software Unable to Open Mx B File You have specified an Mx B file that is not readable Make sure the file is a text file and that it resides in a directory with the proper read permissions Unable to open RS232 port Your host computer RS 232 port cannot be opened Check your host computer RS 232 port operation Your COM port may be disabled for an internal modem or other device or may be in use by another application The RS 232 port is used only for calibration procedures J 31 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Unable to Open Setup File You have specified a setup file name or directory that does not exist Check your files and directories for the correct name and path If you are using this setup file on the NetDAQ Logger command line change the command line to a valid file name a
339. tion Alarm Sense Alarm Sense Cancel LO HI me Help Alarm Value Alarm Value e fi 10 fi 30 Digital Output Digital Output pmi D02 IV Use Channel as Alarm Trigger ds025s bmp 2 Set each alarm to HI LO or OFF and enter alarm values 3 23 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 Select a digital output if you would like to associate an alarm with a digital VO line The instrument will set the digital I O line to a TTL logic low for as long as the alarm conditions is met 4 Check Use Channel as Alarm Trigger if you would like an alarm condition on this channel to trigger scanning Alarm Trigger must also be enabled in the Instrument configuration dialog box Assigning Channel Labels 3 31 To assign a label for any channel highlight a channel type a label 15 characters maximum in the Channel Label field and click Apply Label Channel labels appear in the Main Window the Spy Channel Selection dialog box Quick Plot Setup Quick Plot window and Trend Link chart Configuring Mx B Scaling From a File 3 32 Complete the following procedure to load Mx B values from a file into the current setup for the selected instrument 1 Select the desired instrument icon on the Icon Bar 2 Select Setup Load Mx B File to open the Load Mx B File dialog box 3 Select the desired Mx B file from the File Name list or enter the file name in the File name box Modify the directory path as requ
340. tly This can cause a variety of unusual conditions To resolve power off the computer check the adapter installation and restart the computer Check if the mouse interface is using the same IRQ as the parallel port When you select an instrument from the Network list using Setup Comm Config to verify communications you may need to try verification a second time If this does not clear the problem see Appendix for more information Acknowledge any General Protection faults then restart Windows A General Protection fault can cause unpredictable operation of Windows applications If you replace an instrument on your network with the new instrument duplicating the old instrument IP address general network or BCN isolated network the new instrument may not work This occurs because the old and new instruments have different Ethernet addresses When you boot the host computer the network software links the instrument s IP address and the instrument s Ethernet address fixed for each instrument If you change instruments but reuse the IP address general network or BCN isolated network then the changed instrument may not respond because it has the wrong Ethernet address The solution is to reboot the computer to establish the correct link between the addresses 2 2 61 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 62 WWW WW WW WW WW WW WWW WW WW WW W W Wo W ON Pee D e DO SUN UT Bebo S Chapter 3 Configuring NetDA
341. tnam Co Ltd 8 FI Schmidt Tower Hanoi International Tech Ctr KM8 Highway 32 Cau Giay Tu Liem Hanoi Vietnam TEL 84 4 346186 or 346187 FAX 84 4 346 188 West Indies Western Scientific Co Ltd Freeprot Mission Road Freeport Trinidad West Indies TEL 809 673 0038 FAX 809 673 0767 Yugoslavia Jugoelektro Beograd T amp M Customer Support Servicies Knez Mihailova 33 11070 Novi TEL 38 11 182470 FAX 38 11 638209 Zimbabwe Field Technical Sales 45 Kelvin Road North P O Box Cy535 Causeway Harare Zimbabwe TEL 263 4 750381 or 750382 FAX 263 4 729970 1 10Base2 Coax wiring interconnec tion 2 48 10BaseT twisted pair Ethernet wiring interconnection 2 2640A 2 Wire resistance measurement specifications A 13 2640A 4 Wire resistance measurement specifications A 12 2640A ac voltage measurement specifications 4 0 2640A dc voltage measurement specification AS 2640A frequency measurement specifications 416 2640A RTD s 2 Wire per ITS 1990 measurement specifications 2640A RTD s 4 Wire per ITS 1990 measurement specifications A 13 2640A specifications A 7 2640A thermocouple per ITS 1990 measurement specifications A 14 2640A 2645A combined specifications A 1 2640A 2645A environmental specifications A 3 2640A 2645A general specifications A 1 2640A 2645A Input Output capabilities A 4 Index 2640A 2645A real time clock and calendar A 7 26
342. to 400 0 8 0 8 1 5 250 to 600 2 7 2 8 5 7 600 to 1500 2 3 2 4 4 8 1500 to 1767 2 3 2 8 5 1 250 to 1000 2 8 2 9 6 0 1000 to 1400 2 3 2 6 5 0 1400 to 1767 2 7 3 3 5 9 600 to 1200 3 9 4 0 8 6 1200 to 1550 2 4 2 6 5 2 1550 to 1820 2 3 2 7 5 0 0 to 150 2 0 2 1 4 2 150 to 650 1 7 1 8 3 6 650 to 1000 1 7 2 0 3 5 1000 to 1800 2 5 3 2 5 3 1800 to 2316 3 8 5 1 8 1 A 24 Specifications 2645A Specifications A A 28 Tables A 37 to A 38 provide 2645A specifications for the frequency measurement function 2645A Frequency Measurement Specifications Table A 37 2645A Frequency Accuracy Specifications Frequency Measurement Accuracy 1 Year 10 C to 60 C Resolution Accuracy input Hz Slow Fast Slow Fast 15 Hz to 900 Hz 0 01 Hz 0 1 Hz 0 05 0 02 Hz 0 05 0 2 Hz 0 1 Hz 1 Hz 0 05 0 1 Hz 0 05 1 Hz 1 Hz 10 Hz 0 05 1 Hz 0 05 10 Hz 10 Hz 100 Hz 0 05 10Hz 0 05 100 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz 0 05 100 Hz 0 05 1 kHz Table A 38 2645A Frequency Sensitivity Specifications Frequency Measurement Sensitivity Sine Wave Maximum Signal 15 Hz to 70 kHz 100 mV rms 30V rms 70 kHz to 100 kHz 100 mV rms 20V rms 100 kHz to 200 kHz 150 mV rms 10V rms 150 mV rms 7V rms 300 kHz to 1 MHz Linearly increasing from 150V ms at 300 kHz to 2V rms at 1 MHz Linearly decreasing from 7V rms at 300 kHz to 2V rms at 1 MHz 200 kHz to 300 kHz A 25 26
343. trument Configuration dialog box Select Reading Rate Slow and check the Trigger Out box Click OK to return to the Main Window Connect DIGITAL I O Test Leads Remove the 10 position DIGITAL I O connector from the instrument rear panel or from the connector kit supplied with the instrument Connect a test lead to each DIO line 0 to 7 plus a test lead to the Totalizer input and the common GND line Reinstall the DIGITAL I O connector See Digital I O Connections in Chapter 2 of this manual Connect ALARM TRIGGER I O Test Leads Remove the 8 position ALARM TRIGGER I O connector from the instrument rear panel Connect a test lead to each line MA Master Alarm TO Trigger Output TI Trigger Input plus a test lead to the common GND line See Alarm Trigger I O Connections in Chapter 2 of this manual Maintenance 6 Performance Test Accuracy Performance Tests 6 8 This accuracy performance test assumes you have completed Initializing the Performance Test Setup above Do not begin this test until the instrument has been temperature stabilized for a minimum of 30 minutes Do not use the instrument front panel monitor function for performance testing use the higher resolution Spy window at the host computer as specified in procedures The Accuracy Performance Tests include the following Volts DC Accuracy Test Volts AC Accuracy Test Frequency Accuracy Test Analog Channel Integrity Test Computed Channel Integrity Test
344. truments The topics include e 2640A 2645A General Specifications e 2640A 2645A Environmental Specifications e 2640A 2645A Digital I O and Totalizer Interface 2640A 2645A General Specifications A 3 Table A 1 provides the general specifications for the 2640A and 2645A instruments A 1 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Table A 1 2640A 2645A General Specifications Specification Channel Capacity I O Lines Total Size Weight Power Safety Standards EMC Standards Serial Interface RS 232C Common Mode Voltage Characteristic 20 12 9 3 cm high 21 6 cm wide 36 2 cm deep 3 67 in high 8 5 in wide 14 28 in deep Net 4 kg 8 8 Ib Shipping 6 0 kg 13 2 lb 107 to 264V ac no switching required 50 and 60 Hz 15VA maximum 9V dc to 16V dc 6W maximum If both sources are applied simultaneously ac voltage is used if it exceeds approximately 8 times the dc voltage Automatic switchover occurs between ac and dc without interruption Both instruments comply with IEC 1010 1 UL 1244 CSA Bulletin 556B ANSI ISA S82 01 1994 CSA C22 2 No 1010 1 92 When shielded cables are used both instruments comply with Vig 243 1991 FCC 15B at the Class B level EN 50081 1 EN 50082 1 Connector 9 pin male DI 9P Signals TX RX DTR RTS GND Modem Control full duplex Baud rates 4800 9600 19200 38400 Data format 8 data bits no parity bit one stop bit Flow control XON X
345. ts ce csasedsttssceses edbedvsnapsatssoncpadenuansts vs AEE EE REE NEEE 6 28 Totalazer Count TeSt isere iocari rnn E E ETEEN 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 6 29 Totalizer Sensitivity Test 0 0 0 ee eeeceseceseeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeaeens 6 30 Master Alarm Output Testo eee ceseceseceseceseeseeeeeeeeeneeeseeeaaeenaes 6 31 Trigger Input Test isisci ccp lcsece a adts tect sceaenaccnasentics icavteaestaooavonnseoes 6 32 Trigger Output Test anisina ciinei ini diii aa 6 33 Cala brats ecserin eraser a ai aa Ei i 6 34 Adding Calibration to the Utilities Menu eee eeeceessteceeneeeees 6 35 Instrument Calibration Dialog BOX ole eeeeeseceeeceneeeneeeneeees 6 36 Calibration Steps Dialog Box ee cesceeeceseceeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeeeenaes 6 37 Variations in the Display 0 eee ceeeceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeaeeesaeenaees 6 38 SCLVICC eiecit cs cvedssanceveshivenstsdetavsla ie i airaa 6 39 Replacement Parts ccecccccecceesseceeneeceeececeaeeeeaaeceeaeeceeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeees Appendices Specifications onines aoii a E E aA Noise Shielding and Crosstalk Considerations True RMS Measurements cccccceesseceececeeeeeeaeceeaeeceeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeeeeesas RED Lime ariZation 4 ces00savecssvscesessesesectvevnqvennasedavesesdecennasetacecesnscesansecnes Computed Channel Equations cece eseesseeseeseceseceeceseeseeeeeeeeseeeeneeenes D ta File OPI AL sua psoas ck sisd nateasacnct psbatasnidinnss ein nicdes
346. tting the Network Type 2 32 Perform the procedure in Figure 2 21 to review or set the network type to isolated Perform the procedure in Figure 2 23 to review or set the network type to general An isolated network consists of only NetDAQ instruments and one or more host computers A general network consists of instruments host computers and possibly servers routers gateways or other network devices See Figure 2 22 for examples If you install NetDAQ Logger for isolated network operation and set the instruments network type to isolated you do not need to know or set IP addresses for your instruments El ENTER Press the ENTER key nEt appears in the secondary display and ISo isolated 6 OO O CO 6 Press the COMM key to review the network type or press and hold the COMM key for 3 seconds to set the network type Press the up down arrow keys until nEt Network appears in the primary display comm appears in the secondary display network or gEn general network is in the primary display To set the network type to isolated press the up down arrow keys to select ISo current setting appears bright NTER Press the ENTER key to exit Pressing any other function key will cancel set operations Figure 2 21 Reviewing and Setting the Network Type to Isolated 2 2 31 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 2 32 D Tt na ha Liver REVIEW L re a I h a Communications display for reviewing
347. tup program automatically determines whether to install the 32 bit for Windows 95 and Windows NT or 16 bit version of the software The setup program will ask you to select isolated or general network operation See Operating a NetDAQ Data Acquisition System in Chapter 1 of this manual for information on network type On Windows 3 1 the setup program will offer you a third option Isolated Network with Trumpet TCP IP Stack and Winsock If you need to install Trumpet refer to the section Installing NetDAQ Logger with Trumpet later in this chapter To install NetDAQ Logger complete the following procedure 1 Insert Disk 1 and run the setup application setup exe Click Next in the first dialog box Select Isolated or General Network Type Click Next Select the desired destination directory On 32 bit systems the default is c Program Files Fluke netdaq On 16 bit systems the default is c netdaq Setup and data file storage defaults to the same directory Use Browse if you want to change the destination directory NetDAQ Logger Setup x Setup will install NetDAQ Logger with the following options To install in a different directory click Browse and select another directory For a language other than the default click the desired selection Click Next to continue with the Setup program or Cancel to quit Setup r Destination Directory C Program Files Fluke netdag Select a language Space Require
348. tures and Capabilities s ss ssssessesesessessessesessssssessesee 1 4 1 3 Analog Channels i esa pa seevsshagenscinescntans seen seesareetiossnstetanstvessurse ees 1 4 Computed Channels ineine arans 1 7 1 5 Channel Numbering 0 eee eecceeceesseeeeeeseeesceesaecaecaeeeaeeeseenseeees 1 6 MXR Scaling iustsscccksasssvavetsdscesersivcevessssiaseetoseesecsatietenssovavensoscessesnrs 1 7 1 7 Vali m a KTA cass E E N N eid 1 8 Channel Monitoring seseina etrini nei s 1 8 1 9 Dietal TVOs orehe ne E E RE E AO E A TEE EAER 1 10 TotalizeT sceesseciec cas ss czseewes wdenwiss seeatessssaiides ciesehssteastessoiecovsovteseosostuesssen 1 8 1 11 Trigger Input eneren noa Sots sv anar i a a aaa 1 12 Trigger Output sicsssctidecssicsepeieeldyeisicineasl dean iebndiciarepaalelitesiedtresnels 1 13 Master Alarmi oenen ainia ia 1 14 Interyal Ti g2eTeciieieisriecsniar nenien a Weld External THS er ai 2c favesssectieassachvs ss caeas dovcowses dennik aE NEEE E REEE e 1 16 Alarm Triggeiecniunincurennarnn i a aia 1 17 NetDAQ Logger Features and Capabilities ele ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 18 Operating a NetDAQ Data Acquisition System 1 19 Isolated NetworkS ceeceeccescseeeseeeeceeeseeeseeeseecaaecaecaeesaeeeaeenseeees 1 20 General Networks s icccsiseecdessateeueds tes sladidetainonsdeiiatevasdeieeesieandeneses 1 21 Ethernet Port Selection ee ee eeceeseeereeeneeeseecaecesecsaecsseeeseenseenes 1 22 Asynchronous Instrument Op
349. ual instrument a group instrument by starting or stopping the Master or all instruments To start logging for an individual instrument complete the following procedure 1 Select the instrument s icon If the icon indicates LOG or SIM the instrument is already logging Select the Logging Start Instrument or click the Start Instrument button on the toolbar If the menu command and button are dimmed the instrument is already logging or it is a Slave instrument and you must start the Master gt setup01 Fluke NetDAQ Logger ol x Setup View Logging Plot Trend Utilities Options Help 2m 2 sla e le Ele Bl Cos Co Oo Oo Oo Oo 03 04 05 06 Siy INSTRUMENT CONFIGURATION 07 Descrintion None ds053s bmp 4 3 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 4 4 To stop logging for an individual instrument complete the following procedure 1 Select the instrument s icon 2 Select Logging Stop Instrument or click the Stop Instrument button on the toolbar If the menu command and button are dimmed the instrument is not logging or it is a Slave and you must stop the Master Starting or Stopping all Instruments at Once 4 3 To start logging for all of the instruments in the current setup select Logging Start all Instruments or click the Start all Instruments button on the toolbar If the menu command and toolbar button are dimmed the instruments are already logging To stop logging for all instrum
350. uble click in the Spy window to return to the Spy Channel Selection dialog box ds060s eps 4 10 Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows 4 Real Time Displays Quick Plot 4 12 Quick Plot provides a quick way to get a simple graphical view of your logging data Quick Plot samples the incoming scan data at a specified interval and displays a graphical trend of the data For a more detailed view of your data use the Trend Link application Complete the following procedure to set up and display the Quick Plot window To return to the Quick Plot Setup dialog box at any time double click in the Quick Plot window During simulated logging Quick Plot shows simulated data 1 Select Plot Trend Quick Plot Setup to open the Quick Plot Setup dialog box is shown Quick Plot Setup Channel Label 0101 Sensor 1 Y Axis Cancel Help Plot Maximum fi 00 Plot Minimum q gaai K AKiS Sampling Interval secs 0302 Label al Use lt Ctrl gt Click to select up to 8 channels ds043s bmp 2 Select up to eight channels from the Channel list Enter the Y Axis scale and the X Axis sampling interval The example above is typical of setting up a Quick Plot Click OK A summary of Quick Plot attributes is shown below 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Off scale Reading Plot Minimum Most Recent Plot Points Plot Maximum 4 Quick Plot Ei 0101 Temp Sensor 12 80 3428 De
351. ule terminals for channel 1 Reinstall the Universal Input Module You may also use the 5700A resistance calibration output instead of the Decade Resistance Source Tables are provided for both connections Configure Channel 1 for Ohms In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for Ohms 2W 30k range See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select channel 0101 instrument 01 channel 01 from the Channel list Click OK to open the Spy window Verify Accuracy Configure the Decade Resistance Source for the output values below and verify the Spy window measurement is between the minimum and maximum values Change the channel 1 range as required see Step 2 Maintenance 6 Performance Test Resistance Range Decade Resistor Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 30 kQ Short Circuit Zero 7002 1kQ 30 kQ 29 KQ 29 681 kQ 30 019 KQ 300 kQ 290 kQ 289 07 kQ 292 63 KQ 3 MQ 2 9 MQ 2 8607 MQ 2 9410 MQ The resistance accuracy in this table makes allowance for up to 0 1 Ohm of lead wire resistance plus 0 01 decade resistance tolerance You must add any additional lead wire resistance present in your setup to the resistance values given in this table Resistance Range 5700A Minimum Reading Maximum Reading 30 kQ Short Circuit Zero 7002 1kQ 30 kQ 19 KQ 19 686 kQ 20 014 KQ 300 kQ 190 kQ 189 60 kQ 192 10 kQ 3 MQ 1 9 MQ 1 8740 MQ 1 9277 MQ
352. unctions in Chapter 3 of this manual 3 Connect Test Leads Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect test leads to channels and 2 Reinstall the Universal Input Module in the instrument 4 Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select the computed channels 21 to 28 Click OK to open the Spy window 5 Verify Reading Alternately open and short both sets of test leads observing the measurement for the computed channel under test in the Spy window shows Overload for opened leads and very low resistance for shorted leads 6 Repeat Test Repeat steps 4 to 5 for channels 29 and 30 6 15 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Thermocouple Temperature Accuracy Test 6 15 Ensure that the Accuracy Tests above have been completed before performing this test 1 Connect a Thermocouple Remove the Universal Input Module from the instrument and connect the supplied type T thermocouple to the channel 1 terminals with the blue lead to the H terminal and red lead to the L terminal Reinstall the Universal Input Module Configure Channel 1 for Thermocouples In NetDAQ Logger configure channel 1 for Thermocouples with Range thermocouple type T See Configuring Analog Channel Functions in Chapter 3 of this manual Open Spy Window Select the Spy command from the Utilities menu Select analog channel 01 Click OK to open the Spy window Verify Accuracy Insert the thermocouple and a mercury
353. upport both Ethernet and Token Ring subnets and must be capable of routing IP packets between these two subnets You will need to consult with your Network Administrator about setting up the routing tables in the Ethernet to Token Ring Gateway device to allow proper routing of IP packets I 19 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual If you install Newt networking software on a token ring network on Windows 3 1 the Newt installation procedure must be modified slightly When prompted for the interface type in the Add Interface dialog box use the list pull down control to display the other types From the type list select Token Ring then hit the OK button on the dialog box Continuing with the Newt setup when the hardware selection dialog is presented you will see only Token Ring network adapters in the list Select your adapter or select Other for hardware that is not on the list If you choose other you need to enter information from the hardware vendor documentation in the Section Name and Driver Name fields in the hardware setup dialog box You will also be asked to enter the file name of the driver Consult the Newt documentation for more information on this Once hardware setup is complete continue the installation Newt Networking Software I 17 1 20 If you are running Windows 3 1 and do not already have a TCP IP protocol stack you can purchase and install Newt Networking Software option 2640A 913 Read th
354. us and dialog boxes This chapter briefly describes the dialog boxes The online help file has more detail 3 3 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 4 setup02 Fluke NetDAQ Logger 5 xj Setup View Logging Plot Trend Utilities Options Help SG 28 al g le Eli Bl Berz Mere Mere Wer Mer 01 rE E aL INSTRUMENT CONFIGURATION 01 Description Temperature Chamber Prototype 2 m52 Model 2640A Trigger Type Interval External Alarm Reading Rate Slow High Res Interval 1 1 125 sec Drift Correction Yes Interval 2 0 133 sec Duration 16 30 00 Temp Units Celsius Data File c netdaq32 data01 set Monitor Chan 0109 File Mode NA Total Debounce Yes File Format Trend Link Chan Function Range Alarm 1 Alarm 2 Trg Mxt B Units Label 0101 TC T HI gt DO1 LO gt DO2 ON OFF C Sensor 1 0102 TC T HI gt DO1 LO gt DO2 ON OFF C Sensor 2 0103 TC T HI LO ON OFF a Be Sensor 3 0104 TC T HI LO ON ON C Sensor 4 0105 TC T HI LO ON OFF C Sensor 5 0106 TC T HI LO ON OFF G Sensor 6 0107 TC T HI LO ON OFF G Sensor 0108 TC T HI LO ON OFF C Sensor 8 0109 TC T HI LO ON OFF G Sensor 9 ds002s bmp Figure 3 1 NetDAQ Logger Main Window Configuring Network Communications 3 5 Before you can configure the instruments on your network and create setup files for these instrument configurations you must configure your network communications This involves identifying the instruments by their BCN numbers
355. utnansheasniaabeabindeanensiinats F 1 Dynamic Data Exchange DDE sssssessessesiesrerissrssisserriestrerrsresresreesessesss Ethernet Cabling csocsceq cose tessvasess cs desnstceasca ves ee n ae aaaeei Eo EAE nasi eosees Network Considerations cccccecesccessseceeceeceeeeesaeceeaceceeeeesaeceeaaeceeeeeesas Error Messages amp Exception Conditions ceeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Fluke Service Centers cisscs cas dseesss cwccessondecelstevensesondeceeinstevsnesstsvessantdanvessaae ATTTOADNMOAwS Index vi List of Tables Table Title 1 1 Models Options and Accessories cscecesecsseceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaeeeaeeeaaes 2 1 Front Panel Key Descriptions sveicieni eia 2 2 Annunciator Display Descriptions 2 0 0 0 ee eeeceseceseceseceseeceseceaecnsaecsaecnaaeenaes 2 3 Instrument Default Parameters 0 cee cescessecssecenceceecsaeceaeeeaeecaeeeaeeeaaeesaes 2 4 Network Error Messages ssessecsseceseceseceseceseeeseeeeneeeaeeeaeecaaecsaecaeenaeenaeenes 275 _ Ethernet Indicators cissicss cect psc tsaesebedsstetbecueeideydetdisiiboantedieessqeeesuabbixaseascekivacteas 2 6 Troubleshooting s cscsinsiitagesesicthina de wind iat tian Mie eaineietaaens 3 1 NetDAQ Logger Default Instrument Configuration cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 6 1 Self Test Error Codes sicsse tevsacscagesavectis ener EER EEEE RS 6 2 Recommended Test Equipment eeeeseeseeeeseeeneeeseeeseeesaeceaeenseeseees
356. value of 1 15 results in a reading of 100 1 15 50 165 A common use of Mx B scaling is to calibrate a sensor or transducer to provide for display and recording in engineering units The Mx B annunciator lights when a monitored channel has scaling applied 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Alarms 1 7 Two alarms Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 can be applied to any configured channel An alarm condition occurs when a measurement falls below a low alarm value or rises above a high alarm value You can use alarms to trigger scanning see Alarm Triggering and to set a Digital I O line to a logic low see Digital I O below NetDAQ Logger displays and records alarm conditions If you apply Mx B scaling as part of the channel configuration the instrument bases the alarms on the scaled values When any configured channel is in alarm the ALARM annunciator is on dim or bright if a channel in alarm is being used as an Alarm Trigger When a channel is in alarm the rear panel Master Alarm output is asserted logic low NetDAQ Logger displays and records alarm conditions Channel Monitoring 1 8 Channel monitoring takes place at the front panel of the instrument Use the front panel MON key and arrow keys to select a channel for monitoring NetDAQ Logger also allows the selection of a channel to monitor during scanning For an example of a front panel display of the instrument during monitoring see Figure 1 3 The channel monitoring display upd
357. ve the instrument automatically correct measurements for drift due to changes in instrument temperature and humidity You can disable Drift Correction to obtain a faster scan rate when you have set the reading rate to fast but this may reduce long term accuracy Enable Trigger Out TO to have the instrument set the rear panel TO line to logic low for 125 us each time a scan starts Disable Trigger Out if you are not using it so that the instrument may achieve maximum scanning speeds NetDAQ Logger automatically enables the trigger out when an instrument is the Master of an externally wired group Enable and enter a value for the duration if you would like NetDAQ Logger to automatically shut down logging for the instrument after the specified time has elapsed since the start of logging 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual 3 18 Configuring Channels 3 23 These procedures provide instructions for configuring an instrument s analog channels and computed channels These instructions include selecting the measurement function enabling Mx B scaling configuring alarms and entering channel labels The Channels Configuration Dialog Box 3 24 All channels configuration procedures start with the Channels Configuration dialog box shown in Figure 3 4 To open the Channels Configuration dialog box click Instrument Configuration Channels or double click anywhere in the Channels Configuration area of the Main Window the lower portion
358. ved from the display or turn the power off Adding Calibration to the Utilities Menu 6 34 To add calibration to the Utilities menu complete the following procedure 1 Exit NetDAQ Logger 2 Add c switch to the NetDAQ Logger command line If you do not know how to add the switch see Starting NetDAQ Logger with a Setup File and NetDAQ Logger Command Line in Chapter 3 of this manual NetDAQ32 Properties 2 x General Shortcut nf NetDAQ32 i Target type Application Target location NETDAQ32 Target c NETDAG NetDAQ32 exe d Start in c NETDAQ Shortcut key None Run Normal window Find Target Change Icon Cancel Apply ds070 bmp 3 Start NetDAQ Logger and the Instrument Calibration command is now listed in the Utilities menu 6 32 Maintenance 6 Calibration Instrument Calibration Dialog Box 6 35 The Instrument Calibration dialog box below sets up the RS 232 port for calibrating the instrument and provides calibration function selection See the Service Manual PN 942615 for the calibration procedure Instrument Calibration x RS 232 Communication RS 232 Pot Baud Rate Help COM1 S 19 2K m Calibration Volts BC Resistance Volts AC Frequency ds306s bmp RS 232 Port Click the scroll arrow to list the RS 232 port choices COM1 to COM4 Default is COM1 This is the Host Computer port connected to the i
359. ver type and its associated value The data file may be automatically rolled over when it reaches a specified size when a time interval elapses from the last rollover or at a particular time each day To safeguard your data when recording in the Trend Link format you must perform a rollover or stop logging data before your disk completely fills up The default low disk space value of 1000K will typically be enough to safeguard your data Use a larger value when rapidly logging large quantities of data from several instruments in the Trend Link format Click OK to return to the Data File Configuration dialog box For a Trend Link File click Deadband from the Data File Configuration dialog box to open the Deadband Values dialog box Deadband Yalues 01 xi 1 50000 0102 0 0200000 C Sensor 2 Cancel i 0104 0 000000 0105 0 000000 Ai 0107 0 000000 0108 0 000000 Chan Deadband Hn Label 0103 0 000000 0106 0 000000 0109 0 000000 Sensor 8 Deadband Value 1 500000 Use lt Ctrl gt Click to select multiple channels ds063s bmp Select the desired channels enter the Deadband Value and click Apply Value A deadband value of zero will result in all data being recorded to the data file Review the values and click OK to return to the Data Configuration dialog box Click Batch Options in the Data File Configuration dialog box to open the Batch Options dialog box Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windo
360. vice may not cause harmful interference e This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation There is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of more of the following measures e Reorient the receiving antenna e Relocate the equipment with respect to the receiver e Move the equipment away from the receiver e Plug the equipment into a different outlet so that the computer and receiver are on different branch circuits If necessary the user should consult the dealer or an experienced radio television technician for additional suggestions The user may find the following booklet prepared by the Federal Communications Commission helpful How to Identify and Resolve Radio TV Interference Problems This booklet is available from the U S Government Printing Office Washington D C 20402 Stock No 004 000 00345 4 Declaration of the Manufacturer or Importer We hereby certify that the Fluke Model 2640A 2645A Networked Data Acquisition Unit is in compliance with BMPT Vfg 243 1991 and is RFI suppressed The normal operation of some equipment e g signal generators may be subject to specific restrictions Please observe the notices in the users manual Th
361. voltages or transient voltages may occur The enclosure must be grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord or if operated on battery with the power cord unplugged through the rear panel ground binding post USE THE PROPER POWER CORD Use only the power cord and connector appropriate for the voltage and plug configuration in your country Use only a power cord that is in good condition Refer power cord and connector changes to qualified service personnel WARNING DO NOT OPERATE IN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES To avoid personal injury or death do not remove the instrument cover without first removing the power source connected to the rear panel Do not operate the instrument without the cover properly installed Normal calibration is accomplished with the cover closed There is no need for the operator to remove the cover except to replace the fuse Access procedures and the warnings for such procedures are contained both in this manual and in the Service Manual Service procedures are for qualified service personnel only DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OPERATE IF PROTECTION MAY BE IMPAIRED If the instrument appears damaged or operates abnormally protection may be impaired Do not attempt to operate the instrument under these conditions Refer all question of proper instrument operation to qualified service personnel Table of Contents Chapter Title Page 1 OVETVICW e LV Introduction sisenes iaai ae A E AGRE 1 2 Instrument Fea
362. with a maximum count of 4 294 967 295 See Table A 7 in Appendix A for complete specifications Alarm Trigger I O Connections 2 15 Caution To avoid damage to the instrument do not apply any voltages greater than 30V maximum between the ALARM TRIGGER I O connector terminals and earth ground The eight terminal ALARM TRIGGER I O connector Figure 2 6 on the rear panel of the instrument provides connections to Trigger In TD Trigger Out TO and Master Alarm MA I O lines along with a common ground connection See the Trigger Input Trigger Output and Master Alarm Output discussions in Chapter 1 for additional information The dc power connection is also on this connector See DC Power above Preparing for Operation 2 Instrument Preparation Complete the following procedure to make a connection to the ALARM TRIGGER I O connector 1 Remove the ALARM TRIGGER I O connector from the rear panel 2 Loosen the wire clamp screw for the associated terminal 3 Feed the wire into the gap between the connector body and the wire clamp 4 Tighten the wire clamp do not overtighten and crush the wire 5 Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each wire 6 Insert the connector in the rear panel Trigger Input 2 16 Trigger Input uses terminals TI and GND A contact closure or a TTL low signal input between TI and GND triggers instrument scanning when you select External Trigger as a scan parameter See Scan Parameters in Chapter 3
363. ws 4 Data Files Batch Options 01 Wires poo s Guts ANS Gegn istimewa at specitied tine AOU figs fo fe ds301 bmp 12 Enter a batch name and the desired batch definition and click OK to return to the Data File Configuration dialog box Use the batch definition to tell NetDAQ Logger when to mark the start and stop points of batches e Entire logging session e Period while DIO line is low You can use a DIO input to start and stop batches The batch starts when the DIO line goes low or on start logging if the DIO line is already low and stops when the DIO line goes high or on Stop Logging if the DIO line remains low e Periodic interval You can indicate an interval for the start of new batches NetDAQ Logger will start a batch on Start Logging and every time the interval expires it will stop the current batch and start a new one You can specify a time of day for the first batch to start as an alternative to starting on Start Logging 13 Review the Data File Configuration dialog box and click OK if satisfactory to return to the Instrument Configuration dialog box Click OK to return to the Main Window 4 17 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Converting Data Files 4 16 You can convert data files to other types for compatibility with your data management applications NetDAQ Logger performs the following conversions e Binary to ASCII e ASCII to Text timestamp conversion e Binar
364. xit Record the Ethernet address inside the rear cover of this manual Figure 2 28 Viewing the Instrument Ethernet Address 2 41 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual REVIEW D Tt nha ha ie Aah Louver ie oe Communications display for viewing the instrument Ethernet address REVIEW O rm rm rPrewuar oe Om m2 i ee A Ethernet address display for viewing byte 0 for the example 00 80 40 12 34 56 REVIEW Zau _ J perp fatty eh tes CHAFFI ror ro Pe P REVIEW rm oo Lt Far q oe ee eee 60s 607 29 Ethernet address display for viewing byte 4 for the example 00 80 40 12 34 56 oy rao h IIe a anne nw 6 6 OS Ethernet address display for viewing byte 5 for the example 00 80 40 12 34 56 Figure 2 29 Examples for Viewing the Ethernet Address 2 42 Preparing for Operation 2 Host Computer and Network Preparation Host Computer and Network Preparation 2 37 This section contains information for preparing your host computer and setting up network communication as summarized in Figure 2 30 Installing Host Computer Ethernet Adapter 2 38 Skip this section if you have an Ethernet adapter installed on your computer Since the installation procedures for Ethernet adapters change frequently and without notice you must follow the instructions supplied with your particular Ethernet adapter An external parallel to LAN adapter such as the 246XA 802 is easier to install and configure
365. y to Trend Link Complete the following procedure to perform one of these conversions This conversion does not modify or destroy the original file but creates an additional file in the new format 1 From the Utilities menu select a conversion type to open the conversion dialog box The example below shows the Binary to Trend Link dialog box 2 Click Select Binary File and select the desired binary file from the File Name list or enter the file name in the File Name box Modify the directory path as required and click Open 3 Click Select Text File and enter the file name in the File Name box Modify the directory path as required and click Save 4 Verify you have the desired file names Click Convert to convert the file Binary to Trend Link Conversion Eg Binary File c program files fluke netdaq sample bin Close Select Binary File Help Trend Link File c program files fluke netdag sample set Select Trend Link File ds046s bmp 5 Click Close to return to the Main Window Viewing and Printing a Data File 4 17 Complete the following procedure to view and print a data file which is assumed to be in text format See Converting Data Files 1 Minimize NetDAQ Logger and open the Notepad application 2 Select File Open and enter the file name and directory path 4 18 Operating NetDAQ Logger for Windows Optimizing Performance The example below is a typical data file in text format O
366. y to your host computer it is easiest to use the coaxial cable supplied with your NetDAQ instrument Host Computer Instrument Direct Connection 2 40 You can connect one or more instruments directly to a host computer using 10Base2 cable See Interconnection Using 10Base2 coaxial Wiring Figure 2 31 You can connect a single instrument directly to a host computer using 10BaseT cable but you must use a special cable that has its transmit and receive lines crossed The crossed lines allow each end to transmit to the receive terminal at the other end See Figure 2 32 and Interconnection Using 10BaseT Twisted Pair Ethernet Wiring 2 45 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual A typical isolated network configuration uses 10Base2 Coax for interconnection shown Terminator Ground Wire 50 Ohm N Terminator ecole oole Connect to 10Base2 Instrument 1 Host Coax Port Computer 1 e008 oole Instrument 2 BNC T or Y Typical e008 oole Host Instrument 3 Computer 2 10Base2 Coaxial CEJ Cable 50 Ohm L Instrument 4 Figure 2 31 Interconnection Using 10Base2 Coaxial Wiring 2 46 Preparing for Operation 2 Host Computer and Network Preparation 50 Ohm Terminator Ethernet with Ground Wire Coaxial Cable 50 Ohm 50 Ohm Terminator BNC T ee BNC Y u G a
367. ys when you monitor a channel for which the measurement function is in degrees Celsius Displays when you monitor a channel for which the measurement function is in degrees Fahrenheit Not Used Displays when you monitor a channel for which the measurement value is scaled by 001 milli Displays when you monitor a channel for which the measurement function is volts Operates in conjunction with the AC and DC annunciators Displays when you monitor a channel for which the measurement function is in Alternating Current AC Displays when you monitor a channel for which the measurement function is in Direct Current DC Not used Displays when you monitor a channel for which the measurement value is scaled by 1 000 000 mega Displays when you monitor a channel for which the measurement value is scaled by 1 000 kilo Displays when you monitor a channel for which the measurement function is in Ohms Displays when you monitor a channel for which the measurement function is in Hertz Not used Not used Not used Not Used Displays when the channel number is in the secondary display Not used Not used Not used Displays when the instrument internal calibration constants become corrupted Displays when the External Trigger is enabled while scanning Displays when Alarm Trigger or External Trigger is enabled while scanning 2 2 19 2640A 2645A NetDAQ Users Manual Rear Panel Cont

Fluke NetDAQ 2640A User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents